Blog and Articles

Holiday Guide

Holiday Promotional Ideas for Liquor Stores

Roopak Chadha
November 28, 2024
2 mins

It’s time to deck the aisles and uncork the bottles. After all, you need to turn your liquor store into a festive hub for customers preparing for Thanksgiving dinners, Christmas parties, and New Year’s Eve celebrations. The festive season is a golden opportunity to boost sales while creating memorable experiences for your customers.  

But let’s face it: every liquor store in your area will be competing for attention. That’s where creative holiday promotions, powered by OneHubPOS, can help you stand out. The ideas in this blog will help you maximize revenue while spreading holiday joy.  

1. "Cheers to Discounts" Holiday Sale  

Discounts are the quickest way to get customers reaching for their wallets. But why not give your promotions a festive twist? A tiered discount structure encourages customers to spend more while giving them a great deal. Here’s how you can make it work:

  • Start with 10% off for customers who buy three bottles, increasing to 20% off for six bottles or more.  
  • Highlight holiday must-haves like Thanksgiving dinner wines or Christmas dessert liquors to make the deals irresistible.  
  • Create themes such as “Stock the Bar for Santa” or “Thanksgiving Wine Pairings.”  

Discounts on wine at Empire Wine and Liquor Superstore, Connecticut

To make this even better, you can show customers exactly how much they saved with each transaction. Moreover, you can add a “next visit” discount coupon at the bottom of the receipt to keep them coming back.  

 OneHubPOS applies the right discounts at checkout, even if customers mix and match products. It also helps you track your stock of popular items like mulled wine mixes or eggnog liqueurs to avoid running out. The retail POS system allows for quick and accurate ID checks, reassuring customers that your store prioritizes responsible selling. 

Pro-tip: Combine the discounts with themed promotions, such as a "12 Bottles of Christmas" challenge, where customers receive increasing discounts as they buy more bottles over time.

2. Gift Set Bundles  

Everyone loves a thoughtful gift. And holiday bundles are a win-win for you and your customers. These pre-packaged sets save customers time. But for you, they increase average transaction value. Here are promotional ideas for bundles:

  • Include miniature bottles of premium liquors or seasonal favorites like peppermint schnapps. You may name it the "Holiday Spirits Sampler."
  • Create a "Thanksgiving Toast Kit" that features a bottle of wine, a pair of glasses, and a Thanksgiving-themed bottle stopper.
  • Offer a "Cocktail Enthusiast Bundle" that includes a premium liquor, cocktail shaker, and mixer.  
  • Consider offering DIY customization. Let customers build their bundles from a curated selection.  

Tequila gift set bundle by the Nestor Liquor store

OneHubPOS can help you track which bundles sell best. For example, if your "Craft Beer Sampler" sells quickly, you’ll know to prioritize similar items next year. The mPOS system can also suggest add-ons during checkout, like:

  • festive packaging
  • recipe cards
  • holiday-themed bottle openers
  • decorative wine stoppers
  • gift bags or boxes
  • cocktail shaker sets
  • miniature bottles of spirits
  • garnish kits having olives, cherries, and citrus peels
  • ice molds for specialty drinks
  • drink recipe books or cards
  • glassware, like wine glasses and whiskey tumblers
  • personalized bottle labels
  • pre-packaged snacks, like nuts and chocolates
  • holiday-themed coasters
  • bottle chillers or coolers
  • seasonal drink mixers
  • reusable shopping bags with holiday designs  

Pro-tip: Promote bundles with creative names and attractive packaging to make them gift-ready. Add small extras, such as recipe cards or garnishes, to enhance their appeal.

3. "Spin to Win" In-Store Raffles  

Raffles add excitement to the shopping experience. They create a sense of fun and engagement. Plus, everyone loves the chance to win something special. Here’s how it works:

  • Customers who spend over a certain amount, such as $50, get a chance to spin a prize wheel.  
  • Prizes can range from mini liquor bottles to holiday-themed merchandise, like branded glasses or ornaments.  
  • Consider tying the theme to the holidays, such as a "Spin for Christmas Cheer" or a Thanksgiving gratitude raffle.  

Additionally, you can ask participants to provide their email addresses for prize notifications. Later, use this data to send holiday-themed promotions or discounts. Your handheld POS system can help you track how much revenue this promotion generates compared to non-raffle days.  

Pro-tip: Incorporate a social media element. Encourage customers to post photos of their spins and tag your liquor store for a chance to win a bonus prize.  

4. Holiday Countdown Deals  

Countdowns add anticipation and urgency. And during the holiday season, it’s like an advent calendar for your customers, but with better rewards! Here’s what you can do:

  • Run a daily deal from December 1 to 25, featuring a different product each day. Examples include:  some text
    •  Day 1: 10% off on all Merlot.  
    •  Day 2: Buy one, get one free on craft beers.  
    •  Day 3: $5 off holiday-themed liqueurs.  
  • Add Thanksgiving-specific countdowns in November to cater to early holiday shoppers.  

Coupons at Crossroads Wine and Spirits, New York

The OneHubPOS mobile POS system tracks which daily deals resonate with customers. You can adjust next year’s promotions accordingly. You can also send emails about upcoming deals to encourage repeat visits throughout the month.  

Pro-tip: Create social media posts or email campaigns to announce each day’s deal, building anticipation and driving foot traffic.  

5. New Year’s Eve Party Packages  

Help your customers host the ultimate New Year’s Eve bash with curated party packages that make their celebrations effortless. Here’s what you can include  

  • Champagne or sparkling wine, along with mixers like juices and sodas
  • Party favors such as hats, noise-makers, or sparklers
  • A non-alcoholic “Mocktail Starter Kit” for designated drivers

POS Analytics reports can help you identify which packages are hits. Then, you can adjust inventory for last-minute shoppers. You can restock top-sellers like sparkling wines and cocktail mixers before they run out.  

Pro-tip: Offer add-ons like ice buckets, cocktail recipe cards, or glassware to enhance your packages and increase their value.  

6. "Holiday Jackpot" Scratchers Promotion  

Pairing liquor purchases with lottery tickets adds an exciting twist to holiday shopping. Here’s how:

  • Offer a free scratcher for purchases over $50.  
  • Market it as the "Holiday Jackpot Combo," combining the thrill of a lottery win with a festive drink.  
  • Display winning odds or recent payouts in-store to add to the excitement. 

OneHubPOS enables LOTO Management, which accurately tracks scratcher payouts and sales.   

7. Exclusive Member Pricing  

Membership programs help drive customer loyalty. They make shoppers feel like they’re getting VIP treatment, especially during the holidays. 

  • Offer exclusive discounts to members, such as 10% off all purchases or early access to limited-edition holiday items.  
  • Run a special holiday promotion for new memberships, offering immediate discounts or freebies for signing up.
  • Display both regular and member prices on receipts to show the value of membership, such as:some text
    • Regular Price: $15.99 | Member Price: $13.99 | You Saved: $2.00
    • As a Member, You Saved $12.00 Today! | Not a Member? Sign up at the counter and start saving!
    • Today’s Savings: $5.50 | Total Savings This Year: $47.25

OneHubPOS’ cloud POS solution allows dual pricing, so it automatically applies the correct pricing tier at checkout. It can also track member purchases to send personalized holiday offers.  

8. "Pour & Pay" Tastings  

Holiday tastings create an inviting in-store experience, allowing customers to discover new products. A pay-by-weight system adds flexibility and ensures transparency. Here’s how you can organize this holiday event:

  • Host tastings for premium or seasonal products like mulled wine, eggnog liqueurs, or spiced rums.
  • Charge customers by the ounce. Let them sample multiple options without committing to a full bottle.  

Wine Tasting at The Wine Concierge

OneHubPOS allows weight scale integration. So, it can measure ounces poured and calculate the exact charge instantly. With sales tracking, you can also analyze which products perform best to inform future inventory decisions.  

Pro-tip: Offer discounts on full-sized bottles to customers who make a purchase after the tasting event.

Make This Holiday Season Count  

From Thanksgiving feasts to Christmas parties and New Year’s Eve celebrations, the holiday season is your liquor store’s time to offer creative promotions. With the capabilities of your POS system, you can enhance customer experiences and boost sales. 

Whether it’s simplifying transactions, tracking inventory, or personalizing offers, OneHubPOS can make this holiday season unforgettable. From automated discounts and real-time inventory tracking to smooth age verification and scratcher payouts, OneHubPOS has all the tools your liquor store needs to boost sales and delight customers this festive season. 

Get started today with OneHubPOS at just $1 and make your holidays stress-free!

Holiday Guide

Boost Your Restaurant Reviews This Holiday Season with QR Codes: Set Your Brand Up for 2025 Success

Roopak Chadha
November 27, 2024
2 mins

The holiday season is the perfect time for customers to gather, celebrate, and create memorable moments over a delicious meal. The festive season comes with many perks, including increased foot traffic and customers in high spirits. This makes it the ideal time to request reviews, and QR codes make the process simpler than ever.

This blog explores why and how to make the most of this holiday season to improve your restaurant’s reviews, visibility, and brand presence.

Why Are the Holidays the Perfect Time for Review Collection?

During the holiday season, people are shopping, dining, and celebrating more than at any other time of the year. With people often in a generous mood, this is the perfect opportunity to encourage positive feedback. Here are three reasons why now is the time to ask for reviews:

Foot Traffic is Through the Roof

Have you noticed how much busier it gets around the holidays? Families out for shopping trips, friends reuniting over meals, office parties—the flow of customers is constant. In fact, in December 2023, 63% of adults planned to dine out in the subsequent weeks, and 48% planned to get takeout or delivery. So, the holiday rush gives you way more chances to reach out and request reviews.

Festive Spirit Means Happier Customers

People are generally more positive during the festival season. So, why not ask for reviews while your customers are already smiling? A satisfied, happy customer is way more likely to leave a positive review.

People Are Ready to Scan and Go

With QR codes for Google reviews now common, many of your customers are just a quick scan away from leaving feedback. No more going through websites—one scan, a few taps, and they’re done! It’s instant, easy, and lets them review while the experience is still fresh.

How to Set Up QR Codes for Easy Review Collection

Setting up QR codes is easier than it seems. Let’s walk through a quick setup:

Step 1: Create a QR Code That Links Directly to Your Review Page

Whether you’re focused on Google Reviews, Yelp, or TripAdvisor, simply find a free QR code generator online and create a code that takes customers right to your review page. There are many tools available that let you customize. They can even brand your QR code.

Step 2: Place the QR Code Where It’s Impossible to Miss

Think about spots where customers will naturally pause for a moment, such as:

You could integrate QR codes into your holiday decor easily. For example:

  • Use tools like a free QR Code Generator or Canva to create custom, festive QR codes linking directly to your review page.
  • Print the QR codes on small easels or tent cards and place them near the checkout counter or at each table.
  • Add the QR code to holiday-themed signs, menus, or table toppers with messages like, “Share the holiday cheer with a quick review!”

This approach ensures that customers can effortlessly leave feedback while maintaining your brand’s consistency and appeal.

Step 3: Train Your Staff to Gently Remind Customers

A casual reminder goes a long way. Your servers could say something like:

  • “If you enjoyed your meal, you can leave us a quick review by scanning this code.” 
  • “Loved your meal? Let us know with a quick scan here!”
  • “Your feedback makes our day! You can leave it here if you’d like.”
  • “Enjoyed the experience? Share your thoughts with a simple scan!”
  • “We’d love to hear from you—just scan here to share your review!”
  • “Help us spread the cheer! Leave us a quick review by scanning this code.”

Keeping the tone light and friendly ensures it feels like a suggestion rather than a demand.

Step 4: Share Your QR Code on Social Media

Why not reach out to those who may not leave a review immediately but would love to support your small business? You can put a quick post on social media with a “Leave us a review and let us know your holiday experience!” Such a call to action can extend your reach beyond the restaurant’s walls.

How Reviews Help Your Restaurant Grow in 2025

Besides the immediate happiness of knowing people loved their meal, positive feedback has long-lasting benefits. Here’s how:

1. Boost Your Online Visibility

Did you know that search engines like Google consider review volume and quality when ranking businesses? So, every additional review helps. Suppose someone is searching “best restaurants in Chicago for Christmas brunch” in your area. With more reviews, your quick service restaurant has a better shot at standing out and drawing in new customers.

2. Establish Credibility and Trustworthiness

Almost every customer now checks online reviews. In fact, 98% say they read them at least "sometimes," and 77% say they read them "often" or "always." A solid stream of positive reviews builds trust. Gathering reviews during this busy season helps you prove that your QSR is a great choice for celebrations, family dinners, and more.

3. Strengthen Customer Loyalty

When customers take the time to leave a review, they feel more connected to the place they’re reviewing. Making it easy for them to do so shows that you genuinely care about their opinion. This sense of connection can turn a one-time diner into a loyal guest who returns for years.

Responding to reviews, even a simple “Thanks for joining us!” can go a long way. Plus, addressing any negative feedback shows you’re attentive and committed to making every experience a great one.

How to Leverage Holiday Reviews for Your Brand’s Visibility

Collecting reviews in December is more than a nice gesture. After all, it’s laying the groundwork for a successful 2025. Here’s how:

Showcase Seasonal Favorites in Reviews

If you’re serving a seasonal dish, encourage guests to mention it in their reviews. Phrases like, “Our holiday favorite—the spiced cranberry roast—is only here for December!” can create buzz. Such mentions will make other guests eager to try it.

Create Positive Word-of-Mouth Momentum

Reviews are digital word-of-mouth. Once you start collecting them during the holiday rush, they add to your brand’s reputation. A steady stream of reviews positions your restaurant as a go-to choice for festive gatherings, family dinners, and more.

Build a Brand Story

Use this holiday season’s reviews to tell your story. Did your restaurant go all-out with Christmas holiday decor? Did you introduce a unique holiday menu? Encourage guests to mention these details. Later on, you can share their feedback as testimonials in social media posts or on your website. These small details add to your restaurant's personality. They make it memorable.

Final Tips to Maximize Your Holiday Review Strategy

Here are a few extra tips to help you get the most out of this holiday season:

Keep It Casual and Genuine

Customers can sense when they’re being pressured, so keep review requests casual and friendly. A simple mention is often all you need. Trust that the positive holiday experience will encourage customers to share their feedback.

Respond to Reviews Promptly

The holiday season is fast-paced. But try to check in regularly and respond to new reviews, especially if they’re negative. Showing that you’re listening and care about feedback will leave a positive impression.

Improve from Feedback

Even though you hope for five-star ratings, constructive criticism can be invaluable. Pay attention to recurring themes in feedback, whether it’s about wait times or food quality. Then, use it to make improvements.

Let the Holiday Season Launch Your 2025

Holiday reviews not only provide an immediate boost but also lay a foundation for long-term success. They help set up your business for a successful and visible 2025. With customers feeling cheerful and willing to share feedback, QR codes make it easier than ever to capture amazing reviews.

This year, set up a QR code, enjoy the festive spirit, and watch as your brand’s visibility grows long after the holiday lights are down. But to make the most of the holiday season, you’ll need more than just a great review strategy—you also need a powerful, scalable POS system to manage your operations. 

OneHubPOS can be your partner in enhancing sales, managing daily tasks with ease, and strengthening customer loyalty. Want to see how it works? Try OneHubPOS for just $1 and discover the difference it can make for your restaurant! 

Holiday Guide

Holiday Sales That Sleigh: Promotion Ideas for Retail Stores

Roopak Chadha
November 26, 2024
2 mins

With Thanksgiving, Christmas, and New Year’s around the corner, it’s time to decorate your aisles and welcome shoppers eager to spend on gifts, goodies, and holiday essentials. But during the busiest shopping season, putting up a simple "Sale" sign won’t make you stand out.

You need to create an experience that excites customers and keeps them coming back long after the decorations are taken down. This blog offers actionable and creative holiday promotion ideas tailored for your retail store.

1. Personalized Shopping Experiences

Customers appreciate it when their favorite store recognizes their preferences and rewards their loyalty. In fact, nine out of ten top marketers agree that personalization is crucial for profitability in both big and small businesses. Leverage your customer data to craft tailored offers based on purchase history. 

Here are a few examples:

  • For all stores: “You loved our premium scented candles! Enjoy 15% off your next one.” 
  • For liquor stores: “Customers aged 21+ enjoy 10% off on selected wines this Thanksgiving weekend!” 
  • For general retail: “Seniors (65+) get 15% off every Tuesday (ID required).” 

Wine Tasting Event by Liquor Junction

Running an email or SMS campaign? Personalize your communication for extra impact. Each message should feel like a one-on-one conversation, even when reaching a large audience.

For instance, expand personalization with gift suggestions:

"We noticed you bought a red velvet cake last year. This Christmas, pair it with your favorite wine for the perfect gift idea!" 

OneHubPOS simplifies this process by storing customer data in its system, enabling you to create personalized offers effortlessly. The retail POS system even automates these discounts during checkout, so you don’t have to worry about manual inputs. Plus, the system allows age verification for liquor sales.

2. Exclusive Holiday-Themed Products

Seasonal products are the ultimate crowd-pleasers during the festive season, creating urgency since they’re only available for a limited time. Offer exclusive holiday-themed products like Thanksgiving pumpkin pies or Christmas sweaters. Here are some promotion ideas for different types of retail stores:

  • Bakeries: “Get freshly baked holiday cookies at $5 per lb—available only till Christmas!” 
  • Clothing stores: “Limited-edition Christmas sweaters: Buy one, get one at 50% off.” 
  • Gift shops: “Handcrafted holiday ornaments: $10 each or $25 for a set of three.”

Low priced cakes during Christmas holidays by Walmart

Take it a step further by offering customizations, such as personalized inscriptions on ornaments or cakes. Shoppers will love the uniqueness they can’t find elsewhere.

OneHubPOS makes managing seasonal products easy. How? The mPOS system integrates with weighing scales for precise pricing, ensuring smooth operations.

3. Holiday-Themed Loyalty Programs

A loyalty program keeps customers coming back while engaging them with festive rewards. Implement holiday-specific incentives like:

  • Holiday bonuses: “Earn double points on all purchases made in December!” 
  • Exclusive gifts: “Redeem your points for festive items like stockings, candles, or ornaments.” 

Reward Program by Starbucks

You can also create “Holiday Loyalty Days,” offering triple points or exclusive gifts with purchases. Send email reminders about points balances and limited-time rewards to boost engagement.

With OneHubPOS, tracking purchases and assigning rewards is seamless. The cloud POS solution automates loyalty tracking and redemption.

4. Festive Social Media Campaigns 

Social media is a powerful tool during the holiday season. Nearly  73% of marketers report increased traffic and 65% attribute generated leads to social media marketing. Here are some festive campaign ideas:

  • Daily holiday countdown: Share daily deals or highlight unique products leading up to Christmas. 
  • Behind-the-scenes content: Showcase your holiday preparations, like decorating or stocking new arrivals.
  • Interactive contests: “Guess the number of ornaments in the jar for a $25 gift card!”

Instagram Handle of The Home Depot

Encourage customers to share photos of their purchases or in-store experiences using a branded hashtag, and offer prizes to the best posts.

5. Daily Holiday Promotions

Daily promotions give shoppers a reason to visit your store repeatedly during the season. Use sales data to identify popular products and craft irresistible deals like:

  • “Top holiday picks: 20% off our bestsellers from last year!” 
  • “Daily Deal: Get $10 off every $50 purchase—today only!” 
  • “Mystery Monday: Surprise discounts revealed in-store!”

Daily Deals by Day to Day

You can also create themes for each week, such as “Gift Wrap Week” with free wrapping services for all purchases or “Stocking Stuffer Week” with discounts on smaller items.

With OneHubPOS, you can easily run daily promotions based on your bestsellers or slow-moving inventory. The system’s One-Touch Analytics Reports feature helps you analyze which products are popular, so you can design promotions around them. 

6. Holiday Special Gift Bundles

Pre-packaged gift bundles make shopping easier for customers and encourage larger purchases. Here are some ideas:

  • Beauty stores: “Pamper Yourself Gift Set: Buy a lotion, bath bomb, and candle for $30 (regular price $40).” 
  • Food retailers: “Holiday Snack Bundle: Cheese, crackers, and wine for $50.” 
  • Kids’ stores: “Toy Fun Pack: Three board games for $20.”

Gift Basket by Walmart

Promote these bundles with eye-catching displays and online "Gift Guides" for different budgets and interests.

OneHubPOS automates bundle discounts and supports barcode scanning for quick and accurate transactions.

7. Holiday Scratch-and-Win or Spin-the-Wheel

Gamification adds excitement to shopping. Offer scratch cards or spin-the-wheel games with prizes like:

  • Discounts: “Win up to 50% off your purchase!” 
  • Free items: “Get a free mug with purchases over $30.” 
  • Cashback: “Win $5 cashback on your next visit.” 

Holiday Promotions by Macy’s

Promote these games as limited-time opportunities to add urgency and excitement. Shoppers will love the chance to win something extra with their holiday buys.

8. End-of-Year Clearance Sales

Everyone loves a good clearance sale, and this is your chance to turn old stock into profit. The post-holiday period is perfect for clearing out leftover inventory while giving shoppers incredible deals. Here are some examples:

  • “New Year’s Clearance: Up to 50% off on holiday decor and gifts!” 
  • “Buy One, Get One Free on seasonal items.” 
  • “Everything Must Go: Last chance to grab holiday deals before they’re gone!”

Clearance Sale by Kohl’s

Create urgency by setting clear deadlines: “Sale ends January 5th!”. Promote these sales through email campaigns and social media ads to ensure customers don’t miss out.

OneHubPOS provides detailed One-Touch Analytics Reports to help you identify slow-moving inventory and target it for clearance. The Android-based POS system also makes it easier to manage bulk discounts and clearance pricing.

9. Flash Sales & Limited-Time Offers

Limited-time offers are great for boosting foot traffic and encouraging impulse purchases. Use them strategically to bring in shoppers during slower hours or to promote specific items. Here are some promotion ideas:

  • Happy Hour Sale: Get 15% off between 2 PM - 4 PM today only.” 
  • “Scan & Save: Use contactless payments at checkout to get $5 off your purchase.” 
  • “Flash Friday: Buy one, get one free on all holiday-themed items—6 PM - 8 PM.”

Time-limited Christmas Sale by Riff’s

Pair these promotions with instore signage and announcements on social media to maximize their reach. 

OneHubPOS makes it easy to set up flash sales. How? The handheld POS system automates discounts during specific times or for certain payment methods. Barcode scanning allows quick transactions.

Make This Holiday Season Unforgettable

The festive season is a golden opportunity to build lasting customer relationships. From personalized shopping experiences to flash sales, implement these ideas to drive sales and create memorable holiday traditions.

From daily promotions and loyalty rewards to personalized shopping experiences and clearance sales, there’s something here for every type of retail store. So get creative, spread the holiday cheer, and watch your store become a goto destination for festive shopping.

Simplify your promotions, personalize customer experiences, and track sales easily this holiday season with OneHubPOS. From automating discounts to managing loyalty programs, our system ensures smooth operations so you can focus on delighting your customers. Book a demo today with OneHubPOS!

QSR restaurants

How to Set Up Employee Roles and Permissions in Your QSR POS?

Sahana Ananth
November 21, 2024
2 mins

Multiple employees manage various tasks at the same time. However, if a cashier mistakenly access manager-level features like financial reports, they would be able to alter sensitive data or disrupt workflows. So, properly setting up employee roles and permissions is a MUST to avoid confusion and inefficiencies in your QSR.

OneHubPOS simplifies managing employee roles and permissions effectively and securely. This ensures each team member has access to only what they need, enhancing both productivity and security.

This article guides you through how to easily set up roles and permissions in your QSR POS and explains why OneHubPOS is the best choice for your business.

The Challenge

Often, controlling access to certain features and data is one of the toughest pain points of managing a busy QSR. Let’s explore some of the pain points:

Security Risks  

Without proper controls, sensitive data like sales figures, inventory, and cash management can be at risk. What if one of your employees accidentally accesses sensitive sales reports? Ideally, they should only be viewed by management. This breach of security could lead to unauthorized changes or even data theft. 

Operational Confusion  

Picture a busy lunch rush where the server is distracted by requests for refunds or menu management on their handheld POS system. This not only affects kitchen efficiency but can lead to customer dissatisfaction as well. With such overlaps in permissions, nothing gets done efficiently.

Improper Access Control  

Suppose you hire a new cashier. But you don’t adjust the permissions correctly. Then, they might access features meant for managers, leading to potential mishaps. This can create inefficiencies, as the new hire may not know what tasks they are authorized to perform. That’s how manually managing employee permissions can become overwhelming as your quick service restaurant grows. 

Impact on Productivity  

When your team lacks clear access to necessary tools, their productivity suffers. For example, if servers have to constantly seek manager approval to process refunds, it creates bottlenecks, especially during peak hours. This can frustrate both employees and customers, leading to a negative dining experience.

Why OneHubPOS is the Best Solution for Your QSR

Choosing OneHubPOS to manage employee roles and permissions resolves these challenges for you. Here’s how:

Ease of Setup  

Even if you’re going to start your quick service restaurant and have no technical background, you can easily assign roles within minutes with OneHubPOS. Setting up roles and permissions in OneHubPOS is quick and simple. It has an intuitive interface. So, you don’t need to be a tech expert to configure everything. 

Customizability  

The responsibilities of every employee vary. OneHubPOS allows you to tailor roles and permissions for each level of your staff. It could be a cashier, manager, or admin. You can ensure each role has access only to what they need. 

Advanced Security  

Sensitive information, such as financial data or inventory levels, needs to be protected. So, OneHubPOS enables secure, role-based access. This ensures that only authorized personnel can view or edit critical data to keep your business safe from internal and external threats.

Role-Based Dashboards  

Once you assign permissions, OneHubPOS makes role-specific dashboards to employees. This means each team member only sees the information and tools relevant to their job. Consequently, there is no confusion and productivity improves as employees can focus on their tasks without distractions.

Increased Efficiency  

When the OneHubPOS dashboard clearly defines roles and permissions, your employees know exactly what they can and cannot do. This avoids confusion and reduces errors. Plus, the onboarding process for new hires becomes simpler as you won’t need to constantly train staff on what’s off-limits. They’ll know from day one.

Mobile and Remote Access  

If you have QSRs at multiple locations, the mPOS system of OneHubPOS gives you the ability to manage roles and permissions remotely. You could be at home, on vacation, or simply away from the restaurant. Despite that, you can make quick adjustments without needing to be on-site.

6-Step Guide to Set Up Roles and Permissions in OneHubPOS

Let’s get into how to set up employee roles and permissions for your QSR using OneHubPOS. The process is simple and can be done in just a few steps.

Step 1: Log in to the OneHubPOS Dashboard

Start by logging into your OneHubPOS Dashboard with your credentials. From here, you have access to all core functionalities, including managing employee roles and permissions. 

Step 2: Access Roles & Permissions Settings

Once you’re in the dashboard, go to the "Employees" section on the left-hand menu. Click on it, and you’ll come across two subsections: “Users” and “User Roles.” Go to “User Roles” to control access for each employee.

Step 3: Define Employee Roles

In the “User Roles” subsection, define specific roles for your team members. Type in the employee’s name in the Create Role box and use the dropdown menu to assign them their designated role. Think about your team and categorize them into specific employee roles, such as:

  • Front-of-house, like cashiers, hosts, or servers who interact with customers
  • Back-of-house, like chefs, cooks, or kitchen staff who handle food preparation
  • Management, like restaurant managers or shift supervisors who oversee operations and financials

Step 4: Set Permissions for Each Role

Once you assign that role, scroll down a bit to define what each employee can do within your restaurant POS system. Then, toggle on or off to assign permissions based on the responsibilities of each role. For example:

  • Cashiers should have access to processing transactions (pay in and pay out) and managing orders (like transfer or reopen orders).
  • Managers should have access to sales analytics reports, employee reports, and discount reports.

Step 5: Save and Review

After assigning roles and permissions, double-check that each employee has the correct access level for what they need to do their job. There should be no overlaps or missing permissions that could cause confusion. Once everything looks accurate and save your changes.

Step 6: Review and Edit Employee Permissions

OneHubPOS also allows you to track and manage what permissions have been given to each user. Go to the “Users” subsection and click on the “Users” tab. A detailed list of all your employees, including their roles and contact details, will appear. Under the “Action” column, click the Edit icon corresponding to the employee’s name to update a role or permission.

This will show you a window where you can view and edit details of the employees. This includes the employee’s full name, username, passwords, hire date, birth date, assigned role, address, passwords, and more. 

You can also update their role directly from this screen, such as admin, cashier, and manager. After making the necessary changes, click Save to confirm the updates.

If an employee leaves or no longer needs access to the system, you can easily remove them by clicking the Bin icon corresponding to their name. This will permanently delete their user profile from the system, ensuring your QSR POS remains secure.

Control Employee Roles and Permissions With OneHubPOS

Managing employee roles and permissions maintains security, boosts efficiency, and simplifies day-to-day operations in your QSR. OneHubPOS makes this process easy with its intuitive interface, customizable roles, and secure, role-based access features.

With OneHubPOS, you can be confident that your team has the tools and access they need to succeed—without compromising security. Plus, with 24/7 support, we’re here to help you every step of the way. Get started with OneHubPOS today for just $1 and experience how simple it is to set up roles and permissions. 

QSR restaurants

How to Streamline Quick Service with Integrated Self-Ordering Kiosks

Sahana Ananth
November 21, 2024
2 mins

Self-service kiosks have stirred up quite a conversation in the fast-food world. With Gen Z's preference for quick and effortless service, these touch screens have proven to be incredibly helpful. As a result, self-ordering kiosks have become widespread at chains like McDonald's, Panera Bread, and Burger King.

In fact, Shake Shack's CEO, Robert Lynch, says kiosks do more than speed up ordering; they also open up chances to upsell that might get overlooked when staff are busy with long lines. 

This change in restaurant operations raises an important point: integrating self-ordering kiosks can cut down wait times, improve order accuracy, and even boost sales.

So, how can you leverage this technology to elevate the dining experience? Let’s find out how self-ordering kiosks paired with OneHubPOS are the perfect solution if you’re tired of long wait times.

Why Integrated Self-Ordering Kiosks Boost Quick Service

Self-ordering kiosks are a game changer! Say goodbye to long queues and waiting around. Self-ordering kiosks ensure quick checkouts and a smoother overall experience.

Fewer Order Errors

Self-ordering kiosks reduce order errors by letting customers enter their choices directly, which eliminates miscommunication. No more mixed-up orders—just exactly what the customer wants, every time!

Faster Customer Service

When you have multiple kiosks available, several customers can order at once. No more long lines waiting for one cashier.

Hassle-free Payments

The kiosk integrated with payment functionality offers multiple payment options, like credit cards and mobile wallets. Using cash? Simply pay at the counter. Everything is processed smoothly, reducing wait times.

Efficient Resource Use

Another key benefit of self-ordering kiosks is that while they handle order-taking, your staff can focus on preparing food and offering a better customer experience instead of line busting, crowd control or struggling to get multiple orders and service requests at once. 

For example, kiosks make sure to suggest upsell options, like milkshakes or fries, whenever customers place an order. Shake Shack CEO Robert Lynch notes, "Upselling is not always a priority for employees managing long lines. Their focus is often on processing orders as quickly as possible." Plus, kiosks free up employees from the cash register, allowing them to focus on keeping the dining area tidy, delivering food, or helping out in the kitchen.

A Far Better Customer Experience

Approximately 67% of customers prefer self-service options rather than interacting with a customer service representative. Offering them a self-ordering kiosk lets them customize their orders at their own pace. They don’t feel rushed by other customers in line, and they get more control over their meal. This approach allows customers to enjoy a more personalized and satisfying dining experience.

Top 5 Things Your Kiosks Must do to Facilitate Quick Service/Top 5 Must-Have Features for Efficient Self-Ordering Kiosks

Here's how you can create a quick service experience for your customers with self-ordering kiosks:

1. Go for a User-Friendly Interface

For fast service, your kiosk should have an easy-to-use interface. A confusing or cluttered menu will slow your customers down. Here’s how user-friendly your kiosks should be:

Simplify the Menu Layout

The menu on your self-ordering kiosks should have clear, logical categories like meals, combos, and specials. Presenting too many options at once can overwhelm customers. For example, the OneHubPOS kiosk interface divides items into easily recognizable categories like “Hub Specials” and “Combos,” making it easier for customers to find what they want.

Customization Made Easy

Allowing customers to customize their orders is a great move, but it needs to be simple. Make sure the options for toppings, sides, or drink choices are clear and easy to go through.

Visual Cues

Good-quality photos of your menu items can make a big difference. Customers will feel more confident in their choices, which speeds up decision-making.

2. Tailor the Menu for Kiosk Only

The menu should work well for both the customer-facing kiosk and your back office system. Here’s what to keep in mind:

Kiosk

You can display the most popular items, combos, and promotions front and center. The customer’s experience should be visual and simple—items need to look good and be easy to select

Back Office Cloud

Behind the scenes, your POS should give your staff everything they need to keep operations running, such as detailed order info and stock levels. This keeps your kitchen running efficiently.

3. Streamline the Payment Process

Payment processes in restaurants can become bottlenecks if they are not seamless. An integrated kiosk system like OneHubPOS gives your customers multiple payment options:

Pay at the Kiosk

Let customers complete their payments directly at the kiosk using a card or mobile payment. This reduces the need for extra steps like going to the counter.

Pay at the Counter

If customers prefer, they can choose to pay at the counter. The kiosk prints a receipt with a barcode or QR code, which they hand to the cashier to complete the payment.

QR Code for Quick Payments

Customers can scan a QR code to quickly pay for their order with their phone, making the process even faster.

4. Install Multiple Kiosks

During busy periods, having more than one kiosk can drastically cut down wait times. When multiple customers can place orders at the same time, the lines disappear.

Strategic Placement

Place your kiosks in high-traffic areas or near the entrance. This allows customers to start their order as soon as they walk in, without having to wait in line.

Self-Checkout Option

Some kiosks can double as self-checkout stations for customers picking up to-go orders or paying for quick items. This dual functionality helps you maintain quick service during peak hours.

5. Real-Time Order Tracking

Customers value transparency about their order status, especially during peak hours. With a real-time order tracking system linked to your KDS, they can keep an eye on progress without needing to ask staff.

Kitchen Integration

When an order is placed via a kiosk, it’s sent directly to the kitchen. The kitchen staff sees the order immediately, allowing them to start preparing it right away, cutting down on delays.

Display Status Updates

You can display real-time updates using OneHubPOS’ Kitchen Display System in the Kitchen and counter. This keeps customers informed and reduces impatience during busy periods.

Steps to Use Integrated Self-Ordering Kiosks with OneHubPOS

From start to finish, self-ordering kiosks integrated with OneHubPOS make the ordering process quicker, simpler, and more efficient for both customers and staff. Let’s walk through how easy and quick service becomes when self-ordering kiosks are paired with OneHubPOS.

1. Open the Kiosk Application

Getting started is simple. The kiosk asks for a 16-digit activation code, which is provided by the OneHubPOS onboarding team. Just type in the code, and the system will automatically load all the store details.

Once everything’s set, you’ll be prompted to accept the terms and conditions, and within moments, you’re ready to go.

2. Choose Your Service Option

The home screen offers customers a choice: Dine-In or Takeout. With just a tap, the system adjusts itself to fit the selected service type, making it a smooth and tailored experience whether customers plan to sit down or grab their food to go.

3. Browse and Customize the Menu

Going through the menu is effortless. It’s divided into clear product groups, so customers can easily find what they want. For example, they might choose "Hub Special" to see related meal options.

Adding items is as easy as a single tap. Plus, customers can customize their order—whether it’s adjusting toppings, selecting sides, or choosing a portion size—before sending it to the cart. 

Not done yet? Customers can simply hit Order More to keep browsing the menu.

4. Review and Adjust the Order

As customers browse, the kiosk keeps track of their choices with a real-time order summary at the bottom of the screen. This summary includes the subtotal, tax, and total, so customers always know where they stand.

Need to make a quick change? They can delete items or adjust quantities with just a couple of taps. Not quite ready to order? No problem. The cart can be cleared, or they can return to the homepage to start fresh.

5. Complete the Order

Once the customer has made their selections, all they have to do is tap Complete Order. From there, they’ll be asked to choose a payment method:

Pay Here

The customer can finish their transaction right at the kiosk using a card or digital wallet. The receipt is printed automatically, and the order is sent straight to the kitchen.

Pay at Counter

Prefer to pay at the counter? No worries. The kiosk prints out a receipt with a barcode or QR code, which the customer takes to the cashier to finalize the payment.

6. Order Confirmation and Printing

After payment, the kiosk generates an Order ID, which is printed on the receipt. This ID can be used to track the order’s progress, whether it’s through a display screen in the restaurant.

Elevate Customer Experience by Integrated Self-Ordering Kiosks with OneHubPOS

Self-ordering kiosks address customer demands for quick and efficient service. Integrating them with your POS system takes efficiency to the next level, transforming your restaurant's operations. They reduce errors, speed up transactions, and give your customers more control over their ordering experience. 

Looking for faster service, happier customers, and smoother operations? With OneHubPOS, you can manage your operations, reduce wait times, and free up your staff to focus on preparing food and providing excellent customer service.

QSR restaurants

How to Use POS Reporting to Identify Best-Selling Items in Your QSR?

Roopak Chadha
November 20, 2024
2 mins

You've put thought into designing your Quick Service Restaurant menu, and customers keep returning for more. But as your business grows, you start noticing some items fly off the shelves, while others hardly get ordered. This results in wasted ingredients and lost revenue – and you want to change that.

You may think you know your best sellers, but do you?

This is where OneHubPOS can make all the difference. More than just a tool to process transactions, our modern POS system provides detailed insights that help you optimize your menu. With just a few clicks, you can get automated reports that enable you to pinpoint top-performing and underperforming items to make critical decisions about menu changes and reduce waste, improve food cost percentages, and possibly make profits on menu items. 

This blog explores how OneHubPOS data helps you identify your best sellers, streamline offerings, reduce waste, and focus on customer favorites.

Identifying Best-Selling Items Using POS Reports

Your POS system collects many sorts of data. Let’s dive into the specifics of how you can make sense of that data to identify your best selling items.

1. Sales Reports

Reviewing your sales analytics reports is the most direct way to identify your top performers. These reports show you how each menu item is performing over different time frames, such as:

  • Daily
  • Weekly
  • Monthly

The goal here is to look for consistency. Are there items that sell steadily day after day, week after week? These are your bestsellers. 

The best part? OneHubPOS offers you auto-generated reports that can be accessed with one touch on the POS app and Cloud in real-time, so you don't have to manually sort and look at the best-selling and least-selling items of your restaurant.

Filters add extra value here, allowing for more precise analysis. Even if you operate QSRs at multiple locations, OneHubPOS can filter your sales by store to see if certain items perform better in one location than another. 

For instance, a particular dessert might be a bestseller at one location but less popular at another. Similarly, some items may perform better on weekends compared to weekdays. Getting these insights from a cloud POS system allows you to tailor your menu offerings or promotions to different customer bases.

Furthermore, OneHubPOS lets you look at sales data by time of day, which can tell you exactly when certain items are most popular. If you notice that iced drinks in your coffee shop are most popular between 2 PM and 5 PM, you might consider increasing inventory and staffing during those hours. Alternatively, you could introduce a ‘Happy Hour' promotion to further boost sales.

This kind of adjustment may seem small. But it can significantly improve customer satisfaction and reduce wait times.

2. Upselling & Cross-selling

In QSRs, some items tend to be purchased as a combo. For instance, a cheeseburger is often accompanied by fries and a soda. 

Identifying these trends through POS data allows you to understand your customers' favorite combinations. With OneHubPOS’s product setup section, you can create attractive bundles that directly match their tastes, leading to increased sales and a better customer experience.

Let’s say you create a bundle with a popular burger, fries, and a drink at a 10% discount. This not only entices customers to spend more but also makes their ordering experience easier since you’ve already put together a meal for them.

3. Seasonal and Trend Analysis

Customer preferences tend to shift throughout the year. They might crave holiday-themed treats, refreshing summer specials, or comforting winter dishes. For example, fresh fruit smoothies might sell exceptionally well during Miami's hot summer months, while soups and stews could dominate sales in Denver's colder seasons.

OneHubPOS offers a variety of sales reports that help you track how specific items perform during different times of the year. Additionally, trend analysis can be a powerful tool to predict future sales. If a particular item thrived during a limited-time promotion last year, reintroducing it could yield similar success.

Furthermore, suppose you notice a growing trend. For example, plant-based options become more popular. Then, you can add similar items to your menu.

4. POS Inventory Reports

While your POS system’s inventory tracking helps you monitor stock levels, OneHubPOS goes a step further by providing detailed restaurant analytics on how quickly ingredients are being used up.

This gives you valuable insight into which dishes are being ordered the most. Frequent reordering of specific ingredients signals that the dishes using them are popular with your customers.

For example, if you notice you're running low on oregano for your pizzas, it’s a clear indication that pizzas with oregano are among your bestsellers. This data gives you an edge, allowing you to plan ahead, ensure your stock is well-managed, and avoid disappointing customers with sold-out favorites.

Additionally, you can leverage this insight to create special promotions or combo deals around these popular dishes, further boosting sales.

Make the Most of Your POS Data to Identify Best-Selling Items

In a fast-paced QSR, your POS system should be more than just a tool for processing transactions. It's a valuable source of data that helps you identify best-sellers, understand customer preferences, and optimize operations.

With OneHubPOS, you’re not just seeing what's happening in the moment — you're gaining insights that can shape your QSR’s future. The more you dive into your data, the better you can grow your business, enhance customer satisfaction, and stay ahead of the competition.

Ready to level up? To identify your best-selling items and optimize your menu, start optimizing your QSR today with OneHubPOS—available now for just $1!

Holiday Guide

Your Restaurant’s Holiday Event Guide

Sahana Ananth
November 17, 2024
2 mins

The holiday season offers restaurant owners a prime opportunity to increase sales and attract customers. In this blog, we will explore creative 2024 holiday calendar ideas, share promotional strategies, and provide tips you can implement in your restaurants to succeed during this festive season.

The Holiday Season in the US

The holiday season is here! From Thanksgiving to New Year's Eve, everyone gathers to enjoy great food and company. For restaurant owners, this is the perfect time! There are so many opportunities to attract customers, build patrons and increase sales. People love to celebrate and dine out. Special menus, festive decor, and unique offers can bring in new guests. It’s also a chance to make regular patrons feel extra special. 

Benefits of Early Holiday Preparation for Your Restaurant

  • Prepare for higher foot traffic and ensure smooth operations.
  • Customize menus, discounts, and events for each holiday.
  • Plan resources, staff, and inventory in advance to prevent last-minute issues.
  • Create excitement around your holiday specials ahead of time.
  • Use social media, email, and in-house promotions to generate buzz.
  • Attract more reservations with early promotion of your specials.
  • Maximize revenue during busy holiday periods.
  • Create memorable experiences that encourage return visits.

Holiday Calendar Ideas

Here’s the US holiday calendar 2024 for restaurant owners. It’s packed with ideas. Get creative and engage your customers. Each date has themed suggestions. Pro tips included. Unique engagement ideas, too. Make the most of the holiday season!

Veterans Day

Date: Monday, November 11

Offer Discounts

Set a 15-20% discount for veterans and active-duty military. Your restaurant POS system automatically applies these discounts at checkout. Try a "buy one, give one" deal so they can share a meal with family or friends. It's a great way to honor them while boosting loyalty among all diners. 

Create a Tribute Wall

Set up a special area where customers can post thank-you notes or photos in honor of veterans. Supply sticky notes, small flags, or postcards where people can write personal messages. This wall can remain throughout the month as a reminder of gratitude and respect.

Special Menu

Create a “Patriotic Platter” with red, white, and blue-themed dishes or American classics like burgers, apple pie, or BBQ. That's also perfect for social media sharing! OneHubPOS allows you to quickly update your menu with holiday specials or themed dishes.

Pro-tip: Promote your Veterans Day specials in advance through social media and email marketing to generate interest. Share heartfelt stories of veterans on your staff in your posts. This storytelling approach not only engages your audience but also shows authenticity, which is key to brand loyalty.

Thanksgiving Day

Date: Thursday, November 28

Host a Special Brunch

Many people celebrate with friends a day or two before Thanksgiving. Offer a special brunch with a warm, inviting atmosphere, ideal for those who may not cook the big meal themselves. You may call it “Friendsgiving” brunch. Include comfort foods like mashed potatoes, stuffed mushrooms, and sweet potato casserole.

Special Holiday Menu

Design a “Thanksgiving Feast” with unique twists on traditional dishes. Try serving mini pumpkin soup shooters or mini pecan pies for a playful yet festive approach. With OneHubPOS, you can update your specials or create a unique holiday menu, offering customized items or menu pricing for the season.

Photo Wall

Set up a cozy, autumn-themed photo wall. Add pumpkins, hay bales, and Thanksgiving props. Offer Polaroid-style photos or use a vintage filter. These make great keepsakes. Diners will love sharing their photos online.

Pro-tip: Send text messages and an email blast. Do this in the week before Thanksgiving. Remind customers about your special menu. Create a buzz with a social media giveaway. For example, followers could win a Thanksgiving meal at your restaurant. This improves your reach. It also sparks word-of-mouth marketing.

Christmas Season Kick-Off

Date: Sunday, December 1

Deck the Halls

Kick off the holiday season by fully decorating your restaurant. Add holiday lights, wreaths, and themed ornaments, creating a festive atmosphere. Customers are drawn to these aesthetics. They’re more likely to spend time (and money) in a beautifully decorated space.

Limited-time Holiday Drinks

Create a holiday drink menu. Feature festive cocktails like spiced mulled wine, eggnog, and peppermint hot chocolate. Include seasonal mocktails, too. This way, everyone has a chance to indulge. OneHubPOS allows you to easily track limited-time offerings and manage inventory for seasonal drinks, helping you keep your stock in check during busy times.

Social Wall

Encourage customers to post their holiday moments at your restaurant using a special hashtag. Feature these posts on a live social wall or slideshow that guests can view while dining. It makes for an interactive experience and encourages customers to post about their visit.

Pro-tip: Start posting holiday content on social media daily, counting down to Christmas with sneak peeks of special offers, decor, or events. Regular posts build excitement and keep your restaurant top of mind during this busy season.

Hanukkah

Date: Begins Wednesday, December 25

Hanukkah Specials

Celebrate Hanukkah with a themed menu. Feature traditional Jewish foods like latkes, brisket, or sufganiyot (jelly donuts). These dishes bring a taste of tradition. They connect with the local Jewish community.

Light Up the Night

If your restaurant has outdoor space, set up a menorah. Light one candle each night of Hanukkah. This symbolic gesture can resonate with patrons and create a welcoming environment.

Gifting Idea

With each meal during Hanukkah, give customers a small chocolate coin (gelt) or a discount coupon for a future visit. This simple gesture shows you’re mindful of the holiday.

Pro-tip: Send a personalized email invitation to customers celebrating Hanukkah, promoting your special dinners and the festive atmosphere your team has prepared. This tailored approach can make diners feel appreciated and encourage them to celebrate with you.

Christmas Eve & Christmas Day

Date: Tuesday, December 24 & Wednesday, December 25

Host a Christmas Eve Dinner

Offer a prix-fixe Christmas menu. Include traditional favorites. Add decadent desserts. Consider live music. A pianist can enhance the ambiance and create a cozy atmosphere.

Gift Cards & Giveaways

Encourage last-minute gift shoppers by offering discounts on gift cards. You could also hold a raffle where customers can win a free dinner in January.

Photo op with Santa

Set up a spot where families can take photos with Santa or another festive character. This addition makes for a unique holiday experience and creates lasting memories.

Pro-tip: Use social media ads targeting last-minute planners to fill seats on Christmas Eve. Update your Google listing with holiday hours and special offers to ensure customers have the latest information.

Kwanzaa (First Day)

Date: Begins Thursday, December 26

Honor African Cuisine

Showcase dishes inspired by African and African American culinary traditions, such as collard greens, sweet potatoes, or cornbread. A Kwanzaa-themed special menu allows diners to celebrate cultural diversity.

Art Wall or Tribute Area

Create a community space where customers can write their wishes for the upcoming year on sticky notes or postcards. Decorate with the colors and symbols of Kwanzaa to create an educational and celebratory ambiance.

Pro-tip: If your restaurant specializes in African heritage-inspired dishes, use email marketing to reach customers and explain the significance of your Kwanzaa specials. It shows cultural awareness and invites people to celebrate together.

New Year's Eve

Date: Tuesday, December 31

Countdown Party

Host a lively countdown party with a festive menu and drink specials, encouraging reservations as space will likely be limited. This is a high-demand night for restaurants, so take advantage of self-ordering kiosks to reduce wait times and manage the rush.

Sparkling Drink Options

Offer champagne cocktails, creative mocktails, and fun party favors like mini sparklers or noise-makers for midnight. With OneHubPOS, you can create special drink promotions for the evening and easily upsell champagne or creative mocktails.

New Year’s Photo Wall

Set up a glitzy photo wall with props like “2024” glasses, confetti, and noisemakers. This setup makes for memorable photos that customers are likely to share online.

Pro-tip: Promote via text messages and emails a week in advance, including a clear CTA to “Reserve Your Spot.” New Year's Eve dining is often booked in advance, so building excitement early can help you secure reservations.

New Year's Day Brunch

Date: Wednesday, January 1

Brunch for the Late Risers

Offer an extended brunch with comfort foods, like breakfast burritos, avocado toast, and refreshing “recovery” drinks like ginger shots or soothing teas.

Discount on Gift Cards

Encourage diners to purchase gift cards for the new year as gifts for themselves or friends, offering a small discount or a bonus credit.

Vision Board Wall

Set up a sticky-note wall where guests can jot down their goals or resolutions for the new year. This interactive experience aligns with the new year’s theme and can build community among guests.

Pro-tip: Promote your New Year’s Day brunch heavily on social media and send text reminders the night before. Many people will be celebrating late on New Year’s Eve, so a well-timed reminder might attract those looking for a comforting start to the new year.

A Handy Planning Checklist for All Events:

  • Update POS system with holiday specials
  • Schedule staff accordingly
  • Order promotional materials
  • Plan social media content
  • Set up email campaigns
  • Prepare decorations
  • Train staff on special promotions
  • Update online presence (website/social)
  • Check inventory requirements
  • Set up reservation systems

Remember: Early preparation is key to holiday success. Start planning at least 6-8 weeks before each major holiday.

Ease Your Holiday Celebrations With OneHubPOS

This 2024 US holiday calendar provides many opportunities to celebrate the holiday season and create a festive, memorable experience for your customers. Planning each date as per the national holiday calendar in advance and using a combination of social media, email, and in-house engagement will ensure a successful holiday season, turning casual diners into loyal patrons.

Want to manage your holiday promotions? Use OneHubPOS to handle orders, track customer preferences, and improve engagement this season. Book a demo and let us help you create unforgettable experiences all holiday long!

Cash management

How to Implement Cash Discounting For Your Business

Sahana Ananth
November 14, 2024
2 mins

In simple terms, cash discounting is the method you use to offer lower rates on products to your customers who pay in cash. A cash discount program is a common pricing strategy that is legal in all 50 states in the USA. 

Whether you run a restaurant, a retail store like a salon, an auto shop, a liquor store, or any other, you can implement cash discounting with your POS provider. In this blog, let’s understand more about cash discounting (also known as dual pricing) and how a business owner can benefit from this. Ready?

What is Cash Discounting?

Cash discounting, also known as dual pricing, is a pricing strategy that offers customers a discount if they choose to pay with cash instead of a credit or debit card. This approach incentivizes cash payments by setting two different price points (approx 4% difference) for the same product or service: one for card payments, which includes the cost of processing fees, and one lower price for cash payments, where processing fees are eliminated. This method helps businesses cover credit card processing costs, which can be a significant expense, while also providing value to customers who prefer paying with cash.

Example of Cash Discounting 

Imagine a coffee shop implementing cash discounting. The price for a cup of coffee is listed as $3.00 for card payments. However, if the customer pays with cash, they’ll pay $2.85. This encourages customers to pay with cash, helping the coffee shop save on the card processing fees that would have applied if the customer paid with a credit card.

Cash Discounting vs. Surcharging

While cash discounting and surcharging might sound similar, they have a crucial difference. 

Aspect Cash Discounting Surcharging
Definition A discount is offered to customers who pay with cash, reducing the price from the listed (default) card price. An additional fee is added on top of the listed price if the customer chooses to pay with a card.
Pricing Structure The default price displayed is typically the card price, and a discount is applied when the customer pays with cash. The listed price is the base price, and a surcharge is added if the customer uses a card.
Customer Perception Customers see it as a reward for paying with cash, which can be perceived positively. Customers may view it as a penalty for using a card, which can sometimes lead to negative reactions.
Legal Status Legal in most states when implemented with transparency (proper signage and communication). Subject to stricter regulations and varies significantly by state, with some states imposing limits or bans on surcharging.
Implementation Typically requires dual pricing in the POS system to manage both cash and card prices smoothly. Requires POS customization to add a surcharge to the listed price at checkout.
Purpose Helps businesses reduce card processing costs without adding fees to the listed price, making it more palatable for customers. Passes card processing costs directly to customers paying with a card, covering business expenses but may impact customer satisfaction.

Why Cash Discounting is Popular

Adaptation to Fee Increases: As credit card processing fees rise, more businesses are turning to cash discounting to protect their profit margins without alienating customers.

Customer Transparency: By showing both prices up front, businesses can be transparent about their costs and provide an opportunity for customers to save, which can enhance customer satisfaction.

How to Implement Cash Discounting for Restaurants, Retail and Liquor Stores

Here’s the implementation guide for cash discounting with bullet points for restaurants, retail stores, and liquor stores:

1. POS Setup

Restaurants:  

  - Choose a POS system that supports dual pricing, adjusting prices seamlessly at checkout.

  - Ensure the system can automatically apply cash discounts to avoid slowing down service during high traffic.

  - Configure the POS to handle cash discounting across various menu items and dining settings (dine-in, takeout, delivery).

Retail Stores:  

  - Opt for a POS that clearly shows both cash and card prices, helping customers understand the savings at checkout.

  - Use a system that allows printing receipts with both cash and card prices for transparency.

  - Ensure the POS can handle the wide range of prices found in retail without requiring manual adjustments.

Liquor Stores:  

  - Set up a POS that includes dual pricing with a breakdown of cash and card prices for each item, especially in multi-item purchases.

  - Confirm that the POS is compliant with any state regulations on cash discounting for liquor sales.

  - Ensure clear visibility of discounted prices to meet regulatory standards.

2. Signage and Communication

Restaurants:  

  - Place signage at entry points, host stands, and on menus to inform customers of the cash discount policy.

  - Add small table signs as gentle reminders for diners.

  - Ensure receipts display both cash and card prices to maintain transparency and avoid customer confusion.

Retail Stores:  

  - Position signs at store entrances, checkout counters, and near promotional displays to communicate the cash discount policy.

  - For shelf labels, consider noting cash versus card prices, or indicate a cash discount on the card price.

  - Use clear, concise language on signage to streamline the customer experience and reduce inquiries.

Liquor Stores:  

  - Place prominent signs at the register, near coolers, and on display shelves to inform customers early about the dual pricing.

  - Ensure signage meets state regulations for pricing transparency, especially in states with strict alcohol pricing rules.

  - Keep signage simple yet visible to avoid misunderstandings at checkout.

3. Employee Training

Restaurants:  

  - Train all staff, including servers, cashiers, and managers, to explain the cash discount policy and answer common questions.

  - Provide scripts or sample explanations, such as, “We offer a small discount for cash payments to reduce processing fees.”

  - Encourage staff to be proactive in explaining the policy when customers inquire about pricing differences.

Retail Stores:  

  - Equip staff to give brief, clear explanations of cash discounting at checkout.

  - Prepare employees with quick responses or scripts for when customers ask about the dual pricing.

  - Ensure employees are aware of signage locations to help customers understand the pricing structure.

Liquor Stores:  

  - Ensure employees understand the cash discount policy and relevant state regulations.

  - Train staff to offer concise explanations to customers who may be unfamiliar with cash discounting in a liquor store setting.

  - Reinforce the importance of explaining the policy clearly to avoid confusion and ensure regulatory compliance.

Legal and Regulatory Guidelines for Cash Discounting

Understanding the Legality:

  • Clarify that cash discounting is legal in most places, but ensure compliance by following state-specific rules.
  • Differentiate cash discounting from surcharging (adding fees to card transactions, which may have restrictions).

Transparency and Disclosure:

Emphasize the need for clear signage and transparent communication at point-of-sale locations.

Mention any legal notices required for displaying dual prices.

State-by-State Regulations:

Brief overview of any major states with specific rules or nuances (if applicable).

Benefits of Cash Discounting for Business Owners

  • Reduced Processing Fees: Discuss how this approach helps in minimizing card processing costs and increasing profitability.
  • Enhanced Cash Flow: Cash transactions boost liquidity, which benefits operational cash flow.
  • Customer Incentives: Describe how cash discounting can attract customers who prefer to save on transaction fees.
  • Business Competitiveness: Explain how businesses can stay competitive by lowering overhead costs.

POS Hardware

Managing Restaurants Effectively: A multi-location POS solution

Sahana Ananth
November 11, 2024
2 mins

If you have expanded your restaurant to multiple locations, we understand, every day is now an adventure for you. Your day starts with taking account of the inventory, managing menus, tracking previous day sales, and coordinating multiple teams across all your restaurant’s locations.

But do you find yourself getting increasingly frustrated with the never-ending workload, issue resolution, and reviewing all location reports while also ensuring customer satisfaction? This is a common growing pain that multi-location restaurant owners typically face. 

Many owners like yourself use point-of-sale (POS) systems to streamline operations and get real-time insights, to make their life easier. In fact, according to the National Restaurant Association, 76% of restaurant owners believe that technology can give them a competitive edge in the market. 

Managing multiple locations requires an effective approach: a multi-location POS solution. This blog will help you explore multi-location POS systems, how they compare with traditional POS solutions, and what features you should look for when investing in such a solution.

Understanding Multi-Location POS Systems

Traditional POS systems are often designed to manage operations within a single location or use an on-premise server for multiple locations. In this case, you can keep track of customer data, sales, and inventory updates only when you are at specific restaurant locations. 

This results in your multi-location restaurants working in silos - as separate entities, running on reduced operational efficiency. Additionally, traditional POS systems may demand the installation of separate servers for every location, which can significantly impact your ability to scale up to become a restaurant chain. 

A multi-location POS system can enable you to centralize operations across multiple restaurant locations. It streamlines key processes such as inventory management, sales tracking, employee scheduling, and customer data management. The system operates on a cloud server that can be accessed from anywhere. All the information stored is encrypted and secure and can only be used by authorized personnel with access to the network. 

For a better understanding of how a traditional POS system compares to a multi-location POS system, let’s take a look at the table below: 

Traditional POS System Multi-Location POS system
Design Designed for single location/ server use, with standalone setup and local data storage Designed to manage multiple locations through a centralized cloud-based platform, offering real-time data across all branches
Management Access Requires on-site access for management and troubleshooting Allows remote management and monitoring from anywhere with internet access
Customer Data Customer data is stored locally, limiting cross-location recognition and loyalty program implementation Centralized customer data, enabling unified loyalty programs and customer insights across all locations
Scalability Limited scalability; adding new locations requires significant hardware and software setup Highly scalable; new locations can be added with minimal additional setup
Payment Processing Typically offers limited payment options, often requiring separate systems for different payment types Integrates various payment options and processes transactions securely across all locations
Software Maintenance May require manual software updates and maintenance at each location Automatic software updates and maintenance performed remotely for all locations
Data Security Data backups and security measures need to be implemented separately at each site Centralized data backup and enhanced security measures applied uniformly across all locations
Real-Time Reporting Often lacks real-time reporting capabilities across multiple locations Provides instant access to performance metrics and reports from all locations
Online Integration Limited or no integration with online ordering and delivery platforms Seamlessly integrates with online ordering systems and third-party delivery services for all locations

Pro Tip: OneHubPOS offers features that can be tailored and customized according to your needs, unlike traditional POS systems that can be quite rigid and hard to use. You can modify it based on your unique preferences, allowing you to operate your business your way!

8 Essential Features To Look for in a Multi-Location POS Systems

While multi-location POS systems offer an edge for managing restaurant operations across multiple locations, choosing the right system to suit your unique needs is essential. Point-of-sale software providers often have a long list of features catering to restaurants of all scales and sizes. Here is a list of must-haves in a multi-location POS system you should look for to choose the best one tailored to your restaurant’s needs.

Centralized Store Operations

As a small restaurant owner juggling multiple branches, managing everything can feel like a constant struggle. Imagine dealing with scheduling conflicts or running out of popular menu items during a busy shift. 

Centralized store operations are one of the most crucial features for managing multiple locations. A multi-location POS system offers key features such as real-time data analytics, inventory management, staff scheduling, menu updates, performance reporting, CRM tools, and streamlined order management to enhance efficiency, customer satisfaction, and growth across multiple restaurant locations. With real-time data reports at your fingertips, you can stay ahead of potential challenges like never before! This is also going to keep your customers satisfied, all while you stay flexible and on-the go. 

Easy Inventory Stock Transfer 

Effective inventory management cannot happen when you work with data from individual locations; you need them consolidated in a single platform. 

When you're running a multi-location POS system, inventory management may not be the most exciting part of the job, and hence a POS system can play a crucial role here. The real-time tracking feature allows monitoring stock levels, ensuring all the products are available whenever they're needed, minimizing the risk of stockouts or overstocking. Consolidating inventory data will also help you gain insights regarding sales, products performance and trends, allowing you to make informed decisions. Also, if the system detects that you're running short of any supply, it can alert and you can reorder before running out of it completely. 

With cloud-based inventory stock transfer, it is easy to move things around according to your convenience. A multi-location POS system helps you track stock levels, minimizing waste and preventing shortages. In this way you'll stay prepared during demand surges while avoiding overstocking and improving overall efficiency.

Multi-Store Promotions and Pricing

A multi-location POS system is built to support multiple stores or branches while maintaining complete control over operations like promotions, pricing, and inventory from one place. It is interesting to note that according to Valassis Research, 54% of guests tend to return to the same restaurant over time. However, 20% switch to different places due to special offers or coupons, while 12% look for restaurants with more affordable menu options. 

For example, if you notice a dip in visits at a specific branch, you can launch a targeted offer to draw customers back in. It also allows you to respond swiftly to changing demand patterns—redistributing popular items to locations where they're most needed. Offering personalized pricing and promotions can ensure customer satisfaction and more flexibility in handling orders and inventory.

Secure Payment Processing

Maintaining consistent payment security methods across all your branches can be a constant struggle. If even one of your locations uses outdated POS software, it can become an easy target for cyberattacks, putting your customers' payment data at risk. This inconsistency not only exposes you to hefty fines for non-compliance with PCI DSS (Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard) but also endangers your reputation and erodes customer trust. Complying with PCI DSS is crucial as it demonstrates your commitment to protecting customer data, helps prevent costly breaches, and ensures you meet legal and industry requirements for handling payment information.

A multi-location POS system like OneHubPOS provides centralized payment management and ensures all locations have the latest security updates. It automates compliance with industry standards and offers real-time monitoring, allowing you to detect and address potential threats quickly. 

Centralized Menu Management

Managing menus across multiple restaurant locations can quickly become a complex task, especially when each location operates with its version of pricing, promotions, and menu items. For example, you decide to run a seasonal discount program for loyal customers, but this gets miscommunicated to one of the locations and they start giving out discounts for all the customers. 

This inconsistency can snowball, leading to lots of sales going down the drain and your profits taking a hit. A multi-location POS system with centralized menu management lets you update menu items, pricing, and promotions from a single platform, ensuring consistency across all locations. 

Multi-Level Employee Management 

Managing staff across multiple locations often leads to scheduling conflicts, inconsistent time tracking, and complicated payroll processes. This can result in performance inefficiencies and increased labor costs. Such scenarios can also create frustration among employees and confusion around role-specific responsibilities.

The multi-level employee management system solves this by providing a centralized platform to track employees’ schedules, their performance metrics, and provide cross-location flexibility across all your branches. It also allows you to assign role-based access, ensuring that staff members can only access data relevant to their positions. 

Pro Tip: Use this OneHubPOS’s free restaurant scheduling template to conquer your staffing challenges. We have designed it to fit your restaurant’s needs.

Omnichannel Integration Capabilities

Seamless operations behind the scenes at your restaurant hinge on a robust POS system that integrates effectively with various applications. For example, if your POS connects with a popular delivery service, you can automatically update inventory and manage orders in real time, reducing errors and streamlining workflows. Additionally, integrating with your accounting software ensures that every sale is accurately recorded, while linking to your CRM helps you track customer preferences and tailor promotions.

OneHubPOS is built to tightly integrate with your existing workflows and vendors, so you don’t have to revamp your entire system. We are open to customisation, integrations and modifications to make your restaurant management easier. 

Multi-Location Reports

In a traditional POS system, managers must manually compile and compare separate reports on sales, orders, and profits from each location to get a holistic report on the restaurant performance. In contrast, a multi-location POS automatically consolidates data from all branches into a single, comprehensive dashboard.

OneHubPOS’s reports allow you to instantly view and compare key performance indicators across locations, identify trends, and make data-driven decisions in real-time. For example, you can quickly spot which menu items are bestsellers across all branches, compare labor costs as a percentage of sales between locations, or identify underperforming outlets that need attention. This bird's-eye view enables more agile and effective management, helping you optimize operations, allocate resources efficiently, and drive growth across your entire restaurant network.

6 Key Factors to Evaluate When Choosing a Multi-Location POS System

Rushing into choosing a multi-location POS without evaluating key factors can lead to serious issues, such as operational inefficiencies, unexpected costs, and overwhelmed staff. These challenges can disrupt the management of multiple locations, resulting in lost sales and dissatisfied customers. To avoid these pitfalls, it's essential to carefully consider the factors that will support your business's growth and efficiency. 

Let’s explore six key considerations when choosing a multi-location POS system.

Cloud-Based

Imagine having the power to get a birds eye view of your restaurant’s functioning efficiency when you are on a vacation. This is possible with cloud-based POS systems wherein your data is synchronized across locations in real-time. A 2024 Restaurant Industry Trends report reveals that 76% of US restaurants have embraced this technology, enabling owners to effortlessly monitor sales, inventory, and operations without being tied to one location. This flexibility can be a game-changer for your business.

Cost

Picture this: You’ve found the perfect POS system, but then you discover hidden fees that derail your budget. Understanding the total cost—including setup, subscriptions, and transaction fees—is crucial. In the case of OneHubPOS, the transaction fee charges are as low as 2.3% + 10 cents, along with features such as extensive reporting, order, menu and 
inventory management, and 24/7 support. Evaluate what each system offers against your budget to ensure you invest in a solution that meets your financial requirements and delivers value to your restaurant's unique needs.

Ongoing Support

Small restaurants need to seize sales opportunities whenever possible, like a Saturday night rush or a festive season rush. What if your POS suddenly crashes at that time? Pure panic! Unless you have reliable and 24/7 support at your fingertips. OneHubPOS offers ongoing 24/7 assistance to swiftly resolve issues, keeping your operations smooth and your customers happy. With the right support, you can focus on delivering exceptional dining experiences without worrying about tech glitches.

Scalability

What is the next step to running multi-location restaurants? Expanding to a chain of restaurants. Whether opening new locations or converting franchises, your POS should evolve seamlessly with you. A scalable system allows you to easily add locations, staff, and customers without major overhauls. With a OneHubPOS powered cloud kitchen, you can do just that. Its adaptability ensures that your growth is supported at every step, helping you to scale confidently. 

Flexible Integration

When your individual restaurant systems such as accounting, delivery, and inventory management don’t communicate effectively, it leads to data silos. This fragmentation makes it difficult to track orders, manage inventory levels, and maintain accurate financial records across multiple locations. 

OneHubPOS solves these integration challenges by seamlessly connecting with all your restaurant location’s existing essential systems. Additionally, OneHubPOS works with various payment partners and supports delivery and shipping logistics. In addition to its live integration with Payrix, Cardconnect, and built-in integrations with delivery and marketplace apps like Kitchenhub, Senpex, and UPS, it also works with your preferred or existing payment partners and supports Android hardware. This makes it seamless to absorb a multi-location POS into your current systems.

Solid Reporting Tools

Reports are crucial for restaurants operating at multiple locations, as they help track, expand, and grow. A multi-location POS system provides instant data on inventory, staff performance, and sales trends across all sites. Managers can quickly adjust stock levels, optimize staffing, and modify menus based on live data. This agility allows restaurants to reduce waste, control costs, and capitalize on emerging trends, ultimately boosting profitability and customer satisfaction in a dynamic market.

How Can OneHubPOS Help You Pivot Your Multi-Location Restaurant Chain Business?

When used right, a multi-location POS solution can be a powerful ally for your multi-location restaurant business. It streamlines your operations, making inventory management and team communication a breeze. With real-time insights, you can focus on what you love most—delivering great food and memorable experiences to your guests.

OneHubPOS’s multi-location POS is a cloud-based solution that can answer all your concerns, help you achieve operational efficiency, and be the backbone of your business's success and growth. Its flawless order-to-pay workflow, centralized dashboard, seamless integration, and secure payment processing capabilities are the right combination your multi-location restaurants need at an affordable price. 

Choose the modules that fit your requirements and get started today. Benefit from reduced expenses, improved profitability, trust in transparent pricing structures and foster long-term relationships. Sign up for a demo today to learn more!

Point of sale

How to Track Inventory in Real-Time for Restaurants on OneHubPOS Cloud Dashboard

Sahana Ananth
November 11, 2024
2 mins

It's the lunchtime rush, and your restaurant is buzzing with hungry customers. Suddenly, you realize you're out of those crowd-favorite sandwiches. Panic sets in. But wait - what if you could prevent this kitchen nightmare before it even happens?

With OneHubPOS, you’ll know exactly what’s in your kitchen so you can quickly restock. You will no longer have to rush to count inventory during peak dinner hours. Plus, you can avoid uncomfortable situations when customers ask for their favorites only to find out they're out of stock.

In this blog, we'll dive into how you can make the most of OneHubPOS to keep your Quick-service restaurant inventory on point and your operations running perfectly.

6 Must-Have Inventory Tracking Features to Boost Your Restaurant's Bottom Line

You need to stay on top of ingredients for popular menu items and make sure you don’t run out of key supplies when the lunch rush hits. Check out these key features that will make managing your QSR’s inventory easier:

1. On-Hand Quantity Tracking for Ingredients

You should be able to access the current stock of each product or ingredient easily. Since QSRs need to keep ingredients moving quickly, the system should instantly reflect changes as items get used up during sales. 

Suppose your diner orders a burger. Then, the system should automatically take away the right amount of each ingredient from your inventory. So you’ll always know what’s running low. Then, you can reorder before you run into any problems.

2. Product Group, Category Setup, and Outlier Adjustments 

Grouping products into categories in the system makes it super easy to manage and track related items all at once. This way, handling stock and making inventory adjustments for similar products becomes efficient.

The OneHubPOS platform makes it super easy to handle outliers like refunds, returns, or cancellations. Let’s say a customer brings back something that’s already been processed in the system. You can quickly adjust the inventory to put that item back in stock, making sure everything stays accurate.

3. Managing Inventory Adjustments

A hectic QSR commonly runs into issues like waste or stock that doesn’t match up. But with OneHubPOS, adjusting your inventory is easy, so you can keep everything accurate and up to date. This function is crucial when there are differences due to:

  • Vendor orders: Receiving new stock from vendors.
  • Stock transfers: Moving products from one location or store to another.
  • Refunds/Cancellations: Returning products or canceling orders.
  • Damaged or expired stock: Adjusting quantities when products are no longer sellable.

Making these manual adjustments helps keep your stock levels on point, so you don't accidentally overestimate or underestimate what you've got. When your stock levels are accurate, your kitchen runs perfectly—no delays, no wasted ingredients. This means you can serve customers faster and save money in the process!

4. Stock Transfers Between Multiple Locations

If you run multiple branches or a central kitchen for your QSR, keeping all your spots stocked with the right ingredients can be tricky. However, OneHubPOS makes it easy to transfer stock flawlessly between your locations. To make a transfer:

  1. Head to the Stock Transfer section.
  2. Choose the item (like sauces or packaging) and input the quantity to transfer.
  3. Select the originating and receiving locations.

Your inventory gets updated automatically at both locations, so you can always see what's in stock across all your branches. This means no branch will run out of must-have items, keeping everything running smoothly during busy times. Plus, it helps cut down on waste by moving extra stock to where it’s needed.

5. Automating Purchase Orders with Vendor Integration

QSRs heavily depend on having a steady supply of ingredients. With OneHubPOS, you can easily keep track of your vendors and automate the purchase order process. Restocking as per your needs becomes simple. 

The POS lets you create purchase orders for your vendors and track them within the system. When the stock arrives, those purchase orders link up with the vendor invoices, automatically updating your inventory levels. This ensures that your stock matches what the vendor has provided, making the whole process smooth and efficient.

To reorder stock:

  1. Go to the Vendor Management tab.
  2. Select the vendor for your ingredients or supplies.
  3. Generate a purchase order directly through the system.

This way, you can ditch the hassle of keeping an eye on low-stock items. That’s important for QSRs because any delays can slow operations down and leave customers unhappy.

6. Role-Based Access for Inventory Control

In a busy kitchen where everyone is hustling, only the right people should be able to make changes to the inventory. OneHubPOS makes this easy. It lets you set user permissions, so only managers or key team members can make any changes to the stock.

This feature is super important for preventing accidental changes that could mess up your stock. Role-based access, lowers the chances of inventory mistakes and theft, which helps keep your QSR running smoothly and safely.

Easing Inventory Management With OneHubPOS

Keeping track of inventory is a must for a quick service restaurant. With OneHubPOS, you can easily see what you have in stock in real-time, make quick changes when needed, and manage your vendors and different locations without a hurdle. This kind of control means you’ll always have the right ingredients and supplies ready to go, cutting down on waste and keeping your customers happy!

No matter if you’re dealing with automatic stock updates, managing purchase orders, or tweaking inventory levels, OneHubPOS has got your back in the fast-paced QSR world. With this tool, you can keep your restaurant running smoothly, cut down on waste, and make sure your customers get what they want, when they want it.

Book a demo to learn how OneHubPOS can help you streamline your restaurant operations. 

POS Hardware

How to Manage Order Taking for Your Retail Store

Roopak Chadha
November 11, 2024
2 mins

Suppose a retail store owner doesn’t manage order-taking well. Customers may face long wait times during busy hours. This can lead to frustration. It can also result in lost sales. If a product is priced incorrectly, it can cause refunds. This makes customers unhappy. A negative reputation may follow. Customer loyalty and profitability can drop. 

Well-planned order processing with OneHubPOS can help avoid these problems and improve customer satisfaction. This blog will provide a comprehensive guide to managing order-taking in your retail store, focusing on how to use OneHubPOS system effectively. We’ll cover best practices, essential features of a good POS system, and a detailed user guide to help you use the system.

Why Is Efficient Order Taking Important?

Efficient order-taking is the first step in fulfilling customer needs. You can't underestimate how vital this part of your retail operation is. Here’s why it matters:

Faster Service

Quick transactions lead to happier customers. If someone walks into your store and sees a long line, they might reconsider their purchase. A smooth order process can make all the difference to your small business. Picture a busy weekend—if your staff can handle transactions quickly, you increase the chances of repeat business.

Accuracy

Mistakes can lead to unhappy customers and costly returns. If an employee incorrectly rings up a price or forgets to scan an item, it can result in frustration and refunds. A reliable retail POS system reduces these errors by automating the process and providing clear prompts.

Better Inventory Management

Knowing what products are in demand helps manage stock levels, avoiding overstocking or running out. For example, if a specific item sells out quickly every weekend, you can increase your order quantity from suppliers.

How Does a POS System Help?

The right POS system simplifies the order-taking process by providing tools for scanning products, managing inventory, and processing payments. A well-configured mPOS can enhance your operations, so make the best of its capabilities. Here are the core functions of a POS system that aid in order management:

  • Quickly scanning barcodes to add items to the cart, saving time and minimizing errors
  • Payment processing with credit/debit cards, mobile payments, and cash
  • Tracking stock levels to ensure popular items are always available
  • Access to detailed sales reports for insights into customer preferences and inventory performance

Getting Started: Your OneHubPOS User Guide

To maximize the efficiency of your order-taking process, familiarize yourself with your POS system. Here’s a step-by-step guide on how to use the OneHubPOS system effectively.

User Management

First, let’s manage users within the handheld POS system. Here’s how to handle user functionalities:

User Screen

Display the list of users for your store. This screen allows you to manage employee access to the system. You might have cashiers, managers, and inventory staff, each with different permissions.

Select a User

Choose a user from the list and click on Clock In. Enter the 4-digit PIN to confirm their identity. This will take you to the Clock In screen for that user.

Clocking In

Once on the Clock In screen, the user can click on CLOCK-IN to register their in-time at the store. This feature helps track hours worked and manage payroll.

Confirmation

After successfully clocking in, clicking on Done will redirect you back to the User Screen.

Accessing the POS

Select the same user again, click on POS, and enter the 4-digit PIN. This action will bring you to the Home Screen of the application, where the order-taking process begins.

Taking Orders

Now that you’ve logged in, let’s explore how to take orders.

Creating a New Order

When a customer is ready to purchase, scan the barcode of the product. The application will create a new order with a unique Order No. This immediate identification helps manage the transaction process. For instance, if a customer wants to buy a shirt, scanning the barcode will automatically pull up the product details.

Payment Options

After adding items to the order, click on Card to see payment options, including credit and debit cards. Selecting either option will complete the order. If the customer prefers to pay with cash, the order will be settled accordingly. For example, if a customer spends $50, the POS will calculate the total due without manual calculations.

Handling Weight-Based Products

If a product is sold by weight, a weighing pop-up will appear after scanning, displaying the weight and amount due. Click on Proceed to add the item to the order. If the weight needs to be entered manually, enable the Enter Manually toggle to input the weight via the keyboard. For example, when a customer buys fresh produce, weighing the items at the register ensures accurate pricing.

Searching for Products

Searching for products efficiently can save time during peak hours. Click on PLU in the search bar. You can search by product name or barcode for quick retrieval. If a customer looks for a specific brand of detergent, type in the name or scan its barcode to find it quickly.

Modifying Orders

Orders can change, and adjustments may be necessary. Here’s how to manage item quantities:

Adjusting Quantities

To increase the quantity of an item, swipe right on the item. The edit screen will appear, allowing you to adjust the quantity. After making changes, click Save. For example, if a customer wants two of the same item, this feature allows for easy modifications. 

Or, you can click on @/FOR to enter the desired quantity using the numeric keypad and click on the item to apply the change.

Removing Items

If a customer wants to remove an item from their order, swipe left on the item. This feature is handy if a customer changes their mind about a product, like returning shoes after trying them on.

Price Checks

If a customer asks for a product’s price, you can check it quickly without committing to a sale. Click on Price Check. After scanning the barcode, the product name and price will appear. 

If the customer wants to purchase the item, click on ADD TO SALE to add it to the current order. This is especially useful for promotions or clearance items.

Managing Completed Orders

After a transaction is complete, you can view all completed orders from the History section. This allows for quick access to past transactions and helps track sales trends. If a customer returns with a receipt, you can easily locate their purchase and process a return.

Refreshing Data

If there are changes in the backend, use the Cloud Refresh option. This ensures your POS system is up-to-date with any changes made, providing you accurate and current information. For instance, if you’ve updated pricing or added new products, a quick refresh ensures these changes are reflected in real-time.

Generating Reports

Utilizing the reporting feature can give insights into sales performance and help with strategic planning. Access the One Touch Reports feature to view various POS analytics reports. These insights can guide inventory purchases and promotional strategies. If your reports show that specific products sell better during holidays, you can adjust your inventory accordingly.

Processing Refunds

Refunds are sometimes necessary, and your POS tech should simplify this process. To initiate a refund, select the order from the Order Refund section. The application will guide you through partial and full refund processes, ensuring customer satisfaction. If a customer returns a defective item, you can process the refund promptly, helping maintain trust.

Completing Shifts

At the end of a shift, manage employee records and ensure all transactions are settled.

Shift End

A user can perform a SHIFT END, which provides the Employee Checkout Report, detailing the transactions made during their shift for transparency.

Pending Orders

If there are pending orders, the application will prompt the user to close them. This ensures no transactions are left open, preventing confusion.

Finalizing Shift

After closing all pending orders, users can confirm their Shift End. This clears the system for the next shift and allows you to review performance metrics.

Closing the Business Day

Once all transactions for the day are completed, it’s time to close the business day. Click on DAY END. The application will provide a Day End Report summarizing the day’s transactions and will automatically log out for security. This final report helps with financial tracking and preparing for the next day’s operations.

PAX Payment Settings

If your store uses PAX payment devices, setting up the connection is essential for efficient payment processing. Enter the IP address of the PAX device into your Android-based POS settings. This setup allows the POS to communicate with the payment terminal, enabling smooth transactions. Remember to regularly update these settings to avoid connectivity issues.

Best Practices for Order Management

Train Staff

Ensure your employees are well-trained in using the mobile POS system. Regular training sessions help everyone stay updated on new features and best practices.

Monitor Performance

Regularly review sales reports and employee performance. Identify trends and areas for improvement, like long wait times at checkout or frequent order-taking errors.

Keep Your POS System Updated

OneHubPOS stays updated with the latest softPOS versions. New updates often include improvements in speed, security, and features.

Gather Customer Feedback

Encourage customers to share reviews on their shopping experience. This information can help identify pain points and opportunities for improvement.

Manage Order Taking for Your Retail Store With OneHubPOS

Managing order taking in your retail store is essential for operational efficiency and customer satisfaction. With best practices and OneHubPOS, you can streamline the order-taking process, enhance the customer experience, and boost your sales. The well-organized order management system of OneHubPOS will set your retail store apart from the competition and contribute to long-term success. 

Get started today with OneHubPOS at just $1 and optimize your order-taking processes!

Point of sale

8 Must-Knows & Hacks Your Staff Need To Operate POS Systems Efficiently

Roopak Chadha
November 8, 2024
November 8, 2024
2 mins

As a small business owner, you might think you’ve found the perfect POS system to tackle your challenges. But if your team isn’t sure how to use it, you could be facing low productivity and plenty of order mistakes. Sound familiar?

Providing comprehensive training to your staff can empower them to use the POS system with ease and improve overall efficiency. We’ll break down the steps to help you train your staff on using the POS system effectively. 

Understanding the Heart of Your Business – Your POS System

Consider this: It’s Monday morning and you have a long queue of commuters lining up for your famous breakfast pancakes. Now, if you don’t have a POS, they would be queued up for a long time. The processes would be manual and time-consuming and lines would move at a sluggish pace. 

But if you have a POS, it’ll speed up the ordering process, ensuring every transaction is accurate and quick. It would also tell you exactly when to restock the ingredients. This means you would be able to service more customers in a short time, essentially boosting your revenue.

Your POS system can remember repeat customers and their favorite orders. And when you sell that last slice of lemon cake, your POS system updates your inventory in real time. This ensures you know which product and ingredient needs restocking, preventing shortages and overstock. 

Sure, you know and agree that restaurant tech like POS systems makes their experience better. But it really only works if your staff knows how to use it!

Train Your Staff On These 8 Hacks for Optimizing POS System Usage

Training your staff with POS’s user-friendly features not only boosts their confidence but also makes daily operations smoother and efficient. To make the most of your training, use this handy checklist to ensure your team is ready to handle transactions, manage returns, and deliver top-notch customer service!

Getting Started with POS – Logging In

Training starts with the basics, and logging into your POS is the first step. Here’s how your team can get started:

  1. Turn on the POS terminal if it’s not already powered on.
  2. Locate the POS software icon on the desktop and open it. 
  3. On the login screen, enter your username and password. Usernames are often case-sensitive, so pay attention to capitalization.
  4. Click on the login button and you’ll be taken to the main POS interface. 

Starting a Sale

Initiating a sale accurately sets the foundation for the entire transaction — ensuring accurate order entry and efficient service. So, here’s how you can teach your staff to initiate sales: 

  • Learn and use keyboard shortcuts for common functions, for example creating a new order.
  • Use the barcode scanner for packaged items when available.
  • Creating and using combo buttons for packaged items when available. 

Personalizing the Experience with Customer Lookup

Did you know that your POS system can help personalize your customer service? In fact, over 70% of customers expect that. Not just experience — when customers feel valued, they often spend more (reciprocity principle — the psychological urge to reciprocate generosity).

So, your staff needs to know how to personalize the experience for customers:

  • Searching for a customer by their names, phone number or program number or loyalty membership name
  • Looking up ‘Purchase History’ for a list of the customer’s previous orders.
  • Paying attention to frequently ordered items, preferences, or special requests noted in past orders.

Boost Efficiency with Product Lookup

Product lookup is a process that allows your staff to retrieve product information based on a unique identifier—a barcode, product name, or other identifying characteristics. This ensures your staff can find and select items from your inventory quickly. It saves the time they could spend looking for a particular item or when dealing with specialty or seasonable items. Here are some best practices they can follow: 

  • Double-checking for spelling to find the correct item
  • Using specific terms instead of generic words. For example, instead of searching ‘soda’, search for ‘Coca-Cola’.
  • Always confirming the chosen product matches the customer’s request
  • Using category filters to narrow down search results.
  • Knowing the procedure for when a product can’t be found.

Process Returns Quickly

Processing returns can be a tricky part of retail operations, can’t it? Let’s look at how you can train your staff to handle returns smoothly:

  • If the customer has a receipt or bill, use the barcode or transaction number to find the  transaction details.
  • Knowing what reasons to select the reasons for the return or  choosing from a  predefined list or entering additional notes.
  • Printing or emailing the refund receipt 
  • Confirming the return in the system to update the inventory. 

What if your customers don’t have the receipt, though? Use the customer's name or phone number to access their purchase history and look through the history to locate the transaction in question.

Easy Payment Processing

Efficient payment processing further speeds up your order processing and checkout, while giving a great experience to the customer. Here’s how to train your staff for payment processing:

  • Asking  the customer for their preferred payment method.
  • Once the payment is made, verifying the payment has been processed successfully.
  • Offer the customer a printed or soft copy of the receipt.
  • Depending on the type of card, prompt the customer to insert, tab, or swipe card as directed by the POS.
  • Stating the change amount due while handling cash payments 

You would also need to train them to verify the authenticity of the cash, here’s how you can do that:

  • Feeling  the texture — genuine dollar bills have slightly raised ink.
  • Looking for color-shifting
  • Holding up the bill to the light to check for the watermark. 

And for check-based payments: 

  • Verifying that the check is properly filled out (date, payee, amount, signature).
  • Checking for any obvious alterations or inconsistencies.
  • Using a check verification system if available.

Hassle-Free Receipt Management

A POS system automatically generates receipts after customers pay. However, your staff will want to make sure the printer is always ready to print at a moment’s notice during rush hours, without keeping your customer waiting.

  • Removing any remaining paper roll or empty spool. 
  • Inserting new paper roll, ensuring it unrolls from the bottom.
  • Testing the printer by printing a sample receipt.

Troubleshooting common issues: 

  • Paper Jam: Open the printer cover to remove the jammed paper, then reload the paper and test if it’s working.
  • Faded print: Check if the paper is loaded correctly (that is, ensure the thermal side is facing the heating element).
  • Printer not responding: Check all cable connections and restart the POS and printer. 

Applying Promotions and Discounts

Over 70% of US consumers are loyal to brands that offer loyalty programs and restaurants can leverage this trend to drive more sales and improve brand loyalty. 

Here’s how your staff should apply discounts at checkout:

  1. During the checkout process, look for the ‘Discounts/Promotions’ button on the POS interface.
  2. Selecting the correct discount type. 
  3. Confirming the discount to ensure it’s reflected in the total.
  4. Completing the transaction using the customer’s preferred payment method.

Think about your current operations. How smoothly could things run with a fully trained team on your POS system?

Simple and Effective Training Techniques

Now that we’ve covered the essentials, we’ll get into how you can make POS training engaging and effective for your team:

  • Hands-On Learning: Interactive training improves overall performance while allowing your staff to become comfortable with the system quickly. So, if you’re running a restaurant, let your new server practice entering orders and processing payments on actual POS machines.
  • Peer Learning: Peer learning improves learning outcomes while providing opportunities for authentic practice. Pair your new employees with the older ones for role-playing exercises where they can practice using POS in different scenarios together.
  • Gamify Training: Gamification makes training fun, which could boost your baristas’ and service staff’s performance by up to 67%. So you could implement a challenge, like the ‘Barista Badge Challenge’ where your employees could earn badges when they complete various POS training tasks. 

Wrapping Up

Investing time in comprehensive POS system training benefits everyone—your business, your employees, and customers. By creating a structured learning environment, you empower your staff to use the system confidently and efficiently. 

OneHubPOS’s user-friendly design means your team can navigate the system with ease, reducing training time and increasing productivity. It is a powerful point-of-sale system and operations software that helps streamline operation and manage front- and back-of-house. 

Want to integrate OneHubPOS with delivery partners and third-party software? We make the integration quick and hassle-free! Not just that, but we manage your finances well to ensure you can focus on servicing the customers! 

With a well-trained team and a reliable POS, your business will run more smoothly and effectively. Plus, OneHubPOS offers the lowest processing fee in the industry — just 2.3% + 10 cents/transaction — resulting in cost savings and increased productivity. And remember, OneHubPOS’s support team is always available to assist if you or your staff encounter any challenges. 

So, are you ready to streamline your restaurant’s operations? Get started with OneHubPOS and see firsthand how it simplifies restaurant management!

Point of sale

Easy Order Management for Your QSR with OneHubPOS

Roopak Chadha
October 4, 2024
October 3, 2024
2 mins

Running a busy restaurant comes with its fair share of challenges, from long queues and incorrect orders to payment issues and the complexity of splitting bills for large groups. But what if you could simplify all these processes with a powerful, intuitive point-of-sale (POS) solution? OneHubPOS is designed for ease so your staff manages orders, processes payments, and keeps customers satisfied.

In this guide, we’ll walk you through the essential steps of order management using OneHubPOS, highlighting how you can streamline operations from start to finish. Let’s dive in!

Order Management Made Easy In Six Simple Steps

Managing orders effectively is key to enhancing your restaurant’s efficiency. With OneHubPOS, you can take charge of order management in just a few clicks. Here’s how it works:

1. Download and Install the App

Start by downloading the OneHubPOS app on your devices. Once you’ve got it, installation is quick and easy.

2. Log in to the App

Before your staff can start taking orders, they’ll need to clock in. With OneHubPOS, the process is seamless:

  1. Click “Clock-in” to log shifts using the built-in time clock feature.
  2. Select Employee Name and enter the 4 digit passcode assigned by your admin.
  3. This quick login allows your team to jump right into taking orders.

3. Process the Order

Once logged in, your staff can efficiently navigate through the menu:

One screen to process and track orders: The left side of the screen displays essential sections like "Home," "Online," "All Items," and "Misc," making navigation a breeze. Here you can access online orders, saved orders, transaction history and more.

Under All Items: Product categories are preloaded and visible—like "Chicken Items," "Meal Deals," and "Fountain Soda"—your team can quickly add items to the order, customizing with modifiers and add ons.

4. Go to Payment Page

With the order ready, staff can seamlessly transition to the payment page. OneHubPOS supports a variety of payment methods for customer convenience:

  1. Customers can swipe, insert, or tap their card at the POS terminal. The system handles magnetic stripe cards, chip cards, and contactless (NFC) payments seamlessly.
  1. For digital wallet payments like Apple Pay, the system generates a QR code that the customer can scan to complete the transaction.
  1. Cash transactions are also supported. Simply enter the amount tendered, and the system will calculate the change.

OneHubPOS automatically applies tax and discounts based on your pre-set configurations, ensuring compliance with every transaction.

Note: The payment merchant gateway is integrated with your existing merchant service provider by the OneHubPOS team before the devices are shipped.

Manage Tips and Payments

With the POS system’s built-in features, managing tips and payment methods becomes effortless. After payment is processed, customers are prompted to leave a tip. Staff can offer set percentages (10%, 15%, or 20%) or allow customers to enter a custom amount.

5. Settle the Order (Card, Cash or Wallets)

OneHubPOS supports a variety of payment methods for customer convenience:

  • Card Payments: Customers can swipe, insert, or tap their cards at the POS terminal.
  • Cash Transactions: Simply enter the amount tendered, and the system calculates the change.
  • Digital wallets: Payments like Apple Pay, the system generates a QR code that the customer can scan to complete the transaction.

6. End of Day Operations

Completing end-of-day operations is made simple with OneHubPOS. Your team can finalize daily transactions and prepare for the next day’s rush with ease. At the end of shift, staff can simply click “clock-out” to end their day. 

Navigate to MISC > Click on “Shift End”.

OneHubPOS Offers Robust Order-to-Pay Features

  • Order Processed: Each order is logged and accessible within the system.
  • Order Saved: If needed, orders can be saved for later, making it easy to retrieve and finalize later.
  • Refunds and Cancellations: Easily manage any refunds or cancellations right from the POS.
  • Dual Pricing: Available for both restaurant and retail solutions, making it adaptable to your business needs.
  • Bill Splitting: Bill splitting is made easy with OneHubPOS. The staff taps the “Split” option, and each customer can pay their share using different payment methods (e.g., cash + card).

OneTouch: Quick Sales Reports

OneHubPOS allows for quick sales reporting in real-time. Staff can generate concise reports to review sales performance and operational efficiency.

Navigate to MISC > OneTouch to access Product, Labour & Expense reports within seconds.

Miscellaneous Features You Must Know

Beyond order management, OneHubPOS offers additional functionalities to enhance your restaurant's efficiency:

  • History Tracking: Access transaction history for insights into past sales and customer interactions with one click.
  • Cash drop: Keep a record of the cash drop amount and which employee every time cash is taken out of the register to the safe. 
  • Pay in and Pay out: Record daily expenses on your POS.
  • Manage petty cash: Track spending petty cash and such expenses in one place on your POS and tally bills at the end of the day, easily.

Managing orders and payments with OneHubPOS is not just efficient; it's transformative. No more long queues or confused customers. With just a few clicks, your staff can process orders, manage payments, and provide a seamless experience for diners.

Ready to elevate your restaurant’s operations with OneHubPOS? Talk to our POS experts today.

Restaurants Payments

Restaurant Payment Processing: The Lowdown on What Matters

Roopak Chadha
September 23, 2024
2 mins

Efficient and secure restaurant payment processing is key to succeeding in the competitive restaurant industry. It goes beyond just taking credit cards. Modern payment methods need to fit well into your restaurant's daily operations, improve the customer experience, and keep payments safe. 

A great payment system can handle different payment methods, stay compliant with regulations, and manage transaction data, helping your restaurant run smoothly and keep customers happy.

In this blog, we will explore restaurant payment processing in detail, the key features you should look for, and the processing fees. So, let’s dive in.

Restaurant Payment Processing: The Basics

Restaurant payment processing is the system and technology that enables seamless, secure transactions between your diners and your business. It includes the hardware, such as terminals for accepting credit, debit, and digital payments, the sophisticated software and backend systems that approve transactions, move funds, and ensure compliance with industry standards. It is the bridge between your customer’s money and your bank account. 

These systems help make sure the payment goes through smoothly and then transfer the money to your bank account. In return for their service, they charge a processing fee.

What’s Behind Restaurant Payment Processing? Here’s the Scoop 

The restaurant payment system is complex, with different key players working together to make sure transactions go smoothly. Here's a breakdown of what happens behind the scenes:

1. Merchant

As the restaurant owner, you are the merchant. You set up the payment system and take payments from your customers.

2. Payment Processor

A payment processor is a third-party company that helps move funds from your customer’s bank to your bank. They provide the equipment, like payment terminals, to accept debit and credit card payments. Once the payment is processed, the money is usually sent to your bank account within one to three business days.

3. Card Brand Network

Card brands like Visa, Mastercard, and American Express set the guidelines for where and how credit cards can be used. As intermediaries, they help manage the transactions between your restaurant and the banks that issue the cards. Each card brand has its own system, which can influence the fees you pay and how quickly transactions are processed.

Popular Card Brand Networks

4. Issuing Bank

The issuing bank is the bank that gives your customers their credit or debit cards. For example, if a customer uses a Visa card from Chase, then Chase is the issuing bank. This bank checks if the customer has enough money or credit to make the purchase.

5. Payment Gateway

For online orders, a payment gateway is often used. This safe system protects the customer’s payment details and sends them to the payment processor, making sure the information stays secure during the transaction.

6. Customer

Finally, the customer starts the process by deciding to pay with their card. Their role is important because they are the ones providing the money. After they choose how to pay, they either enter their card details or use a contactless method to begin a safe transaction.

Key Features of a Restaurant Payment Processing System

Here's a quick look at what basic features you’ll find in a restaurant payment processing system:

  1. Multi-Channel Payment Acceptance: It empowers your restaurant to handle a wide spectrum of payment methods, from traditional cash to cutting-edge digital wallets. By accommodating diverse customer preferences, this capability enhances satisfaction and potentially boosts your bottom line.
  2. Integration with POS Systems: A restaurant payment processing system seamlessly integrates with your existing point-of-sale setup, creating a unified operational ecosystem. 
  3. Fast Transaction Processing You also get a speedy payment completion process, cutting down wait times at checkout. The speed boost enhances customer satisfaction, improves table turnover, and optimizes your restaurant's overall operational flow.
  4. Security Features: It implements a fortress of protective measures, including PCI DSS compliance, advanced encryption, and tokenization. Your business and customer data stand shielded against breaches and fraud, providing peace of mind for all parties involved.
  5. Mobile Payments: Customers can settle bills using their smartphones or tablets. Particularly valuable for tech-savvy clientele and fast-casual concepts, this functionality facilitates quick, contactless transactions on the go.
  6. Reporting and Analytics A restaurant payment processing system delivers a treasure trove of restaurant insights. By generating detailed reports on sales patterns, customer behaviors, and trends, it equips you with the data needed for informed decision-making and strategic growth.
  7. Recurring Payments and Subscription Support: It simplifies the management of regular billing cycles, proving invaluable for restaurants offering subscription-based services or exclusive membership programs. It ensures consistent revenue streams and enhances customer retention.
  8. Chargeback Management: You get robust tools to efficiently handle and contest chargebacks. By streamlining dispute resolutions and protecting your merchant reputation it helps safeguard your financial health against unwarranted claims.
  9. Support for Tipping: The system Incorporates flexible gratuity options into the payment process, accommodating various tipping preferences. From suggested percentages to custom amounts, it ensures smooth transactions and fair staff compensation.
  10. Offline Functionality: Your payment system remains operational even during internet outages. By enabling offline transaction processing, it ensures business continuity regardless of connectivity issues, with data syncing once the connection is restored.
  11. Multi-Currency Support: It facilitates transactions in various international currencies, proving especially beneficial for establishments in tourist-heavy areas. It enhances convenience for global customers, potentially attracting a more diverse clientele.
  12. Loyalty Program Integration: A payment system seamlessly connects with your existing loyalty initiatives, automating point accrual, reward redemptions, and member tracking. 
  13. Inventory Management Integration: You can easily synchronize payment data with your inventory control system, enabling real-time stock updates based on sales. This capability helps prevent overstock situations or shortages, optimizing your supply chain management and reducing waste.

The Perks of a Smooth Payment System: What’s in It for You?

Efficient payment processing for restaurants doesn’t just speed up your guest payments; it can transform the entire operation. Here's how:

1. Amped Up Customer Experience

Offering contactless payments keeps operations quick and smooth. Plus, faster transactions mean happier customers who are more likely to return. 

2. Reduced Wait Times and Better Table Turnover

With faster restaurant payment processing solutions, you can turn tables over more quickly, especially during peak hours. For example, contactless payments can shave off minutes during the checkout process.

3. Well-managed Operations and Fewer Errors

Integrated systems cut down on the chances of human error. This makes sure your sales and inventory management system reports are always accurate.

4. Improved Financial Management and Reporting

Real-time reporting allows you to track everything from sales trends to cash flow. Then, you're much more likely to make informed business decisions.

Payment Processing Rates and Fees: How Are They Determined?

Payment fees can be a bit confusing to understand. So, here’s a quick breakdown:

1. Merchant Discount Rate (MDR)

MDR is the percentage taken from the transaction amount as a fee by the payment processor. It usually has a few parts:

  • Interchange Fee: Card networks (like Visa and Mastercard) set this fee, which goes to the bank that issued the customer's card. It pays the bank for processing the transaction and usually ranges from 1.5% to 3%.
  • Assessment Fee: Card networks charge this small fee for processing the transaction, around 0.1% to 0.2%. It helps maintain the network.
  • Processor Fee: The payment processor charges this fee for their services. It can vary based on the processor and your agreement.

2. Transaction Fees

Transaction fees usually include two parts:

  • Percentage Fee: This is a small percentage of the total sale amount (e.g., 2%–3%).
  • Flat Fee: A fixed charge for each transaction, no matter the amount (e.g., $0.20).

This is the basic breakdown of what you pay whenever a customer makes a payment.

3. Additional Fees

  • Setup Fees: A one-time charge for getting your payment processing system and equipment ready to go.
  • Equipment Rental Fees: If you’re renting payment machines or other tools, this fee can come up every month.
  • Chargeback Fees: If a customer disputes a transaction and it leads to a chargeback, you might have to pay a fee (usually between $20 and $50) to handle the dispute.
  • Gateway Fees: If you use an online payment service, there may be extra charges, including a monthly fee and costs for each transaction.

The Nitty-Gritty of Payment Processing Fees for Restaurants

Transaction Flow and Fees Breakdown

Customer Payment

A customer pays with a credit or debit card at your restaurant.

Payment Processing

The payment details are sent to the payment processor, which sends it to the card network (like Visa or Mastercard).

Authorization

The card network checks with the customer’s bank to make sure there are enough funds or credit.

Fees Breakdown

Once the payment is approved, the money is transferred, and these fees are taken out:

  • The customer's bank gets the interchange fee.
  • The card network takes its assessment fee.
  • The payment processor charges a processing fee.
  • The rest goes into your merchant account.

Example of Fees

  • Transaction Amount: $100
  • Total Fees Rate (MDR): 2.5%
  • Interchange Fee (1.8%): $1.80
  • Assessment Fee (0.1%): $0.10
  • Processor Fee (0.6% + $0.20): $0.80
  • Total Fees: $1.80 + $0.10 + $0.80 = $2.70
  • Net Amount to Merchant: $100 - $2.70 = $97.30

The Payment Modes

Processing fees vary with the type of transaction method you've opted for. Here's how:

1. Type of Credit Card

A student credit card with a small limit costs less to process than an international business card with many perks. High-end cards like American Express usually come with higher processing fees, such as from 2.5% to 3.5%. On the other hand, a standard Visa or Mastercard levies a 1.5% to 2.5% processing fee.

2. Type of Payment

Generally, more secure payment methods are cheaper. For instance, swiped cards usually have lower fees compared to online payments, where fraud risk is higher. EMV chip cards are more secure than old debit or credit cards and cost less to process. Phone orders, where the card isn’t present, also cost more due to higher fraud risks.

3. Type of Retailer

Larger restaurant or food truck chains often get better processing rates as they handle higher transaction volumes. Processors know they’ll be dealing with a lot more transactions, so they’re willing to offer lower rates to secure their business. 

On the other hand, small, independent restaurants process fewer transactions. So, they're riskier and less profitable for processors, leading to higher rates. 

Considerations for Restaurant Owners to Choose the Right Payment Processor for Your Restaurant

Now that you understand payment processors and their rates, here's how you can find the right fit for your restaurant:

  • Transparent Pricing: Look for processors that provide clear, transparent pricing structures to avoid hidden fees.
  • Negotiate Rates: Depending on your volume, you may have leverage to negotiate better rates or terms.
  • Monitor Transaction Costs: Regularly review your processing statements to identify any unexpected fees or discrepancies.

1. Consider the Best Payment Services and Terminals 

Aggregators vs. Merchant Account Providers

Aspect Aggregators Merchant Account Providers
What it is Use their own accounts to process payments for multiple merchants Help businesses set up individual merchant accounts with banks
Startup Process Quick setup with minimal scrutiny and no application fees Lengthy application process with scrutiny of credit history and business plans
Account Stability Higher risk of account freezes, fund holds, or terminations without warning More stable; fewer interruptions and notifications for unusual activity
Customer Service Often slow support; limited to email, with additional fees for better service Generally better support; may offer dedicated services
Fund Funds held in the aggregator’s account, requiring a scheduled transfer (up to a week) Funds deposited directly into merchant's account within 1-2 business days
Processing Cost Fixed rates for all merchants, which can become expensive as transaction volume increases Competitive, tailored rates based on business needs
Suitability Good for startups with low transaction volumes needing quick access to funds Better for growing businesses wanting competitive pricing and fewer restrictions

2. Compare Different Payment Processors 

Aggregrators

Pros
  • Quick and easy setup
  • No application fees
Cons
  • Higher fraud risk
  • Limited customer support
  • Slower fund transfers
  • Fixed rates may be expensive for growing businesses

Merchant Providers

Pros
  • Competitive pricing tailored to business
  • Faster fund transfers
  • More stable accounts
Cons
  • Lengthy approval process
  • More scrutiny during application

With these insights, you can narrow down your options for a service provider. Whether you want the personalized support of a Merchant Account Provider or the quick setup of a Processing Aggregator, picking the right choice is important. In the end, you can go with an MAP and combine it with a good processor to get the best benefits from both.

Gateways Transaction Fees Monthly Minimum Fee
PayPal 2.9% + 30¢ per transaction $0
Authorize.Net No set-up fee $25
Stripe 2.9% + 30¢ per successful card charge $0
Braintree Standard pricing $0
Cyber Source $0.35 per transaction $0
BluePay $0/month (up to $50K in revenue) $25

Common Restaurant Payment Processing Hiccups and How to Fix Them 

Challenge Solution
Handling high volume transactions Choose a processor known for speed.
Dealing with chargebacks and fraud prevention Opt for a processor with strong security features.
Ensuring data security and privacy Ensure PCI DSS compliance with processors.

Conclusion

Restaurant payment processing goes beyond just swiping cards. With integrated POS systems and top-notch security, picking the right processor can make a big difference in how smoothly your restaurant runs and how happy your diners are.

OneHubPOS plays nice with your payment processing system. Packed with amazing features and top-notch support, it’s here to make payments easier. Whether you're running a restaurant, food truck, bistro, or even a pizza joint, OneHubPOS has got your back. Get started with just $1!

Restaurant Ops

All About Virtual Dining: What Restaurant Owners Need to Know

Sahana Ananth
September 19, 2024
2 mins

Virtual dining is getting super popular among consumers and restauranteers, thanks to the convenience, less overhead costs, and the growing demand for delivery. 

You don’t need a physical space. So, you save on rent and utilities while helping you reach more customers. This blog breaks down what virtual dining is, why it’s trending, and how to open a virtual restaurant and reach new customers.

What's Virtual Dining?

In a Virtual Dining Concept, your customers can only order food online. This restaurant has no physical place to visit or pick up their food—everything happens through a digital platform. They’ll place their order via an app or website, and then their meal is delivered straight to their door.

Ypou might think, virtual dining sounds like a ghost kitchen concept. But here’s the scoop on how it’s different. The big difference is that ghost kitchens are strictly delivery-only. They don’t have a storefront or a dine-in area at all. They cook up food for delivery, and that’s it.

On the other hand, virtual restaurants operate from a space that might be part of a larger restaurant that serves customers on-site, though often they’re focused on delivery. It might also be a themed-food a chef is trying out for a few months (a virtual pop-up restaurant, if you will)

Livy's Plant Based Foods is a good example of virtual dining. Philadelphia chef Jose Garces started this plant-based, mostly vegan concept.

Types of Virtual Dining

There are two main types of virtual restaurants: virtual brands and virtual kitchens. Both rely on an advanced set of tech and tools to run, but their setups and how they operate are a bit different.

Virtual brands run entirely online, with no physical spot for customers to visit. Existing restaurants or chefs often launch them to try out new menu ideas or reach different types of customers without changing their main brand. 

Virtual kitchens are shared kitchen spaces where multiple brands use the same space to cook for online orders and deliveries only. They’re super cost-effective since you can run several brands from one spot, cutting down overhead and boosting efficiency big time!

The Real Wins of Going Virtual with Your Restaurant

Now that you're aware what is a virtual restaurant, here’s a rundown of the benefits that it can bring:

Low Overhead Costs

You can ditch the costly real estate and fancy decor. With no need for a dine-in area, you save on a lot of aspects, such as:

  • Rent
  • Utilities (electricity, water, and gas)
  • Furniture
  • Design ideas
  • Cleaning services
  • Front-of-house staff (servers, hosts)
  • Dining ware (plates, utensils)
  • Table linens

So, a virtual kitchen can run at a shared commercial kitchen space for a fraction of the cost of running a traditional setup.

Increased Revenue Potential

You’ll definitely want your own exclusive menu on all the top food delivery apps. Opening a virtual restaurant lets you reach way more people than just walk-in customers. Take Virtual Dining Concepts in the US, for example—they’ve got many virtual restaurant brands like The Meltdown, Banda Burrito, and The Burger Den, all running out of a single Denny’s kitchen. 

Flexibility for Menu Experimentation

Without a physical dining space, you can try out new dishes or even totally fresh concepts with way less risk. For example, a pizzeria could test out vegetarian options or global flavors without completely changing their whole menu.

Reduced Food Waste

In a virtual kitchen, you’re not preparing for a full dining room. So, you can tweak your inventory based on up-to-the-minute data to make just enough of each dish. The result: neither you overstock nor do you throw away excess, which helps cut down on waste. It’s like running a lean cooking business with no room for waste!

Access to New Customer Segments

Suppose there is a busy office crowd that’s too busy to dine in but is craving a quick lunch delivery. Going virtual means you can reach these people. This expands your customer base beyond just those who would have visited your physical spot.

Quick Setup

Setting up a virtual restaurant is like setting up an online store; you don’t need physical renovations. You can get your virtual brand up and running quickly, often within weeks. On the other hand, it might take months to open a traditional restaurant.

Scalable Growth Opportunities

Scaling up virtual dining effortlessly. If your concept really catches on, you can easily team up with more delivery services or even use multiple virtual kitchens. This means you can grow your brand without the usual limits of having a physical space.

Better Customer Data Management

Virtual dining gives you a lot of info about what your customers like and how they order. This data is super useful for tweaking your marketing, adjusting your menu and its pricing, and keeping your customers happy. For instance, you might find out that your late-night burger special is a big hit, so you’ll want to do its promotion more often!

The Not-So-Great Side of Virtual Restaurants

Virtual restaurants do have their drawbacks compared to traditional ones. 

  • Without a physical spot for customers to hang out, you might miss out on some brand visibility and chances to interact with them. 
  • Since you’re all into delivery, you might run into problems with food quality and how reliably it gets to customers. For example, a bistro may perfectly cook a sandwich but it might arrive cold and soggy because of delivery delays.
  • Dealing with customer complaints and feedback can be a bit tricky without face-to-face interactions. For instance, if someone gets a wrong order from your virtual cafe, resolving the issue over the phone or online chat can be less effective.

How to Set Up A Winning Virtual Dining Space 

Starting a virtual restaurant is pretty similar to launching a traditional one. You still need to do your research and plan things out carefully. Here’s the lowdown on how to start a virtual restaurant from home:

1. Check Out the Market

Take a look if there’s a need for your dishes. For example, if you’re thinking about opening a virtual taco place, see if there are tons of taco options or if people are craving something unique.

2. Know the Local Laws

Double-check the local rules, especially for food delivery. For instance, your city might have specific regulations on packaging or speed limits. This way, you’d avoid fines and hassles.

3. Craft a Business Plan

A good business plan will help you figure out details in advance, so you’re ready for whatever comes your way. For example, if you haven’t thought through delivery logistics, you might end up with unhappy customers and missed orders. 

4. Hire and Train Staff

Even though virtual restaurants can run with a small team, it’s crucial to hire skilled folks. Think about bringing on:

5. Create a Sample Menu

Put together a sample menu for testing and training. Understanding ingredient costs, food costs - to make scrumptious food without losing money, It’s also handy for fundraising or getting feedback before you go all-in.

Pro-tip: Getting your pricing right in your business plan helps balance profits and maintain affordability. You want to make profits but not overcharge your customers. Check out OneHubPOS's Food Cost Calculator to optimize your pricing and help your virtual restaurant succeed!

6. Get Your Finances in Order

Sure, you don’t need to worry about a dining room, but you still need the right funding to get your brand off the ground and running. For example, a new Virtual dining kitchen or restaurant would need staff, menu, company registration, inventory, kitchen space, pos software - that are must-haves before you start.

7. Think About Expansion

To grow your virtual restaurant beyond your local area, plan how your brand will adapt to different markets. For example, if you’re known for spicy tacos in your hometown, you might need to tweak your menu a bit if you’re launching in a place where people prefer milder flavors.

What's Next for Virtual Dining?

Virtual dining is set to evolve even more as new tech and online delivery trends keep pushing it forward. 

For instance, AI-driven kitchen management is on the horizon. So, your kitchen can automatically adjust to orders, keep track of inventory, and even predict what you’ll need next.

Plus, advanced POS solutions like OneHubPOS mPOS can ease order management, connect with delivery platforms, and give you real-time inventory and sales reports. It can also connect you up with loyalty programs to keep your customers coming back.

On top of that, mobile apps are getting more intuitive, so customers are getting a smoother experience when ordering from their phones. So, when super-easy-to-use apps ease ordering, customers keep coming back for more.

Furthermore, online food ordering is booming! Last year, the number of people ordering food online jumped to 760 million, a 20% increase from the year before. And it’s not stopping there—by 2029, that number is expected to hit 2.5 billion

Why? People are loving the convenience of having food delivered right to their doorsteps. Delivery services like DoorDash and Uber Eats are making it even easier. 

To get ahead of these trends, you should invest in the right tools and tech. This includes:

  • adopting reliable ordering and delivery platforms
  • using AI for operational efficiency
  • ensuring their online presence is optimized for a great customer experience
  • investing in a virtual restaurant POS system to manage online orders, delivery logistics, inventory, and customer data insights

Ready to Move to Virtual Dining?

Opening a virtual restaurant is pretty awesome! It cuts down on overhead costs, helps you reach more customers, and takes advantage of the big delivery trends. Plus, you can run your business more smoothly and flexibly without needing a physical dining area. 

To make your shift to virtual dining easy, OneHubPOS is the perfect POS system. It comes with powerful tools and integrations to improve your efficiency. Book a demo with us and find out how OneHubPOS can help you succeed in the virtual dining space today!

Point of sale

Why Small Businesses Are Switching to SoftPOS Solution (And Loving It!)

Roopak Chadha
September 13, 2024
2 mins

Traditional POS systems were once essential for businesses but used to take up a lot of your counter space. But now, they’re getting a serious upgrade: softPOS (Software Point of Sale). It lets smartphones and tablets take payments. So, no more bulky machines; just your phone accepting payments easily.

Small business and restaurant owners are loving it! Who wouldn’t want a cost-effective, flexible way to process payments? This blog explains what a softPOS solution is. It also talks about its benefits, uses, and tips to help you use softPOS successfully in your business.

What is a SoftPOS Solution? 

Imagine you run a coffee cart or a food truck and move to different spots around the city. Carrying a regular POS system would be a headache — with cables, terminals, receipt printers, and card readers everywhere you go.

SoftPOS turns your smartphone or tablet into a payment machine. Instead of needing bulky hardware, you can take payments right on your mobile device using just software. It’s an easy and simple way to accept payments without the extra equipment.

This software uses your device’s NFC (Near Field Communication) to handle contactless payments. It’s cheaper and more flexible than old POS systems.

So, the big difference: a B2B softPOS solution lets you handle payments just like a traditional POS system but without the pricey machines or tricky setup.

What Makes SoftPOS So Great?

SoftPOS offers so many great perks that it's quickly becoming a go-to choice for businesses!

1. No Need for Expensive POS Hardware

For a small business, buying expensive POS equipment can be tough. SoftPOS lets you use your phone or tablet for payments. No need for extra gadgets. For instance, if you run a local bakery that sells cupcakes at farmers’ markets, you can skip the high costs of traditional POS systems. Just download a softPOS app on the owner’s smartphone. It’s an easy way to start accepting payments without spending a lot of money. 

Traditional POS systems require significant investment in physical hardware, such as:

  • Terminal hardware
  • Card reader
  • Cash register
  • Receipt printer
  • Barcode scanner
  • POS stand or mount
  • Customer display
  • Cash drawer

2. Processes Payments Anywhere

Imagine your food truck is parked at a lively city street festival, like the Austin Food & Wine Festival, or you’re catering a private event in a cool, remote spot like Joshua Tree, California. Using a softPOS solution can help you quickly serve customers no matter where you are. There’s no need to rely on stationary terminals. Similarly, pop-up restaurants or any business that’s on the move can keep operating smoothly with a softPOS terminal, no matter where they’re parked or visiting.

3. Supports Modern Payment Methods

More customers are using digital payments these days. In fact, 69% of US adults said that they made a digital payment in the past three months to make a purchase. B2B softPOS helps businesses keep up with such payment trends. Whether your customer does a quick tap with a card or uses a mobile wallet like PayPal, Samsung Pay, or Apple Pay, a softPOS solution makes sure you're ready for all these payment methods.

4. Integration with Financial Systems and Loyalty Programs

SoftPOS systems often come with the ability to integrate easily with the existing financial setup of a business. This includes:

So, if you’re using softPOS technology, your system can automatically link sales transactions to your accounting software. Consequently, it would update your books in real-time and offer points to repeat customers through your loyalty program ideas.

5. Fast and Efficient Payments

Speed is super important in customer service, and softPOS really helps speed everything up at checkout. It lets you accept guest payments quickly. This means shorter wait times and more transactions each hour. Your customers will have a better experience, and you’ll have less hassle.

That’s why, in busy restaurants, servers take the softPOS terminal right to the customer’s table. Fast and easy payments speed up the service and make customers happier by reducing wait times.

Who’s the Ideal SoftPOS User?

Small retailers and restaurant owners usually have limited resources and tight budgets. Traditional POS systems can be expensive and not practical for them. SoftPOS is a cheaper solution. It lets these businesses use their existing smartphones or tablets to handle payments. 

So, if you're opening a new coffee shop and don’t have a lot of money, you can start quickly with a softPOS app on a tablet. This is a simple way to save money and avoid buying expensive equipment.

Apart from them, in big companies, softPOS helps delivery workers and outdoor sales teams by making transactions smooth. Freelancers, like photographers and consultants, can also use softPOS to accept payments easily while on the move.

SoftPOS vs mPOS: What’s the Real Difference?

SoftPOS and mPOS both let customers make mobile payments. They allow transactions through smartphones or tablets. But they're not exactly the same. Here's a table comparing softPOS and mPOS:

FeaturesoftPOSmPOS
DefinitionSoftware-based POS that turns smartphones/tablets into payment terminalsMobile POS that connects a secure payment device to a smart device, typically via Bluetooth
Payment DeviceUses the smartphone or tablet as the payment terminalRequires a separate secure payment device for processing payments
Hardware RequirementsNo additional hardware needed beyond the mobile deviceRequires a separate, often small and portable, secure payment device
Connection MethodDirectly on the mobile device, typically with NFC technologyConnects via Bluetooth between the secure device and the smart device; uses NFC too
CostGenerally more cost-effective, as it uses existing mobile devicesInvolves additional cost for the secure payment device
PortabilityHighly portable; uses the mobile device already in usePortable, but requires carrying an extra device
Battery LifeDepends on the mobile device's battery lifeTypically has decent battery life; the secure device is often designed for extended use

Fixing SoftPOS Challenges: Easy Solutions 

Security Concerns

Mobile devices can be prone to cyberattacks. To avoid risks, use PCI DSS-compliant softPOS apps that feature encrypted transactions and tokenization. This way, you can protect sensitive payment data.

Connectivity Issues

SoftPOS relies on internet or cellular data, and poor connectivity can disrupt payments. So, go for strong network connections with reliable providers. On top of that, choose solutions like OneHubPOS. It supports offline payments, ensuring smooth transactions even without internet access.

User Experience

Some employees may find the digital interface difficult. So, go for user-friendly restaurant POS solutions with an intuitive interface. Also, you should train your staff to ensure smooth operation.

How to Get the Most Out of Your SoftPOS

To get the most out of softPOS, stick to some best practices. Keep everything secure, reliable, and efficient to really make this solution make your business successful. 

1. Stay Secure with PCI DSS Compliance and Updates

Since your softPOS will handle payment data, security must be a top priority. Choose a softPOS solution that is PCI DSS-compliant. When it will keep your payment info safe and secure, you won’t have to worry about sensitive data being handled improperly. 

Furthermore, the best softPOS providers release updates to stay compliant with the latest security regulations. So, regularly check for software updates. 

2. Don’t Let Your Device Be the Weak Link

Your smartphone or tablet becomes a payment terminal when you're using a softPOS solution, so you must keep it safe. Make sure you:

  • use multi-factor authentication (MFA)
  • set up a lock screen
  • keep your devices updated

MFA ensures that only the right people, such as you and your staff, can access the softPOS app. Don’t forget to regularly update your device’s operating system and security software to keep important details secure and avoid any vulnerabilities.

3. Train Employees 

To keep operations running perfectly, make sure everyone on your team knows how to use the softPOS system. Set up a quick training session that shows them how to:

  • handle payments
  • fix any issues that come up
  • help customers with payment questions

At the end of the day, everyone should be on the same page and ready to go!

4. Have Backup Systems in Place

Like any tech solution, Soft POS technology can run into hiccups now and then, such as network problems or app glitches. So, have a backup plan ready for such unfavorable situations. You may carry a manual card imprinter or set up an alternative payment method, such as invoicing through email. This lets you process payments even if your system is down.

5. Keep an Eye on Transactions to Spot Fraud

Review your transaction history and softPOS system to identify any irregularities or potential fraud attempts. Note that softPOS systems often come with monitoring features that alert you to any suspicious transactions or irregular payment patterns. So, set up those transaction alerts.

Wrapping It Up: Why SoftPOS is Your Smart Choice

Small businesses and restaurants adopting softPOS with the right strategies and powerful security measures can get amazing benefits, including cost savings and better flexibility. As softPOS becomes increasingly important in modern payment processing, it stands out as a future-proof, scalable solution that ensures smooth payment experiences. 

For a comprehensive softPOS solution that teams up perfectly with your business, explore OneHubPOS today and amp up your payment capabilities effortlessly. Book a demo right away!

POS Hardware

OneHubPOS Handheld POS System Keeps Your Service on Point

Diksha Adhikari
September 11, 2024
2 mins

Gone are the days when waitstaff had to move between tables and the main POS terminal. Now, everything does not need to happen at the POS counter—taking orders, sending them to the kitchen, and processing payments. So, handheld POS systems optimize cost and make your restaurant ops simpler. 

That's where OneHubPOS comes in. Your staff could be handling a dozen tables or you may have got a full house for brunch. OneHubPOS ensures every customer’s needs are met with speed and accuracy. 

This blog explores the OneHubPOS Handheld POS System and why it’s the next big thing in restaurant tech. Let’s find out more about it.

Why Opt for OneHubPOS Handheld POS System?

OneHubPOS handheld POS system

OneHubPOS is a complete service solution. The handheld POS system is compact, intuitive, and, most importantly, reliable. It brings together everything you need into one unified POS and payments platform for both your staff and customers. Here’s what it brings to the table:

Real-Time Sync

Every order, every update, every store, every employee, every payment is instantly communicated to the appropriate department. Plus, you can easily keep track of your inventory with real-time alerts to make sure you always have enough stock. 

Take Orders From Anywhere

Tableside Ordering 

With this feature, your staff no longer needs to walk back to the POS terminal to input orders. They simply do it at the table. So, minimal risk of miscommunication between the server and kitchen.

Payment Flexibility and Management

OneHubPOS payment management dashboard 

Customers can settle their bill with just a swipe, tap, or insertion of their card. Whether they’re using gift cards, mobile payments, credit cards, or contactless payments, OneHubPOS handheld POS system can handle it all. Plus, our trusted payment aggregators ensure that all customer details stay safe.

Centralized Cloud Access With Powerful Features For Your Stores

Customizable Menus

OneHubPOS menu customization 

Got daily specials or new seasonal dishes? The OneHubPOS system lets you update your menu in real-time so that servers always have the most accurate information at their fingertips. 

Quick Inventory Updation

Restaurant staff updating inventory 

You can update items in your inventory. Just scan them with a barcode scanner. A quick and easy way to add or update items instantly!

Cost-Effective Solution

OneHubPOS is a more affordable option compared to traditional POS systems. Here's how:

  • Get started with OneHubPOS at $1 for 3 months
  • Basic plan for $50/month
  • Plus plan for $235/month
  • Custom plans for unique requirements
  • One-time $1999 hardware buy
  • The lowest processing fees starting from 2.3%

As a result, more small business owners and micro-merchants can use and benefit from it.

Android Advantage

OneHubPOS Android device 

The integration with Android-based PAX devices makes it easy to use. You get built-in payment technology along with Android's powerful features and user-friendly design.

Are you one of the 40% of restaurant owners who want menu and recipe costing in your POS? OneHubPOS offers you a food cost percentage calculator to make things easier. Try it today! 

Why Handheld POS Beats the Old-School Systems

Traditional POS system

Over 60% of restaurants use at least one handheld POS terminal. Traditional POS systems might get the job done. But they are clunky and outdated. OneHubPOS handheld POS system saves you time and effort. Here's how:

  • Thanks to great mobility, no more walking between tables and a stationary terminal. Your servers can move freely, making the service flow far more efficient.
  • The speed lets orders instantly be sent to the kitchen in real-time. So, your customers get their food faster.
  • With fewer steps between the server and the kitchen, there’s less chance of errors — no more deciphering handwritten tickets!
  • As restaurant payments happen at the table, guests don’t have to wait for their server to disappear and reappear.

How It Works When the Restaurant’s Buzzing

Suppose, on a Saturday night, your restaurant is fully booked. Your servers are going between tables, taking orders, and trying to stay on top of drink refills. No handheld POS systems for restaurants would mean a lot of trips back to the central POS terminal. The result? Lots of delays and mistakes.

OneHubPOS changes the workflow completely. A server can approach a table, take orders directly into the handheld device, and those orders immediately sync with the kitchen. Need to make changes? The system updates in real-time. Customers are ready to pay? Handle that, too, right from the table. It’s smooth, fast, and error-proof. 

Big Perks of Using Handheld POS Systems for Restaurants

Here are the benefits that handheld POS systems provide for your restaurant:

1. Improved Restaurant Tableside Service

Handheld POS ordering right at the table not only speeds up service but also allows for instant order changes. Customers get a more personalized experience as they see their server taking control without disappearing to the terminal.

2. Speed and Efficiency in Order Taking and Processing

Restaurant chef going through the order details using POS system 

Quicker orders mean quicker table turnover. During peak hours, a handheld system can turn chaos into calm. Since handheld POS ordering cuts down the time between taking the order and sending it to the kitchen, it helps reduce bottlenecks and ensures a smooth operation.

3. Reducing Errors and Improving Accuracy

In a traditional system, there are plenty of opportunities for human error, such as:

  • miscommunication between servers and the kitchen
  • illegible handwriting
  • forgotten order changes

A handheld POS system solves most of these issues. It syncs orders in real-time and ensures clear communication between all staff.

4. Faster Transaction Processing

A happy customer paying the bill using a POS system 

Guests used to wait for their server to return to process payment. With handheld POS systems for restaurants, that’s a thing of the past. OneHubPOS handles guest payments directly at the table. This speeds up the process and lets your servers move on to the next table faster.

5. Enhancing Customer Experience

Faster service, fewer errors, and easier payment options all add up to a better dining experience. Happier customers are more likely to leave positive reviews, which can increase customer spending by 31%. They return for another meal and tip more generously.

How OneHubPOS Handheld POS System Keeps Restaurant Staff Happy

A happy team is a productive team, and OneHubPOS handheld POS systems for restaurants are designed to bring that about. Here’s how:

1. Ease of Use and Training

Nobody likes dealing with tricky POS technology, especially during a busy shift. OneHubPOS handheld POS system is intuitive, meaning your staff can learn it quickly and focus on serving customers. Plus, less time training means new hires can start using it from day one.

2. Reducing Workload and Stress

As it cuts out unnecessary trips to the POS terminal, OneHubPOS handheld POS system lightens the load for your staff. Servers can handle more tables with ease, reducing the stress that often comes with high-pressure shifts.

3. Increasing Tips and Job Satisfaction

With faster service and fewer manual errors, servers can handle more tables and turn them over more quickly, which often leads to higher tips. Note that tips account for up to 70% of their pay. 

Plus, when everything runs smoothly, job satisfaction increases. Your team feels more in control of their workflow, reducing burnout and making it easier for them to provide excellent service. A system like OneHubPOS, which makes their job easier, naturally boosts morale.

Try the OneHubPOS Tip Pooling Calculator for a fair and precise way to split tips between your front and back-of-house teams.

Price Check: Is It Worth the Investment?

When considering handheld POS systems for restaurants, the investment may initially seem daunting, but the ROI is fast and significant.

Initial Investment vs. Long-term Savings

Sure, there’s an upfront cost in buying the handheld POS systems for restaurants along with:

  • barcode scanners for product codes
  • receipt printers for customer receipts
  • card readers for processing payments
  • training your staff

But you can't ignore the long-term savings. For example:

  • Faster service means quicker table turnover, which directly leads to increased revenue. 
  • Fewer order mistakes translate to lower food costs. 
  • Better task management like payment processing and menu updates helps you save precious time that can be reallocated elsewhere.

Calculating ROI for Handheld POS Systems for Restaurants 

The ROI for handheld POS systems is easy to see once you start factoring in the time and cost savings. Here’s a quick way to think about it: 

  1. Handheld restaurant POS systems can help you turn tables 15-20% faster compared to those without. This translates directly into higher revenue potential. 
  2. So, if your restaurant serves 100 tables a day and speeds up turnover by just 15%, that’s 15 additional tables served daily. 
  3. Suppose your average check size is $50; this could mean an extra $750 in daily revenue. 
  4. Over a month, that’s $22,500 more!

This way, the investment in a handheld POS system often pays off in just a few months.

Why a Centralized POS with Payments is the Way to Go

OneHubPOS unifies everything under one unified POS and payments platform. So, you don't have to juggle multiple systems for ordering, payment, and customer management. 

Order Fast, Pay Easy – All in Sync

Orders are sent directly from the handheld device to the kitchen and payments are processed right at the table – all within the same system. No need for multiple software or devices. 

The fewer moving parts, the less chance of errors or miscommunication. This perfect integration eases the work for servers, kitchen staff, and managers.

Big Wins for Managers & Daily Operations

Restaurant managers love OneHubPOS handheld POS system. After all, it makes oversight simpler. You can track everything in one place — orders, payments, table turnover rates, even staff performance metrics. This is a holistic view of your restaurant’s operations. 

Then, you can make better decisions about adjusting staff schedules, modifying the menu based on order trends, or identifying your most profitable times of the day.

OneHubPOS for Faster Service & Happy Staff

OneHubPOS Handheld System is built for restaurant needs, offering real-time sync, restaurant tableside ordering, and easy integration with existing software. So, investing in it amps up service speed, cuts down on errors, and keeps staff and customers happy. 

Faster table turnover, improved customer experiences, and a more productive team – these perks make OneHubPOS the perfect solution to make your restaurant successful and handle operations in the long run. Start your OneHubPOS journey for $1.

Restaurants Payments

5 POS Food Truck Payment System in 2024 You Need to Know About

Diksha Adhikari
September 6, 2024
2 mins

Your food truck is packed, the line’s getting long, and orders are coming in fast — this is the kind of busy you’ve been dreaming about, right? The last thing you need is a glitchy food truck payment system messing things up. 

A feature-rich and reliable POS keeps everything running smoothly and speeds up guest payments. Ultimately, your customers leave with a smile!

This blog explores what makes the best POS systems tick—everything from handling various payment methods to easing the order process. 

Multiple Ordering and Payment Options = More Sales: Here’s the Scoop

Whether you’re launching a food truck business or just considering upgrading, offering many ordering and payment options in your food truck payment system is a big deal for your business. Here’s why:

1. Let Your Customers Pay Their W

Customers today just want things to be easy. With the booming meal delivery scene expected to reach 2.5 billion users by 2029, plus over 90% of folks using digital payments, it's obvious that people love having choices when it comes to paying. 

So, if your food truck payment system can handle different digital wallets, credit cards, and even cryptocurrencies, you’ll be hitting the mark with what your customers want. 

2. Cut Down on Long Queues

Long lines can really make customers go away. But here’s a simple fix: offer mobile ordering and payment options. Why? Well, then customers can place their orders in advance and just pick them up. No waiting in line! Plus, it speeds up your service and keeps operations smooth, especially when it’s super busy. 

3. Get Orders Done Fast

Food truck operations move fast, and that's thanks to:

  • high customer demand
  • tight spaces
  • quick service expectations

So, being efficient is super important. A food truck POS system that integrates online ordering can really speed up everything. It helps you take orders quickly and cuts down on manual errors. Consequently, your team can focus just on cooking and serving, while the POS takes care of the rest, making everything organized and fast.

4. Increase the Number of Orders (and Your Revenue!)

Online ordering can increase how much people spend — by 26% for quick service and 13% for fast casual places. Plus, customers are more likely to place an order when they can pay the way they prefer, such as:

So, with a food truck POS offering multiple ordering and payment options, you’ll see an increase in orders. This means more sales and more cash in your pocket!

Food Truck POS Must-Haves: What Features Really Matter

Let’s check out what makes a POS system a real winner for your food truck business:

1. Mobile Compatibility

Your chosen mPOS system should let you handle orders and payments straight from a tablet or smartphone. So, if your food truck is out on a busy street corner, you can quickly take orders on your tablet. No need to be stuck at a cash register. This super flexible feature keeps you moving with the crowd.

2. Offline Functionality

Suppose your food truck is parked in a spot with terrible signals or you have an internet cut out. Frustrating; isn't it? So, your chosen POS system should keep working even if you go offline. Plus, it should update everything once you're back online. This way, you don’t miss any sales, even when tech decides to be a pain.

3. User-Friendly Interface

Your POS should be easy for anyone to pick up and use. For example, drag-and-drop menu editing would help you easily update items or prices without getting lost in confusing menus. This way, your staff can learn how to use it fast and spend more time serving your customers.

4. Fast and Secure Payment Options

A great POS can handle different payment types, like:

  • credit/debit cards
  • mobile payments
  • contactless options

For instance, if your food truck payment system supports NFC payments, customers can just tap their phone or card to pay. This makes checkout faster and helps keep lines moving smoothly.

5. Inventory Management

Check out POS systems that keep an eye on your stock and let you know when you're running low on supplies. For example, some POS systems link with your inventory and update stock levels automatically as you make sales. This way, you always know what’s in your pantry and won’t run out of important ingredients.

6. Integration with Other Business Tools

Your POS should work perfectly with other tools you use, such as:

For example, if you link your food truck POS with a CRM system, you can keep track of what your customers like. Then, you can adjust your marketing to fit their preferences.

Boxcar Burgers, a food truck in Maryland, sends promotional emails to its diners after they order. 

Best POS Systems for Food Trucks: Our Favorite Choices 

Here’s a rundown of some of the best food truck POS systems. You can pick the one that fits your needs perfectly.

1. OneHubPOS

OneHubPOS is a cloud-based POS that is purpose-built for food trucks. It's super easy to install on your own and made with a mobile-first vibe. This food truck payment system works perfectly with portable gear, so you can handle transactions and keep track of data effortlessly, even when your food truck gets really busy.

Key Features

  • It works with any Android hardware, so investing in new ones is unnecessary. Stands out with its hardware solutions, such as the Pax A800 and A920 Pro mPOS devices
  • Secure and versatile payment and reconcile options, including cards, wallets, BNPL, Dual pricing, bill splitting, Offline payments, and Kickbacks. 
  • Real-time sales tracking and revenue performance at the tip of your fingers. 
  • You can easily manage orders on POS, mPOS, Kiosk, or Soft POS—whatever suits your needs and budget.
  • Tight integrations to marketplace apps, third party apps to ensure smooth operations 

Pricing

OneHubPOS has a super affordable pricing plan, thanks to a great deal where you can use the food truck payment system for just $1 for three months. It's a great option if you’re just starting out with your food truck. The best part? There are no hidden fees — what you see is what you get. The pricing scales up as the number of food trucks grows.

Free Trial Availability

While OneHubPOS doesn't offer a free trial, you can get OneHubPOS for just $1 a month for three months. So, you’ve got loads of time to check out all its features and see if it’s the right fit for your business while finding the best food truck POS.

2. Clover

Clover is a versatile POS platform for many businesses, including food trucks. 

Key Features

  • Invoicing tools
  • Employee management 
  • Compatibility with multiple hardware options 

Pricing

Clover’s pricing starts at $14.95 per month, though depending on your needs, additional hardware costs may apply. 

Free Trial Availability

Clover offers a 90-day free POS trial.

3. Toast

Toast offers comprehensive management tools for orders, inventory, and employees.

Key Features

  • Integrated POS 
  • Payroll management 
  • Online ordering integration
  • Team and inventory management 

Pricing

Toast offers a free tier, with pricing starting at $0. However, additional features come with added costs.

Free Trial Availability

Toast does not offer a free trial.

4. Korona POS

Korona POS offers a set of features for businesses requiring advanced management tools. 

Key Features

  • Inventory management
  • Custom reporting tools
  • Advanced cashier functionality
  • Accounting integrations

Pricing

Korona’s pricing starts at $59 per month.

Free Trial Availability

Korona offers an unlimited free trial but with a limited number of features.

5. Table Needs

Table Needs is an all-in-one platform for food truck operators who want to manage their entire business in one place. 

Key Features

  • Restaurant operations 
  • Financial programs and reporting
  • Training and support for new users

Pricing

Table Needs comes with a price of $139 per month.

Free Trial Availability

Table Needs does not offer a free trial.

Price vs. Perks: What You Get with Food Truck POS Systems

Here's a table showing the key differences between each POS platform. 

POS Platform
Key Features
Pricing
OneHubPOS
  • Compatible with Android Hardware
  • Secure payment options and payment agnostic solution
  • Order management with Payments
  • Inventory and menu management 
  • Online ordering and delivery management 
  • Consumer app 
  • Employee management
  • Onboarding & Training 
  • 24x7 Support
  • $1 for the first 3 months
Clover
  • Invoicing tools
  • Employee management
  • Compatible with multiple hardware options
  • $1 for the first 3 months
Toast
  • POS system for restaurants
  • Payroll management
  • Online ordering
  • Team and inventory management
  • Starts at $0, additional features extra cost
Korona POS
  • Inventory management
  • Custom reporting
  • Order management
  • Accounting integrations
  • Starts at $59/month
Table Needs
  • All-in-one restaurant operations platform
  • Financial reporting
  • Training and support
  • $139/month

What to Look for in a Food Truck POS System: The Basics

Finding the best food truck POS can seem tricky. So, here's our little guidance to help you find the perfect fit for your needs:

1. Budget Constraints

POS systems can range from budget-friendly to top-of-the-line. Don't just look at the initial price. Remember to consider additional expenses like:

  • hardware costs
  • subscription fees
  • transaction costs

If you're just starting out, you should go for a budget-friendly platform or a trial period. It's a smart move.

2. Specific Business Needs

Do you have a huge menu with lots of options? Do you need a POS that lets you customize everything? Or maybe you’ve got a smaller menu and need strong inventory tracking? This way, think about what your food truck needs. 

For instance, if you’re famous for gourmet burgers, your chosen POS must be able to handle aspects like extra cheese or custom toppings. Also, think about whether you need your system to work with online ordering or loyalty programs.

3. Ease of Use and Training Requirements

Do you want your food truck staff to spend ages trying to figure out a complicated POS setup? Obviously not! So, look for a food truck payment system with:

  • simple dashboards
  • easy navigation
  • training resources, like video tutorials or live sessions

Basically, you and your staff should be able to start using it right away without a lot of hassle.

4. Customer Support and Reliability

What if your POS system crashes right in the middle of a busy lunch rush? Having instant help on standby can really save the day. So, make sure your POS provider offers 24/7 support, and check out how you can reach them — whether it’s by:

  • phone
  • chat
  • email
  • ticket

5. Scalability for Business Growth

Pick a POS system that can grow along with your business. If you’re thinking of adding more food trucks or cool new features, make sure your POS can keep up. For instance, a good system will let you add new locations or connect with advanced analytics tools as you expand.

Why OneHubPOS is the Best Choice for Food Trucks

OneHubPOS is a fantastic food truck payment system! Here's why:

  • Super easy to use
  • Great on mobile devices
  • Real-time inventory tracking
  • Smooth payment processing
  • Accepts all sorts of payments
  • Easy customization of your menu
  • Detailed sales reports

The best part? Even if your internet goes down, OneHubPOS’ offline mode won’t let you miss a beat. Whether you’ve got one food truck or a big fleet, OneHubPOS scales with you. You can start with $1 only. The key benefits:

  1. You save time.
  2. You cut down on mistakes
  3. You keep your customers happy.

Wrapping it Up: Choosing the Best Food Truck POS 

The right POS system makes managing orders, tracking inventory, and handling payments so convenient. It’s easy to use, works on mobile devices, and has all the features you need. 

OneHubPOS food truck payment system is a standout choice here. You get real-time inventory updates, smooth payment options, and even offline mode to keep food truck operations running when you lose internet. Plus, it's user-friendly and budget-friendly. So, to help your food truck business really take off, book a call with OneHubPOS today!

Restaurant Ops

7 Tips You Can Learn From To Reduce Wait Time & Run Smooth Restaurant Operations

Sahana Ananth
September 4, 2024
2 mins

Nobody likes to wait, especially when hungry and a tasty meal is just out of reach. Nearly 40% of customers wait 15 to 30 minutes for a table at a restaurant in the US, and their patience wears thin beyond that. The quicker you can seat your customers, the happier they are.

But it's easier said than done; finding the right ways to reduce wait time may be challenging. 

Implementing POS solutions is a simple fix for cutting down on long waiting lines. Known for streamlining orders and payments, these systems can reduce customers' waiting time and increase your revenue. 

In this blog, we'll cover how POS systems can enhance your service speed and how you can easily optimize your restaurant's wait times.

Restaurant Operations: Understanding Wait Time Reduction and Optimization

Focusing on wait time reduction and optimization in restaurant operations minimizes the time customers spend waiting for a table, their order, or checkout and enhances their perception of the wait. 

A fine dining experience with elegantly plated food and wine glasses

For example, as a restaurant aiming to improve wait time experience, you might use a reservation system that updates customers in real-time about their wait status via a mobile app. This way, you can improve the perception of customers waiting and make them stay longer. 

Here are some benefits of wait time management:

  • Increased Table Turnover: Quick table allocation and quicker order processing increase the number of customers you serve within a time frame.
  • Customer Satisfaction: Customers appreciate short wait times, and when they get consistent, well-handed wait times, they’ll more likely come back.
  • Streamlined Operations: Wait time optimization process fine-tunes your entire kitchen and front-of-house operations. 
  • Reduced Walkouts: Customers are less likely to leave due to long waits, ensuring more stable daily sales.

Benefits of Optimizing Checkout Processes

Apart from churning more revenue, optimizing wait time reduction benefits your restaurant in multiple ways:

  1. Enhanced Customer Satisfaction

Three women enjoying a casual gathering with wine and snacks on a table.

Customers feel their time is valued when wait times are short. Nobody likes to sit around waiting for hours for their food. When wait times are cut down, whether for a table, the food, or the check, customers have a smoother dining experience. According to a study by the American Customer Satisfaction Index, wait times are one of the main drivers of customer satisfaction. Customers who have to wait for a longer time than expected are 18% less satisfied. 

  1. Increased Efficiency and Productivity

Less wait time means the tables get cleared and ready for new guests faster, giving diners more time to enjoy a meal over a day. On the restaurant operations side, shorter waits allow your staff to manage their tasks more effectively. They spend less time managing queues and more time attending to customer needs.

  1. Improved Sales and Revenue

54% of diners say a table wait time over 30 minutes would deter them from visiting a restaurant. A quick and smooth checkout process means you can turn tables faster. Line busting solutions, self serve kiosk solutions are some best alternatives that gives you a bump in revenue. 

Key Features of POS Systems for Reducing Wait Times

Optimizing restaurant operations like the checkout process is easier than you think, given you're using the right POS system. Let's take a look at some POS system features that are essential for it:

  1. Fast Transaction Processing

The restaurant POS you're choosing must have reliable transaction processing capabilities. Offline payment capability is an added advantage and makes you unstoppable. When a POS system executes payments quickly, it cuts down the time each customer spends at the checkout and leaves your customers happy.

A customer making a contactless payment at a cafe counter

Key functionalities you need to look for in your POS systems:

  • Support multiple payment methods, including cards, mobile wallets, and EBT.
  • Provides customers with a touch-free and hassle-free contactless payment experience.
  • Capabilities for bill splitting, cash and card split, and tip adjustment will minimise server errors.
  • EMV compliance and secure processing protect the restaurant and its customers from payment fraud.
  1. Inventory Management Integration

This feature ensures that every ingredient in your menu items is available when needed so that no delays occur when items are out of stock. It monitors your stock levels and tells you when supplies are running low. It can also automatically reorder essentials for you. 

Some essential features to look for in restaurant inventory management:

  • Real-Time Inventory Tracking: The system should update stock levels instantly as ingredients are used.
  • Reorder Points and Low Stock Alerts: Set minimum stock levels and receive automatic notifications to reorder based on usage projections.
  • Supplier and Purchase Order Management: It consolidates all supplier data and order histories in one place for streamlined operations.
  • FIFO and Shelf Life Alerts: Ensure the freshness of ingredients with FIFO tracking and keep tabs on expiration dates with shelf life alerts.
  1. Mobile POS Capabilities

A mobile POS system lets customers complete transactions from anywhere on the premises. Your staff can process payments at the table, in line, or outside during events, so your customers don't have to stand in queues at a fixed checkout location. 

With digital receipt options and instant payment processing capabilities, the mPOS system cuts down on the steps required to complete a transaction.

Some key features of a restaurant mPOS system include:

  • Portability: Equip staff with tablets or smartphones to conduct transactions anywhere.
  • Barcode Scanning: Use the built-in camera or an attached barcode scanner to check out items quickly.
  • Versatile Payment Options: Accept various payment methods, including credit cards, NFC payments, and mobile wallets, to cater to all customer preferences.
  • Customer Management: Access customer data, order history, and preferences to personalize the service and speed up transactions.
  1. Real-time Data Analytics

Real-time data analytics goes beyond traditional transaction processing by delivering insights right when you need them. It captures every transaction and customer interaction as they happen. 

You get a live data feed that provides a clear picture of what's happening in your restaurant at any moment. For example, it can show you which menu items are selling fast today, which tables are turning over quickly, and where bottlenecks are developing. 

If a particular dish is causing delays because of prep time, you may promote a quicker-to-prepare alternative. 

7 Must-Know Tips to Reduce Wait Times with POS Systems

Reducing wait times in your restaurant can feel like a major challenge, but getting it right can also bring great rewards. Here are 7 tips to reduce wait times:

  1. Streamline Order Processing

Streamlining order processing is the first and easiest way to reduce wait time. One powerful tool to achieve this is the use of barcode scanners. Adding QR code technology lets your staff quickly scan items and speed up the entire checkout process.

Pro-tip: Your product categorization also plays a key role in wait time optimization. When menu items are well-organized and logically grouped, customers will find it easy and more convenient to place their order without unnecessary delays.

  1. Enhance Employee Training

When adept at navigating the POS system, employees can handle orders, payments, and customer queries much more efficiently. Training should focus on every aspect of the POS system, from processing transactions and managing inventory to applying for promotions and handling returns. 

Schedule quarterly training with POS service providers. Make sure that all employees are comfortable with these functions so that you avoid potential delays that can occur from misuse or a lack of knowledge. Also, regular updates and refreshers are necessary to keep staff updated with system upgrades or new features that could further optimize service speed and accuracy.

  1. Utilize Mobile POS Solutions

With servers using mobile devices for tableside ordering, common errors linked to old-school paper tickets are drastically reduced. It provides a direct-to-kitchen transmission that streamlines the entire ordering process.

Additionally, tableside payment processing speeds up transactions as servers can finalize bills right at the table, avoiding the back-and-forth of traditional payment methods.

  1. Implement Self-Service Kiosks

No matter the type of dining spot you run, from a quick-service place to a fine dining restaurant, installing kiosks can make a big difference. These self-service kiosks let your customers take charge right from the start. 

They can pick their tables, look through the menu, order their meals, and even pay, all on their schedule, without needing to wait for staff assistance. Plus, with tablet kiosks at the table, guests can order another round of drinks or pay their bills whenever they're ready.

  1. Optimize Menu and Product Layout

An optimally designed menu guides customers smoothly through their choices, reducing decision time and increasing satisfaction. To this end, you can position your most profitable items in areas where customers naturally focus first—typically the center and top corners of the menu, known as the 'Golden Triangle.'

This way, you'll be able to maximize revenue opportunities by subtly promoting higher-margin dishes. Here's how you can strategically place menu items for quick access:

  • A clean layout with ample white space around menu entries helps prevent customer fatigue and makes your menu more straightforward to navigate.
  • Accentuate special dishes or high-profit items using boxes, bold text, or contrasting colors to draw attention quickly.
  • Streamline your menu by offering fewer but diverse options in each category.
  • Ensure your menu design aligns with your restaurant's brand, using consistent fonts, colors, and thematic elements.
  1. Leverage Data Analytics

Analyze collected data from your queue management system to identify slow points and understand patterns contributing to bottlenecks. Here's how data analytics can make a significant difference in wait time reduction:

  • Data reveals the stages of service where delays typically occur, whether at the ordering station or the payment counter.
  • It helps you pinpoint exactly what changes will most improve the customer experience. 
  • It predicts future demand with impressive accuracy. This foresight allows you to prepare for peak times.
  • Modern data tools provide real-time insights that help you react instantly to unexpected changes in customer flow or service pace.
  1. Integrate Online and In-Store Systems

Online and in-store restaurant systems allow real-time data synchronization between online ordering platforms and physical point-of-sale systems. It helps you manage your inventory more effectively, coordinate kitchen operations, and update menus instantaneously across all platforms. 

Here's how POS integration benefits your restaurant:

  • Real-time syncing between online orders and in-store sales helps manage inventory more accurately.
  • Orders placed online can be directly fed into the kitchen's workflow without manual re-entry.
  • Customers enjoy a consistent experience, whether they're ordering from home or dining in.
  • Reservations made online update immediately in the restaurant's system and allow for real-time table management and reduced waiting times.
  • Integrating payment systems ensures that whether customers pay online, via mobile, or at the counter, all transactions are processed swiftly and securely.

Conclusion

As customer expectations in the restaurant industry rise, so does the opportunity for those ready to serve. Start by examining your customer experience to pinpoint inefficiencies and bottlenecks in your current operations and make small adjustments. As your budget allows, consider investing in modern restaurant technology. 

OneHubPOS integrates every aspect of restaurant management—from taking orders and processing payments to tracking inventory and scheduling staff— into one sleek platform. This means your team can work faster, serve better, and satisfy your customers. 

Curious to learn how we can help you enhance your service speed and enhance efficiency? Schedule a free demo with us and let us help you reduce your customer wait times and make it happen affordably.

Point of sale

How Switching to Mobile POS Can Dramatically Increase Your Revenue

Diksha Adhikari
August 30, 2024
2 mins

Traditional point-of-sale (POS) systems have long been used to improve customer retention and safeguard customer data. Still, they may not be the best option when it comes to flexibility. On top of that, what if the upfront cost of POS hardware seems daunting for your budget?

This is where mobile POS systems come into play. They are designed to operate seamlessly on tablets or smartphones. With these systems, you get the best of both worlds—strong POS software with lower initial expenses. In this blog, you'll learn what makes mobile POS a better option than traditional POS for your restaurant.

What is a mobile POS system?

A Mobile POS for restaurants is a portable point of sale on a smartphone or tablet that allows your customers to manage their transactions right from their device. This system transforms a traditional register setup into a sleek, cloud-based operation. All it requires is a device and an internet connection to function.

By 2028, in the Mobile POS Payments market, the number of users is expected to amount to 2.01bn-that's huge!

Here are some key features of a mobile restaurant POS system:

  • Integrated financial and accounting software: It merges your sales and payment data with your accounting records to streamline financial management. 
  • Cross-platform functionality: It adapts smoothly whether you're using a tablet or a desktop. You can manage your operations on any hardware you prefer.
  • Inventory solutions: Inventory solutions keep track of your stock in real-time, so you're always in the know about what's available and what's running low.
  • Portability: Offers the flexibility to conduct transactions anywhere in your restaurant, from the front door to the back kitchen.
  • Advanced reporting: These tools offer a window into your business's performance with detailed insights.

Compared to traditional POS systems that are often bulky and tied to one spot, mobile POS systems bring unmatched flexibility to the table. You can carry the entire sales system along with your device, no matter where you go. 

Research by Starfleet Research for The Smart Decision Guide to Restaurant Management and POS Systems shows that after upgrading to advanced POS systems, 84% of full-service and 72% of quick service and fast casual restaurants saw a significant boost in their revenue.

Common Pain Points Without a POS System

Working without a POS system can be a headache. It can hinder your restaurant's ability to provide excellent service to your customers. Here are some of the common issues restaurants face when they don't use a POS:

  1. Inefficient Order Management

Operating without a POS system can make managing orders feel easy. Misunderstandings between your waitstaff and kitchen can become more common, which may raise the chances of mistakes and delays in meals. 

Say a server doesn't quite get a diner's special dietary request or forgets to write it down—and, you're serving a meal that wasn't expected. This misstep can disappoint your customer and tarnish their dining experience. Having a reliable POS system helps keep everyone on the same page.

  1. Errors in Billing and Payments

Handling bills manually can often lead to errors that are not just frustrating but also potentially expensive. When totals, taxes, and split bills are calculated without automated help, there's a higher chance of mistakes. If a server accidentally charges a customer for the wrong table or gets the maths wrong on the total bill. 

These mix-ups can cause disputes and may even harm your restaurant's reputation if they happen often. Using automated software helps minimize these errors and makes sure that every transaction is accurate.

  1. Inventory Mismanagement

Managing inventory is no easy task, especially without the help of a POS system. You never know when you might run out of essential ingredients when you need them the most. And nothing disappoints your customers more than hearing their favourite dish is not available. 

This could lead to missed sales opportunities and leave your guests less than thrilled. When you have a system tracking your inventory in real-time, it becomes easy to stay prepared beforehand.

  1. Poor Customer Service

When these problems—like long waits, order mix-ups, and billing mistakes—pile up, they drag down the customer experience. And as a restaurant owner, you must know the stakes of leaving your customers unhappy. 

A minor bad review, either online or offline, can turn potential customers away before they even step through your door. When you have a POS handling these operations, it becomes easier for you to provide better service to your customers.

Benefits of Using a Mobile POS System

There are several compelling POS system benefits that can transform your operations and enhance customer satisfaction. Here's how:

  1. Streamlined Operations and Faster Service

Mobile point-of-sale systems bring a new level of efficiency to serving guests, particularly during the hustle and bustle of peak hours. Their portability allows staff to take orders and process payments right at the table, cutting out those time-consuming walks to a stationary terminal. This streamlined process speeds up service and helps manage guest flow more smoothly. 

  1. Accurate Billing and Reduced Errors

Getting the bill right is key to keeping your customers' trust. Mobile POS for restaurant systems helps reduce human errors by automating how bills are created and calculated. This means every order is recorded accurately, and the math is always right, decreasing the likelihood of billing mistakes. 

When it comes to things like dividing the bill among guests or adding discounts, the mobile POS system manages it smoothly. 

  1. Real-time Inventory Tracking

A significant advantage of mobile POS systems is their ability to manage and track inventory in real-time. As orders are placed, the system automatically updates inventory levels. It alerts you when supplies are low and even automates reordering for essential items. 

This real-time data prevents the situation of having to inform guests that their desired menu item is unavailable after they've ordered it. It keeps your menu offerings and stock maintained.

  1. Enhanced Customer Experience

Servers have instant access to menu details, ingredient lists, and availability, which means they can answer guest queries without delay or having to check with the kitchen. 

Moreover, their ability to provide personalized recommendations and accommodate special requests, like dietary restrictions, can make the dining experience more personal and satisfying.

How to Increase Revenue with POS

You now know why mobile POS systems deserve a place in your restaurant, but how does it add to your revenue stream? Let's find out:

  1. Faster Table Turnover and Reduced Wait Times

With mobile POS systems, there's no need for your staff to go back and forth to stationary terminals. Both the orders and payments are taken care of at the table. This way, your customers get speedy service without having to wait long.

They can immediately pay their bills after dinner without waiting for a server to return with their credit card. As a result, your staff gets to entertain more customers, especially during peak hours.

  1. Upselling and Cross-selling Opportunities

Having a smart software, servers get timely reminders to suggest extras that complement a customer's order. For instance, while ordering a burger, the mobile POS for restaurants might nudge the server to recommend a craft beer that pairs well with it. It will keep your customers happy while boosting the average sale per customer.

  1. Loyalty Programs and Personalized Promotions

Mobile POS systems can be easily integrated with your loyalty programs. This integration makes it easy for new members to sign up and apply rewards to their payments. Not only this, personalized promotions not only make each guest feel special but also boost the chances they'll come back and spend more each time they visit. 

  1. Better Data Analytics and Informed Decision-Making

Mobile point of sale keeps track of your analytics and makes it easy for you to stay responsive to these insights. It analyzes data on popular menu items and busy periods, which can help you fine-tune your menu to better meet customer tastes and schedule your staff more efficiently to handle the rush. It also provides insights on managing your inventory more precisely so that no or lesser wastes are there. 

Choosing the Right Mobile POS System - Key features to look for

Wondering what to look for in a Mobile POS system so that you can make the most out of your investment? Here's a comprehensive guide on key features to look for, along with some tips for smooth implementation:

Key Features and Questions to Consider

  1. Comprehensive Functionality Beyond Payments

Ensure the mPOS handles more than just transactions. Its key functionalities should include inventory management, loyalty programs, and customer relationship management (CRM). 

Ask the provider whether the system supports both iOS and Android. Can it cater to specific needs like menu management and loyalty programs?

  1. Compatibility and Integration 

The system should work seamlessly with other restaurant setups and integrate well with the third-party software you currently or plan to use. Confirm about the third-party integrations available. Is the mPOS capable of handling different operational setups like retail and dining?

  1. User Accessibility and Support

Look for systems that offer a self-service portal, extensive support, and training resources. Before you choose, check what kind of customer support is provided. Are there training materials and onboarding processes to help staff adapt to the new system?

  1. Compliance and Payment Security

EMV compliance and the ability to accept NFC payments like Apple Pay or Google Wallet are essential for securing customer transactions. Ask the provider if the system is EMV compliant. Can it process NFC payments?

  1. Scalability and Flexibility

The system should support multiple devices and scale up with your business. It should handle everything from a single register to various outlets. Consider whether the system can grow with your business. Does it support multiple registers and locations?

  1. Analytics and Reporting

Advanced analytics and reporting capabilities to track sales, customer interactions, and inventory. Check what kind of analytics and reporting the system offers. Can it provide real-time data insights?

  1. Cost Efficiency

Prioritize affordable hardware costs and flexible software licensing. Enquire about the initial and ongoing costs and if there are any hidden fees.

Tips for a Smooth Implementation

To make sure the implementation process of your Mobile point of sale is as smooth as your operations, keep these tips in mind:

  • Provide staff training: Make sure to conduct thorough training for your staff so that they know what they're dealing with. The faster they adapt, the smoother your transition will be.
  • Do pilot testing: Before going fully live, run a pilot test in a controlled environment. This will help you identify any issues or areas for improvement.
  • Data backup: Ensure that all your existing data is backed up before integration. This protects your business against data loss during the transition.
  • Customer communication: Inform your customers about the benefits of the new system and the POS system. This can enhance their experience and manage expectations during the switch.

Conclusion

Adapting to the latest technology is essential for success, and for restaurants, staying updated means integrating tools like mobile POS systems. These systems bring unparalleled ease to your operations and help to increase efficiency and boost revenue. 

Ready to see the difference a mobile POS can make in your restaurant? Check out OneHub's mobile POS system and watch your revenue grow. Schedule a demo today and see how easy it is to enhance your restaurant's performance.

POS Hardware

Are You Really Considering A Free POS?

Sahana Ananth
August 29, 2024
2 mins

You get what you pay for is an adage in almost every aspect of life, and the world of point-of-sale (POS) systems without exception. While a "free" POS system is tempting for small business restaurants and retail owners on a tight budget, the reality is often far more complex.

There's no such thing as a free lunch or POS. A free POS may promise to offer POS systems for no cost but often hide significant costs.

1. Masked Hidden Fees

You might like the idea of a "free" POS system as a small store. However, after a year of operation, you realize that the transaction fees and monthly charges have far exceeded what you would have paid for a reliable POS solution. Some of the places you have to keep track of to check if you are paying more than agreed upon are:

  • Unknown transaction fees: Even if the hardware and software are free, you'll still incur fees for every transaction processed. These fees can vary from 2.3% per transaction to 3.5% and above. This will include merchant, bank, interchange, and MSP/Reseller fees—and add up quickly, especially for businesses with high transaction volumes. This can be a big sum. 
  • Check your monthly fees: Many "free" POS providers charge recurring monthly fees for ongoing support, maintenance, or other services that are not disclosed during onboarding. 
  • Beware of early termination fees: If you switch to a different POS system before the end of your contract because support is nonexistent and issues pile up, you will face hefty penalties. I suggest reading through contracts, dotting the Is, and crossing your Ts. 

1.1 Unfolding the Credit Card Processing Fees

Credit card processing fees are one of the most significant hidden costs of "free" POS systems. These fees vary based on factors like:

  • Higher transaction volumes typically result in lower rates.
  • Some industries, such as high-risk merchants, may face higher rates.
  • Processing fees for credit cards are generally higher than debit cards and definitely NOT free.

Consider this: A small retail business processing $10,000 in credit card transactions per month might be lured by a 'free' POS system offering a 2.75% processing rate. This would mean $275 in monthly processing fees. In 5 years you would have spent $16500 covering the cost of hardware, software, maintenance and more! However, a reliable POS provider might charge you for hardware and software but offer a 2.25% rate, resulting in a monthly saving of $50 and savings of 5 years would be $13500, saving you $3k. Over time, this could add to significant savings, making the reliable POS provider a more cost-effective choice.

It's crucial to understand that the processing fee is charged by the banks, not the POS providers. The providers simply mark up this fee to cover their costs. This knowledge can help you make a more informed decision when comparing different POS systems and avoid any unexpected financial surprises. 

2. Limited Features and Functionality

  • Only basic features: Free POS systems often offer limited features compared to paid options, hindering your business's ability to grow and adapt. Either you can only manage some types of payments under the “free” plan, or features like KDS or Inventory are add-ons at premium pricing. 
  • Costly add-on features: We have always found that paid add-ons are recurring purchases that often include much-needed hardware and integrations for an extra charge. 
  • No customization option: You may not be able to customize the system to fit your specific needs, leading to inefficiencies and frustration.
  • Lack of ownership: You are not actually the owner of the hardware or software, which limits your control and flexibility. And customer support is nearly nonexistent. 

3. Vendor Lock-In

  • Limited flexibility: Once locked into a free POS system, switching to another provider without incurring significant costs can be difficult.
  • Lack of control: You may have limited control over your data and business operations, as the vendor holds the reins.

Example: A business that signs a five-year contract with a "free" POS provider might face a hefty early termination fee if they decide to switch to a different system before the end of the contract.

4. Inadequate Support

  • Slow response times: Free POS providers often have NO or limited resources for customer support, leading to slow response times and difficulty resolving issues.
  • Lack of expertise: The support team may not have the experience or knowledge to address complex problems.

5. Onboarding and Implementation Costs

While the initial hardware and software might be "free," the costs associated with onboarding and implementation can quickly add up. These expenses include:

  • Data migration: Transferring your existing data to the new POS system.
  • Training: Training your staff on how to use the new system.
  • Customization: Tailoring the system to your specific business needs.

Example: A restaurant switching to a new POS system might incur costs for data migration, training their staff on the new software, and customizing the system to accommodate table layouts and split checks. These expenses can easily exceed $1,000.

By understanding these hidden costs, you can make an informed decision about whether a 'free' POS system is truly the best option for your business. In many cases, investing in a premium POS solution with transparent pricing and comprehensive support can ultimately save you money and provide greater value, offering the reassurance and confidence that comes with reliable support.

Cost of Ownership of a POS Solution in 2024 for North America

OnehubPOS offers a flexible pricing model that caters to various business needs. While specific costs may vary depending on your location, business size, and required features, here's a general overview of OneHubPOS pricing.

Subscription-Based Pricing

  • Monthly or Annual Plans: OnehubPOS typically offers subscription plans as low as $50 per month, where you pay a recurring fee to access the software and its features.
  • Add-ons: We are very conscious of our pricing and have limited our advanced add-ons at an affordable cost of $25 - $150 per month for add-ons like Kiosks, Customized dashboard, KDS, Delivery solutions and more. 

Payment Processing Fee

  • OneHubPOS is a payment-agnostic POS provider. We can easily integrate with your existing provider without hassle and maintain the fees paid. 
  • We also provide comprehensive payment solutions at the lowest processing fee of 2.3%. We commit ourselves to transparent pricing and simple pricing structures. 

Hardware Costs

  • Hardware: The type of POS hardware you choose (e.g., tablets, smartphones, dedicated terminals) can impact the overall cost. We ship fully tested Android hardware for you to own, use, and reuse. This will cost you one time anywhere between $1000 - $10000 depending on the devices. 

POS Free Trials and Demos

OnehubPOS provides free trials and demos to allow potential customers and partners to test the software and assess its suitability for their business. To get a precise quote for OneHubPOS, connect with us. 

Restaurants Payments

Restaurant Payment Trends 2024: What’s New and What’s Next

Roopak Chadha
August 27, 2024
August 28, 2024
2 mins

The restaurant world is going through a massive change when it comes to payments. That’s all thanks to new restaurant payment technology and changing customer habits. So, this blog breaks down the tech details and what restaurant payment trends mean in the real world.

Why You Can’t Ignore Payment Trends for Your Restaurant

Aligning your restaurant with restaurant payment technology trends is worth it. Here's why:

Making Every Visit Awesome

Customers want their experiences to be quick and easy. With payment options like contactless payments and mobile wallets, transactions are super fast and hassle-free. This makes a huge difference in their dining experience. People love being able to pay quickly and securely. When that happens, they're more satisfied and likely to come back again.

Upgrading Your Operations for Better Efficiency

Advanced restaurant payment technology fits right into restaurant operations. After all, they cut down on manual work and improve efficiency. Take integrated payment systems, for example. They link up POS terminals with inventory management. This makes transactions smoother and automatically updates stock. 

This setup lets restaurants manage inventory in real-time. So, you don’t have to worry about running out of stock or overordering. Plus, it frees up your staff to focus on delivering great service instead of getting bogged down by admin tasks.

Keeping Up with the Competition

Jumping on the latest payment technologies can really set you apart in today’s competitive restaurant scene. Offering cool options like cryptocurrency or biometric payments can give your restaurant a unique vibe that stands out. Eventually, you’re likely to lead the way in delivering a modern dining experience.

Staying On the Right Side of the Rules

As payment technology keeps changing, so do the rules and security standards. Staying up-to-date with these helps protect your restaurant and customers from fraud and data breaches. For example, biometric authentication and AI-powered fraud detection are great for keeping sensitive payment info safe and secure.

What's Hot in Restaurant Payments for 2024: 8 Trends to Watch

1. Contactless Payments

72% of adults prefer using contactless or mobile payment options. Contactless payments work with two main technologies:

  1. NFC (Near Field Communication)
  2. RFID (Radio Frequency Identification)

NFC lets devices talk to each other over a short distance (just a few centimeters), making it perfect for mobile wallets and contactless cards. RFID also uses radio waves but can work over longer distances, which is why it’s often used for tracking inventory, besides guest payments.

The Perks of Going Contactless: Faster, Safer, and Smarter

For customers:

  • Quicker and easier transactions
  • No need to enter PINs or fumble with cash management
  • Less physical contact, which feels safer

For restaurants:

  • Faster checkouts mean shorter lines
  • Smoother operations and happier customers
  • Quicker table turnover, helping bring in more revenue

2. Mobile Wallets and Apps

Around 83% of restaurants now accept mobile wallets alongside cash and cards. Mobile payment apps like Apple Pay, Google Pay, and Samsung Pay let your customers pay quickly and securely. they just have to tap their phone at a terminal. 

These apps store payment info safely on smartphones. So faster and hassle-free checkouts for everyone! Plus, it’s a convenient option that many people already prefer using. 

Get the Most Out of Your Loyalty Program with Payment Integration

Connecting mobile wallets with your loyalty programs lets you send out digital rewards and deals straight through payment apps. It makes it super easy for customers to earn and redeem points, and you get access to some pretty valuable data on their spending habits. 

With that info, you can create targeted promos and keep customers coming back for more. Plus, it’s a smooth way to increase engagement without any extra hassle. 

3. QR Code Payments

Around 70% of US restaurants are using QR codes for menus and payments now. A QR code holds all the payment info in a scannable code. Customers just scan it with their mobile banking app or digital wallet, and the payment's done. It’s quick, contactless, and perfect for busy restaurants.

So, how do QR code payments work in a restaurant setting? Well, you generate a QR code for the bill.  Customers scan it with their phone. Choose their payment method (banking app or digital wallet), and confirm the transaction.

Real-Life Examples of Restaurant Payment Technology in Action

  • Starbucks lets customers order and pay ahead of time through their app. Diners can skip the line and grab their coffee fast. 
  • Pizza Hut also uses QR codes in their online ordering system. So, customers can pay without having to type in your payment info again. 
  • Chipotle uses QR codes for contactless payments. It speeds up the pickup process.  

4. Cryptocurrency Payments

Cryptocurrency payments are set to grow at about 17% a year from 2023 to 2030. Digital currencies offer a secure, decentralized way to pay. A big plus for tech-savvy and international customers! If crypto goes mainstream, you’ll likely see more restaurants getting on board for its perks and challenges.

What’s Great and What’s Tricky with Crypto Payments

Benefits:

  • Stand out and attract crypto enthusiasts
  • Lower transaction fees compared to credit cards
  • Quick cross-border payments, great for international customers

Challenges:

  • Price volatility messing with your menu pricing and profits
  • Risk of value fluctuations affecting financial stability
  • Need for strong security to protect against hacks
  • Tricky exchange rate management

5. Buy Now, Pay Later (BNPL) Options

About 85% of retailers have noticed more people using card-linked "Buy Now, Pay Later" plans. Some of them are Afterpay, Klarna, and Affirm. These services let customers break their payments into smaller chunks instead of paying everything upfront. 

BNPL gives diners the flexibility to enjoy a nice meal now and pay for it over time. Great for bigger-ticket items or special events in restaurants. After all, it makes higher-priced meals or catering more affordable for customers. The result: increased sales. 

The Scoop on How Payments Influence Customer Purchasing Behavior

BNPL can really boost your average check size. After all, it makes bigger purchases easier for customers to handle. Since they can spread out payments, people are more likely to splurge or go for pricier menu items. Plus, offering BNPL adds to customer satisfaction. How? Well, it gives them more financial flexibility and lessens the pressure of paying all at once.

6. Integrated Payment Systems

About 63% of customers like using integrated payments like Apple Pay and Google Pay. When you link your POS system with payment processing, you get a one-stop solution for managing transactions. This setup gives you real-time updates on inventory, sales, and customer info.

Perks of Combining Inventory and Customer Management Tools

Automating inventory management lets restaurants keep an eye on stock levels in real-time. This cuts down the chances of running out of ingredients or overstocking. Plus, integrated systems give you insights into sales trends and customer habits. So, making smart, data-driven decisions eases. 

For instance, with an integrated POS, you can get reports on your most popular dishes to tweak your menu and menu engineering for the best results.

7. Biometric Payments

CaliExpress, an automated fast food joint in California, took things up a notch: it lets customers pay with their face! All customers do is sign up with a selfie, and then, when they’re ready to pay, PopID, a facial ID tech company, verifies their face and completes the transaction.

This is just a peek into biometric restaurant payment trends. Whether it’s through fingerprints, facial recognition, or iris scanning, this restaurant payment technology improves security and makes paying super convenient — no need for PINs or passwords!  

Security and Convenience Factors

Biometric payments make dining out easier and safer. How? Well, using fingerprints or facial recognition to authenticate payments cuts down on fraud and keeps payment info secure. 

Plus, it speeds up the whole checkout process since customers can quickly verify their identity. This way, restaurants can offer a high-tech experience that really sets them apart from the competition.

8. Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning in Payments

Right now, about 14% of people use AI for payments. Among them, 54% are between 18 and 44 years old. 21% are 45 and up. This way, AI and Machine Learning are becoming big players in payment security. They use smart algorithms to read transaction data, spotting and stopping fraud. 

Personalized Payment Experiences for Customers

AI and ML are like super-smart assistants that read your customers’ minds! They read customer behavior and preferences, so you can come up with super-personalized promotion ideas and menu recommendations. For example, AI can pick out the perfect discount or special offer based on what customers loved in the past. 

Why Upgrading Your Restaurant Payment Technology is Totally Worth It

Faster Transaction Times

New payment technology like contactless payments and mobile wallets make transactions quicker and easier. So less time spent waiting and a smoother dining experience. Your staff can serve more customers faster. Plus, they get tables turned over more efficiently.

Improved Customer Satisfaction

Offering easy and secure payment options is a surefire way to keep customers happy and loyal. Mobile wallets, QR codes, and biometric payments make the checkout process smooth and hassle-free. The result: better reviews and more return visits!

Better Security and Fraud Prevention

Modern restaurant payment technology uses top-notch security like encryption and biometrics to keep fraud and data breaches at bay. This extra layer of protection helps cut down on financial risks. It also builds trust with your customers, making sure their payment info stays safe.

Improved Data Insights and Analytics

Advanced payment systems give restaurants tons of useful data to work with. You can track sales trends, customer habits, and even keep an eye on inventory levels. This helps you make smarter decisions and handle operations. You can also tweak your menu or promotions to match what your customers really want. 

For example, if you see when your busiest times are or which dishes are crowd favorites, you can adjust staff schedules, focus on top-selling items, and run restaurant promotions that hit the mark.

The Real Deal on Payment Tech Issues and Fixes

Challenge
Solution
Significant upfront costs like new hardware, software, and system updates for smaller establishments
  • Check if the long-term gains are worth the initial costs.
  • Consider leasing or financing to spread out the payments.
  • Roll out new restaurant payment technology in stages to handle expenses more easily.
Comprehensive staff training and adaptation
  • Make clear training plans for different staff roles.
  • Give hands-on practice with the new systems.
  • Offer ongoing help and training to solve any problems that come up.
Adherence and compliance with security standards and regulations
  • Use encryption, multi-factor authentication, and secure payment gateways to protect data.
  • Regularly check and update your security practices.
  • Run security checks and find weak spots to make sure everything's up to standard and fix any issues.
Integrating new payment technologies with existing POS systems and other software
  • Partner with experts who know how to make sure everything works well together.
  • Test new systems carefully before using them everywhere.
  • Make a clear plan for moving data and connecting systems to avoid problems.

What’s on the Horizon: The Future of Restaurant Payments

The big restaurant payment trends for 2024 — like contactless payments, mobile wallets, QR codes, crypto, Buy Now Pay Later options, integrated systems, biometric payments, and AI/ML tech — bring a ton of chances for restaurants to level up their payment game and meet what today’s customers expect.

OneHubPOS brings all these cool restaurant payment technology features together with a great POS system, offering real-time inventory tracking, smooth payment processing, detailed restaurant analytics, and much more. With OneHubPOS, your restaurant can run more efficiently, make customers happy, and grow your business. Book a call with OneHubPOS today.

Top Restaurants US

Top 5 Vegetarian Restaurants in Chicago - Best Veggie Spots to Try

Diksha Adhikari
August 27, 2024
2 mins

Chicago, known for its iconic skylines and diverse cultures, is also a hidden gem for food lovers. While many might argue that it is only preferable for meat lovers, it’s shocking that even vegetarians can indulge themselves in savory, delectable dishes! And no, the city is not just about its deep-dish pizzas or hot dogs, but much more to cater to plant lovers, too!

While you picture yourself taking a stroll down the lane, stopping by the prestigious Intelligentsia Coffee to buy your favorite cappuccino, make sure to walk a little more and get yourself acquainted with one of the finest menus, offering everything from hearty veggie burgers to gourmet pizzas and much more. Well, the salads offered by Chicago’s restaurants deserve their hype!

So if you’re looking for vegetarian options in Chicago and are too tired to hear that the city serves the best non-veg options, check this insider guide and visit the top vegetarian picks in Chicago!

Top 5 Vegetarian Picks In Chicago

1. Bloom Plant Based Kitchen

Situated in Wicker Park, Bloom Plant-Based Kitchen provides a refined vegan dining experience that emphasizes the use of fresh, plant-derived ingredients. It offers unique meals such as cashew-e-pepe and banana blossom tacos that are not only innovative but also vegan. Health-conscious people looking to explore new cuisine find this place trendy due to its cool sleek ambiance combined with lots of greenery and artistic lighting.

Visitor’s Tip

While the food is sure to leave your taste buds wanting more, the dessert is no less than a treat. Make sure to have Chef Rodolfo Cuadros’ Chocolate Tres Leches. Also, Bloom’s chic ambiance and innovative menu earned it recognition as one of Chicago’s best new restaurants in 2022.

Pricing

The majority of main courses at Bloom are priced between $12 and $18 per person, with an average dinner bill being around $15-$25 per head.

Address: 1559 N Milwaukee Ave, Chicago, IL 60622, United States

Website: Bloom Plant Based Kitchen

2. Annapurna Simply Vegetarian

Annapurna Simply Vegetarian, nestled in the heart of West Ridge on Devon Avenue, has proudly been a part of the Chicago Indian dining landscape since 1982. Renowned for its South Indian cuisine, the restaurant specializes in vegetarian dishes with options such as Paneer Masala Dosa and Uttapam - a thick lentil pancake. The name Annapurna means "perfect food" and reflects the restaurant's mission to serve authentic vegetarian dishes that are both flavorful and traditional and appeal to palates old and new. Chef Kalpana Patel is the reason behind Annapurna, serving flavors of South Indian food on a single plate.

Visitor’s Tip

Order the Paneer Masala Dosa, a crowd-pleasing staple that has a perfect blend of spices. Annapurna is exceedingly popular for its Mysore Pak; a dessert made of sweet and dense layers of chickpea flour that has been recommended by locals and tourists alike. 

Pricing

The pricing is quite affordable with mains typically ranging from $10 to $15, making it a great spot for a satisfying meal without breaking the bank. 

Address: 2600 W Devon Ave, Chicago, IL 60659, United States

Website: Annapurna Simply Vegetarian

3. The Chicago Diner

Chicago’s best-kept secret- The Chicago Diner. It has been serving delicious, mouth-watering vegetarian dishes since 1983. Known for its comforting dishes and retro vibe, this spot offers a wide range of options from hearty vegan burgers to decadent vegan milkshakes. Their famous "Radical Reuben" and "Soy Corn Tamale" are local favorites.

Visitor's Tip

A must-have while you’re at The Chicago Diner- "Chicago Diner's Famous Vegan Chocolate Cake"—it's been winning accolades for years and is a must-try for dessert lovers. The diner also boasts a cozy, vintage atmosphere that makes it a perfect spot for a relaxed meal.

Pricing

The food is priced in an affordable range between $7- $20. 

Address: 2333 N Milwaukee Ave, Chicago, IL 60647, United States

Website: The Chicago Diner

4. Planta Queen

As the name suggests, this restaurant serves one of the finest plant-based cuisines. Planta Queen, originating from Canada has one of the most unique and innovative dishes such as crispy gyoza filled with carrots and mushrooms. The executive Chef, David Lee, has crafted dishes that not only serve the general public but also the ones allergic to certain food items. For vegans who wish to explore a fusion of plants and spices, Planta Queen stands out to be the best. Dishes such as udon noodles with truffle mushroom and dehydrated watermelon nigiri are sure to elevate your taste buds.

Visitor’s Tip

Make sure to try their fun cocktails like “Sake To Me”. It complements the food and is sure to catch your attention. 

Pricing

The pricing of Planta Queen is a bit on the higher end given its popularity and exotic dishes. The meals range from $20. 

Address: 413 N Clark St, Chicago, IL 60654, USA

Website: Planta Queen

5. Can’t Believe It’s Not Meat

As interesting as the name is, the dishes are no less. The dishes are sure to leave an impact as you immerse yourself in the perfect blend of spices and vegetables. If you’re transitioning into a vegan or vegetarian lifestyle, then this place is perfect for you! The “flexitarian” menu provides for meat dishes without actually using meat. 

Visitor’s Tip

Don’t forget to try their famous loaded Philly cheesesteak and the meatless Chicago dog. Also, the cult’s favorite, “Who Betta Burger” is sure to leave you licking your fingers!

Pricing

The pricing is decent enough for the average public to try between $10-$20 per item. 

Address: 226 W Chicago Ave, Chicago, IL 60654, United States

Website: Can’t Believe It’s Not Meat

Wrapping up!

In Chicago, the vegetarian dining community is as vibrant and manifold as the city itself. These best spots offer something for every taste, from the nostalgic charm of The Chicago Diner to the innovative elegance of Althea and the creative flair at Can’t Believe It’s Not Meat. These restaurants provide an exceptional range of vegetarian dishes that prove skipping meat does not mean that we cannot enjoy a satiating and tasty meal. So, next time you are in Chicago, be sure to check out these hotspots to enjoy memorable moments while dining.

Experience the best of vegetarian dining in Chicago!

Point of sale

Key Responsibilities of ISO & ISV for POS Buyers

Sahana Ananth
August 23, 2024
2 mins

Ever wondered what the difference is between an ISO and a POS ISV? These two key players in the point-of-sale industry work together to provide businesses with the tools and services they need to thrive. Let's dive into their roles, responsibilities, and the benefits they bring to the table in this blog.

Who Are ISO & ISV: Let’s Cover The Basics

ISO (Independent Sales Organization): Think of ISOs as the matchmakers of the payment world. They connect merchants with the right payment processors, handle all the paperwork, and ensure transactions go smoothly. They're like the friendly neighborhood payment experts.

POS ISV (Independent Software Vendor): POS ISVs are the tech wizards behind the scenes. They create the software that businesses use to manage sales, inventory, and customer data. Imagine them as the masterminds of the point-of-sale systems. Some examples are Oracle Symphony, Square, OneHubPOS

ISO vs ISV: Roles & Responsibilities Comparison Chart

ISO Responsibilities When Providing POS Solutions

ISOs (Independent Sales Organizations) play a crucial role in the payment processing ecosystem, particularly when providing POS (Point-of-Sale) solutions. Here are some of their key responsibilities:

Merchant Acquisition and Onboarding

  • Identifying and acquiring merchants: ISOs actively seek out potential merchants who can benefit from their POS solutions and payment processing services.
  • Onboarding process: Once a merchant is acquired, the ISO guides them through the onboarding process, which includes collecting necessary documentation, setting up payment processing accounts, and configuring the POS system.

Payment Processing

  • Transaction processing: ISOs handle the authorization, capture, settlement, and reconciliation of transactions processed through the POS system.
  • Chargeback management: They manage chargebacks and disputes that may arise, working with merchants and acquiring banks to resolve issues.
  • Fraud prevention: ISOs implement fraud prevention measures to protect merchants and their customers from fraudulent activities.

POS System Implementation

  • Hardware and software selection: ISOs often assist merchants in selecting the appropriate POS hardware and software based on their specific needs and budget.
  • System configuration: They configure the POS system to meet the merchant's requirements, including customization of settings, integration with other systems, and user training.

Customer Support and Training

  • Technical support: ISOs provide technical support to merchants and their staff, helping them resolve any issues or problems they may encounter with the POS system.
  • Training: They offer training sessions to merchants and their employees on how to use the POS system effectively, including features, functionalities, and troubleshooting tips.

Compliance and Regulatory Adherence

  • Regulatory compliance: ISOs must ensure that they and their merchants adhere to all relevant payment processing regulations, such as PCI DSS (Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard).
  • Risk management: They implement risk management measures to protect against fraud, chargebacks, and other risks associated with payment processing.

Merchant Services

  • Additional services: ISOs may offer additional services to merchants, such as loyalty programs, gift card solutions, and mobile payment acceptance.

By effectively fulfilling these responsibilities, ISOs can help merchants streamline their operations, improve customer satisfaction, and grow their businesses.

POS ISV Responsibilities

POS ISVs (Independent Software Vendors for Point-of-Sale) play a crucial role in providing businesses with the tools they need to manage their operations effectively. Here are some of their key responsibilities:

Software Development and Maintenance

  • Product development: POS ISVs develop and maintain POS software applications that meet the specific needs of various industries and business sizes.
  • Feature updates: They continually update their software with new features, enhancements, and improvements to stay competitive and meet evolving market demands.
  • Technical support: POS ISVs provide technical support to their customers, helping them troubleshoot issues and resolve problems.

Integration and Compatibility

  • System integrations: POS ISVs ensure that their software can integrate seamlessly with other business systems, such as accounting software, inventory management systems, and payment gateways.
  • Hardware compatibility: They test their software with various POS hardware devices to ensure compatibility and optimal performance.

Customization and Flexibility

  • Customization options: POS ISVs offer customization options to allow businesses to tailor the software to their specific requirements and workflows.
  • Flexibility: They design their software to be flexible and adaptable to changes in business needs.

User Interface and Experience

  • User-friendly interface: POS ISVs strive to create intuitive and user-friendly interfaces that are easy for employees to navigate and use.
  • Customer experience: They focus on enhancing the customer experience by providing features such as customer loyalty programs, gift card management, and mobile payment acceptance.

Security and Compliance

  • Data security: POS ISVs implement robust security measures to protect customer data and prevent unauthorized access.
  • Compliance: They ensure that their software complies with relevant industry standards and regulations, such as PCI DSS (Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard).

Training and Support

  • User training: POS ISVs provide training to their customers on how to use the software effectively, including features, functionalities, and troubleshooting tips.
  • Ongoing support: They offer ongoing support to customers, including technical assistance, updates, and maintenance.

By fulfilling these responsibilities, POS ISVs can help businesses streamline their operations, improve efficiency, and enhance the customer experience.

Key Questions for POS Customers to Ask ISOs

When considering partnering with an ISO (Independent Sales Organization) for your POS (Point-of-Sale) needs, it's essential to ask the right questions to ensure you're making an informed decision. Here are some key questions to consider:

General Questions

  • Experience and Expertise: How long has your company been in the payment processing industry? What experience do you have in the POS market?
  • Service Area: Do you serve businesses in my industry or region?
  • Customer References: Can you provide references from satisfied customers?

POS System and Features

  • Supported POS Systems: What POS systems do you integrate with? Can you recommend a system based on my business needs?
  • Customization Options: How customizable are the POS systems you offer? Can they be tailored to my specific business requirements?
  • Hardware Compatibility: What hardware devices are compatible with the POS systems you offer?
  • Integration Capabilities: Can the POS system integrate with other business systems, such as accounting software or inventory management?

Payment Processing

  • Accepted Payment Methods: What payment methods do you accept (e.g., credit cards, debit cards, mobile payments)?
  • Processing Fees: What are your processing fees and how are they calculated? Are there any additional charges or fees?
  • Chargeback Management: How do you handle chargebacks and disputes?
  • Security Measures: What security measures do you have in place to protect against fraud and data breaches?

Customer Support and Services

  • Customer Support: What type of customer support do you offer? Is it available 24/7?
  • Training: Do you provide training on how to use the POS system?
  • Additional Services: Do you offer any additional services, such as loyalty programs, gift card solutions, or mobile payment acceptance?

Contract and Terms

  • Contract Terms: What are the terms and conditions of the contract? What is the contract length and renewal process?
  • Cancellation Policy: What is the cancellation policy? Are there any early termination fees?

By asking these questions, you can gather the information you need to make an informed decision and select an ISO that best meets your business requirements.

ISO Benefits of Partnering with POS Software Providers

When ISOs and POS ISVs join forces, it's like a match made in payment heaven.

  • Enhanced Value Proposition: Imagine offering your merchants a one-stop-shop for all their payment and POS needs. It's like providing a Swiss Army knife for their business.
  • Increased Revenue: By bundling POS solutions with payment processing, you can generate additional revenue streams.
  • Expanded Reach: POS ISVs can help you reach a wider range of merchants, expanding your customer base.
  • Reduced Operational Costs: Leveraging a POS ISV's expertise can streamline your operations and reduce costs.
  • Improved Customer Experience: A unified solution provides a seamless experience for merchants, leading to increased satisfaction and loyalty.
  • Competitive Advantage: Stand out from the competition by offering a comprehensive solution.

In conclusion, the partnership between ISOs and POS ISVs is a win-win for everyone involved. By combining their strengths, they can provide businesses with the tools and support they need to succeed in today's competitive market. So, if you're an ISO looking to elevate your business, consider partnering with a POS ISV. It could be the best decision you ever make.

Point of sale

Top Pain Points of Restaurant Owners Without Using a POS System

Satheesh Kanchi
August 22, 2024
2 mins

Running a restaurant is no walk in the park. The food industry is like a never-ending sprint, where everyone’s trying to outdo each other. If you're a restaurant owner, keeping everything smooth can help you win and make sure your customers leave happy and full! 

That’s where you need a tech solution: POS systems. After all, they do everything from writing down orders to making sure you don’t run out of ingredients. But some restaurant owners are still doing things the old-school way, manually. And that’s where the problem starts. 

This blog explores the top restaurant owner challenges restaurant owners to deal with when they don’t have a restaurant POS system and how it can really hurt their business success.

What’s Really Messing Up Your Restaurant’s Flow?

Writing down orders on a notepad, guessing how much stock you’ve got left, and crunching numbers with a calculator – running a restaurant can get messy when you're doing everything by hand. It's a recipe for restaurant owner challenges! 

You end up with customers waiting forever, getting the wrong dishes, and leaving with disappointment instead of smiles. It doesn't just disturb the flow; it hits your profits too. When operations slow down, you can't serve as many people, especially during busy hours. And if customers aren't happy, that’s going to hurt your profits.

Every Day Restaurant Owner Challenges

1. Food Spoilage

58% of restaurant owners are trying to keep an eye on food waste, but only 30% have a game plan to hit this goal. On the show Kitchen Nightmares, Gordon Ramsay, a famous British chef, restaurateur, and television personality, often found restaurants with serious food spoilage. They weren’t managing their inventory properly.

With no POS system, keeping track of inventory in real-time can be a real headache. It’s easy to lose track of what you have in stock. You either end up buying way too much or forgetting to use what you’ve got. Next thing you know, you’ve got a fridge full of spoiled food. The cost of spoiled food can quickly add up, eating into the restaurant's profits and contributing to waste.

2. Too Many Tablets

When Taco Bell, the Mexican-inspired Quick Service Restaurant, didn’t have a POS system to keep things in check, it often ended up with a bunch of tablets — each one connected to a different delivery or online ordering system

Trying to handle orders from all those different tablets can get pretty chaotic. You might miss an order or mix things up without an mPOS. Before you know it, customers are unhappy.

3. Low Customer Retention

Suppose your pizzeria relies on handwritten orders and manual customer records. A regular customer visits and orders their favorite pizza, but the staff forgets to note it down correctly. When it doesn’t arrive, the customer is frustrated. For such a scenario, having a Kitchen Display System is a must.

Restaurant loyalty is already one of the key restaurant owner challenges. Keeping track of what your diners like, their order history, and their feedback is tough without a POS system. This makes it almost impossible to give them a personalized experience or run clever marketing campaigns. If customers don’t feel the love, they might just ghost you, and you’ll miss out on repeat business. 

4. High Labor Costs

When your restaurant manages staff manually, you hire more people to handle orders, payments, and inventory, including:

  • Cashiers to process orders and payments by hand
  • Inventory clerks to keep track of stock levels manually
  • Order runners to take orders from the floor to the kitchen and vice versa
  • Bookkeepers to handle financial records and payroll

This bumps up your labor costs since you’re spending more on people who a feature-rich POS system could replace. Plus, juggling staff manually means you might end up with a crowd of workers on a slow day or not enough during rush hour, which hits your labor costs and cuts into your profits.

5. Frequent Menu Updates

Being a part of the competitive restaurant market, keeping your menu hip and happening is a must! This ensures you match what customers want and what's in trend. But if you don’t have a POS system, menu management can be a real hassle. You’ve got to:

  1. manually tell your staff about the changes
  2. print new menus and replace old ones at tables
  3. revise menu information on your website and delivery platforms
  4. modify inventory orders to align with new menu items
  5. make sure the ordering process reflects the change

This takes a lot of time and can easily lead to mix-ups, leaving your staff and customers confused.

6. Restaurant Staffing Issues

Scheduling shifts, training new hires, and keeping track of how everyone’s doing can get unmanageable without an Android-based POS system. If you’re still doing it all by hand, you’re likely dealing with double shifts, understaffed dinner rushes, you name it. Plus, tracking who’s doing what or sorting out payroll add more stress to your plate.

7. Order Management Issues / Managing Stock in Multiple Branches

During a peak dinner rush, servers can accidentally mix up two orders, resulting in the wrong dishes being prepared. If you've got more than one restaurant, juggling orders and inventory across all the spots is a challenge. 

Without a cloud POS system to keep track of stock levels, transfer inventory between branches, and manage orders, you might end up with chaos – one branch is starving for ingredients while the others have a pantry full of everything. And that’s how you get disappointed customers who didn’t get what they wanted.

8. Supplier Management

Your restaurant’s supply chain might be looking like this:

  1. Order ingredients from suppliers.
  2. Get them delivered to the kitchen.
  3. Prep the food.
  4. Serve it to customers.
  5. Pay the suppliers. 

Without a POS system, keeping track of orders, deliveries, and invoices can get pretty confusing. You end up with late ingredients, wrong orders, and unhappy suppliers. Plus, without clear data on what you’re buying, you might miss out on better deals or ways to make your supply chain run smoother.

9. Stock Theft

It's a sad truth, but stock theft is something a lot of restaurant owners have to deal with. In fact, 75% of employees admit they've stolen something at least once from their employer. 

Without a POS system keeping track of inventory in real-time, it's tough to spot discrepancies between recorded stock levels and actual inventory. This lack of oversight means theft can easily slip by unnoticed, which hurts the restaurant's bottom line and raises costs.

10. Demand Forecasting

Guessing what customers want helps keep track of inventory and cut down on waste. Without a POS system, restauranters are stuck with old records and guesswork to predict what’s needed. This can be pretty hit-or-miss, which might lead to having too much or too little stock. If you don’t get it right, popular dishes might run out during busy times, leaving customers unhappy.

11. Inventory Management Problems

Keeping track of inventory is super important for managing costs and running a restaurant smoothly. Without a POS system, you’re basically playing a guessing game with stock levels. This can mean ordering way too much or running out of stuff, causing kitchen chaos, slow orders, and annoyed customers. Plus, all that wasted food just makes your budget hurt.

12. Billing and Payment Inefficiencies

Handling restaurant payments by hand can be a real hassle and prone to mistakes. Staff have to do all the math, apply discounts, and process payments manually. This can slow cash management down, especially when it’s busy. Plus, mistakes like wrong charges or missed payments are more likely, which can upset customers and hurt the restaurant’s bottom line.

13. Staff Management Difficulties

Without a POS system, scheduling shifts, tracking hours, and handling payroll manually can be a real headache. You might end up with shift conflicts or mistakes in tracking hours. Plus, without data on how your staff is performing, it’s hard to spot your top workers or deal with those who aren’t pulling their weight.

14. Customer Relationship Management

Building good relationships with your customers helps get them to come back and talk positively about your place. Without a POS system, keeping track of what customers like, their feedback, and their loyalty can be tough. You’ll miss out on making their dining experience special and setting up loyalty rewards for repeat customers. So, you might miss out on chances to create lasting connections with your customers.

15. Lack of Automation

Automation makes running a restaurant way easier and less stressful for the staff. Otherwise, you’re stuck doing everything manually — taking orders, managing inventory, and handling billing. This means more time spent on tasks and higher labor costs, which cuts into your productivity. Plus, without OneHubPOS restaurant POS features, service can be all over the place and wait times can drag, making your customers less happy.

16. Faulty Profitability Calculations

With no POS system, tracking sales, costs, and inventory is likely to get messy. Take a bistro, for example — the staff might jot down sales and expenses by hand, but they’re likely missing out on important details like ingredient costs or best-selling items. This sloppy data makes it tough to figure out real profits. The result? Bad pricing or missed chances to save money! 

With OneHubPOS, you can take charge of your restaurant’s profits and menu engineering

Try our food cost calculator and start improving your earnings with ease.

How a POS System Can Fix These Restaurant Woes

A reliable POS system offers you lots of useful features whether you're running a restaurant, food truck, or small retail business.

1. Take Control of Orders

A POS system keeps all order information and updates in one place. This speeds up processing, cuts down on mistakes, and makes serving customers quicker. Plus, you can manage orders from your restaurant, online, and delivery all from one spot, so you don’t need a bunch of different devices. 

2. Master Your Inventory 

With a POS system, you can keep an eye on your inventory as it updates in real-time. This helps avoid running out of stock, cuts down on waste, and makes sure your cloud kitchen runs smoothly. Plus, it helps you figure out what you’ll need based on past trends. Consequently, you’re not over or under-ordering. So, you don’t end up with 50 pounds of cheese and no one to eat it!

3. Ease Your Billing and Payment Processes

A POS system makes payments contactless. It crunches the numbers, dishes out discounts, and takes care of payments for you. No more mistakes and super-fast checkouts mean happy customers. Plus, it works with cash, cards, and even QR code mobile payments, so everyone can pay how they like.

4. Manage Your Staff Better 

A POS system eases handling staff. It takes care of scheduling, tracking hours, and payroll automatically. It makes sure shifts are spot on and helps keep track of who's doing great or needs a bit of a boost. Moreover, adopting self-ordering kiosks reduces the need for employing huge staff. 

5. Amazing Customer Relationship Management

A POS system knows what your customers like, what they’ve ordered before, and their thoughts on your food. This way, you can deliver exactly what they crave and present them with promotions that actually makes them excited. It helps make stronger connections with your customers, potentially turning one-time visitors into regulars. Plus, it can handle loyalty programs to reward your regulars and keep them coming through your doors.

POS System to Make Your Life Easier 

Running a restaurant without a POS system is like asking for trouble. You're so likely to face chaos with orders, sky-high labor costs, and inventory disasters. Your customers will be disappointed, you’ll waste resources, and your profits will take a hit. 

OneHubPOS features can fix all this! Once you get it, order chaos is sorted, billing is done with a snap, and inventory is under control. It’s an amazing investment that makes your restaurant more efficient and enjoyable for your customers. Basically, it’s a smart move for a more organized and profitable business. Book a call with OneHubPOS today.

QSR restaurants

Menu Pricing Strategies Every Small Business Needs

Sahana Ananth
August 21, 2024
2 mins

When restaurant prices shot up by 27.2% since June 2019, people stopped eating out as much. To win them back, chains like McDonald’s, Burger King, and Taco Bell started offering $5 meal deals. But what about smaller establishments? 

Setting prices can be tricky for small business owners. They have to juggle market competition, changing ingredient costs, and what customers expect. With all this, they’ve to set the right prices on a menu. The price should strike the perfect balance between value and profitability.  

This blog explores steps and tips to help small business owners create menu pricing strategies that bring success without unnecessary stress.

The Lowdown on Menu Pricing Strategies

Example of a Balanced Menu

You want to charge enough to make a nice profit but not so much that your customers go away. So, menu pricing is that art and science of setting prices for items. It directly affects how much money you make, how happy your customers are, and how you stack up against competitors.

Get Your Menu Pricing Right: 3 Key Factors to Check

  • Food cost percentage is part of your earnings that goes into buying ingredients. Usually, a food cost percentage of 25-35% ensures profitability while keeping prices reasonable.
  • Raw food cost is the exact amount you spend on ingredients for each dish. It helps you price dishes accurately after considering both cost and desired profit.
  • Gross profit margin is the gap between what you charge and what it costs to make. More margin means more profit.

Menu Pricing Hacks: A Simple How-To

Here’s a guide to menu pricing strategies for small business owners:

Step 1: Research Your Market

Get to know your customers, what they usually spend on, and what they really like. You can gather this information through the following ways:

  • surveys
  • online reviews
  • social media analysis

For example, a food truck in a college town might need to be budget-friendly. Plus, it should have quick-meal options. This appeals to students.

Step 2: Analyze Costs and Overheads

Example of the Division of Costs and Overheads

To set the right prices, you need to know all your costs and expenses. This includes the following:

  • raw ingredients
  • rent
  • utilities
  • labor
  • marketing
  • small items like napkins and packaging

Let’s say your tofu sandwich sets you back $2.50 and you’ve got an extra $1.00 for all overhead costs. Then, your total cost would be $3.50.

Step 3: Set Profit Margins

Food costs and overheads can further help you decide on the profit margin for each menu item. Just add a percentage to your costs to get the selling price. So, if that tofu sandwich costs you $3.50 and you’re aiming for a 30% profit, you’d price it at $5.00.

Step 4: Conduct Competitor Analysis

Consider similar businesses in your area or those targeting the same customer base. Analyze their menus, pricing, and customer reviews. You can visit them, go to their websites, or use tools like Google Reviews to see what’s up. Then, decide if you want to match their prices, go cheaper, or charge more, but keep an eye on your profits!

Step 5: Understand Customer Psychology

Pricing is more about perception and not just numbers. For this reason, customers often associate price with quality. So, setting your prices too low might make them question the quality of your offerings. Conversely, too high a price could deter them altogether. 

Test different price points to understand customer psychology. You can also offer a range of options at various price levels to see how customers respond. Then, observe purchasing patterns and customer reviews to know what price ranges are most appealing to your audience.

Step 6: Create a Balanced Menu

A balanced menu mixes high-margin items, like drinks and desserts, with lower-margin ones, like main courses. Pair a pricey gluten-free granola with a humble fruit salad, for instance. Customers would happily spend more without feeling like they’re splurging.

6 Key Types of Pricing Strategies You Should Know

Figuring out menu prices depends on your goals and what’s buzzing in the market. Here are some popular menu pricing strategies for you to see what clicks for you:

1. Value-Based Pricing  

Menu of Dirt Candy, an Upscale Vegan Restaurant, in New York, USA, Exemplifying Value-based Pricing

Value-based pricing sets prices based on the perceived value to the customer. So, if your customers believe something’s top-notch or unique, they’re cool with paying a bit more for it.

For instance, a vegan-only restaurant might charge a premium for a dish. This could be because the ingredients are rare or the restaurant has an awesome ambience or theme.

2. Competitive Pricing  

Menu of Veggie Grill, a Fast-casual Vegan Restaurant Chain, Located in California 

Menu of Plant Power Fast Food, a Plant-based Fast Food Restaurant Chain, Located in California 

Veggie Grill and Plant Power Fast Food restaurants have a similar menu as they both cater to audiences having vegan preferences or liking vegan food options. This way, many small businesses usually check what other places are charging to set their prices. It is a common pricing strategy for restaurant menu. So, if lots of places sell similar dishes or cuisines, you can try to match or beat those prices. 

3. Bundle Pricing  

Bundled Food Items at Burger King

Bundle pricing offers a deal where your customers can grab a bunch of different items together for less money than buying each piece on its own. This strategy makes the bundle seem like a better deal. This encourages customers to spend more. So, your restaurant can offer a meal deal that includes an appetizer, entrée, and dessert at a discounted rate.

4. Psychological Pricing  

Psychological pricing takes advantage of how customers perceive prices. So, a restaurant might put a $9.99 tag on a meal instead of $10.00 just to make it sound like a better deal. Here, the difference is minimal. Still, customers would see the price as significantly lower. 

5. Cost-Plus Pricing  

A Graphic Illustration of Cost-plus Pricing 

Cost-plus pricing is pretty simple. Just add up how much it costs to make a dish and a bit more to make profits. It ensures that all costs are covered. For example, a dish costs $5 to make. Then, you add a 30% markup. So, the final price would be $6.50.

6. Loss Leader Pricing  

A Menu Board Showing Discounted Cocktail Prices 

Loss leader pricing involves selling one or more products at a loss to attract customers. The hope is that they’ll purchase additional items at regular prices. So, you can sell a popular dish at a very low price to draw in diners who can then buy other, more profitable items.

How to Price Your Services: 10 Tips That Work

Here are ten service pricing strategies to consider for your restaurant, café, bistro, or food truck:

1. Good, Better, Best Pricing  

McDonald's $1 $2 $3 Menu as an Example of Good, Better, Best Pricing

Mix it up with different price options. Like, you could have a basic burger for $10, a fancy one with extra toppings for $15, and a deluxe burger with all the best stuff for $20. This way, there's something for everyone!

2. Hourly-Based Pricing  

Source: Hourly-Based Prices of Caterers in the USA in 2024

Charge customers based on how long they hang out or how long you’re serving them. For example, a catering gig might just charge a flat rate per hour for their service. This can be advantageous for longer events. Plus, it compensates for your time and resources.

3. Premium Pricing  

Menu of Shamiana, Taj Hotel, a Chain of Luxury Hotels Exemplifying Premium Pricing 

Set higher prices if you offer high-quality or luxury items for its perceived value. For example, a restaurant offers an upscale dining experience with top-notch ingredients and exceptional service. It might use premium pricing to reflect its exclusivity and high standards.

4. Promotional Pricing  

Example of Promotional Pricing through Happy Hours

Run some cool discounts or special deals to pull in more customers. Like, have a “Happy Hour” at your café with drinks half off to get more people in the door and increase sales during slow times. 

5. Dynamic Pricing  

Source

Adjust prices based on demand, time, or other factors. For instance, a food truck at a busy festival might increase prices during peak hours when demand is high. Conversely, prices could be lower during off-peak times to encourage more sales.

6. Project-Based Pricing  

Source: An Establishment Offering Project-Based Pricing

Set a price for a specific project or event rather than individual items. So, if a bistro is doing a wedding, they might just give its client one price that includes everything — food and service — for the whole event. 

7. Value-Based Pricing

Conduct surveys to gauge perceived worth and adjust prices accordingly. Suppose you offer gourmet truffle pasta to your customers, who view it as a luxury experience. You can price it higher to reflect its perceived value. 

8. Competitive Pricing  

Restaurants Offering French Dishes in Chicago 

Keep an eye on what other restaurants are charging. Suppose you want to start a French restaurant in Chicago. To stay competitive, you can assess restaurants in Chicago so that you can decide on menu pricing. This way, you won’t miss out on customers looking for a good deal.

9. Market Penetration Pricing  

Example of Market Penetration Pricing for a New Restaurant 

Set lower prices to attract customers and gain market share quickly. So, let’s say you open a new café and start by giving away coffee and pastries at lower rates. Once you’ve got a bunch of loyal customers, you can start hiking up the prices little by little.

10. Skimming Pricing  

Set high initial prices for a new or unique dish. Then, lower them gradually over time as demand stabilizes. This will attract early adopters as well as a broader audience.

Price Smarter with Tech

Make the most of technology to ease making menu pricing strategies and adjusting prices. Here's how:

Point of Sale (POS) Systems  

POS systems help you easily manage and set prices for your products. You can get the best prices calculated automatically based on your costs, sales data, and customer preferences. 

OneHubPOS keeps an eye on your sales trends and helps you figure out the best prices for your menu. This way, you stay ahead of the game and make more money. Plus, it updates prices everywhere with a snap, so you don’t have to bother with all the nitty-gritty!

Menu Engineering Software  

Menu engineering software takes pricing a step further. It analyzes the profitability and popularity of each menu item. It can help you identify which items should be promoted, adjusted, or even removed based on food costs, sales performance, and customer preferences. Then, you can make informed decisions that improve your menu’s profitability and appeal. 

Online Tools and Apps  

Various online tools and apps that simplify pricing range from calculators that help determine food costs to apps that analyze competitor prices and market trends. For instance, OneHubPOS offers a food cost percentage calculator that allows you to adjust your prices based on your production costs and other factors. 

3 Bonus Tips for Picking the Perfect Pricing Plan

Since choosing the right pricing strategy for restaurant menu is crucial, we have some bonus tips to help you make the best decision:

Cover Costs  

Ensure your pricing covers all your costs. If your prices aren’t covering what you’re spending, your business could be in trouble. Just figure out how much each item or service costs you first. Then, set your prices to ensure you break even and generate profit.

Maximize Profit  

Analyze your market to understand what customers are willing to pay. Then, add a reasonable markup that reflects the value you provide. You can play around with pricing — maybe charge extra for top-quality items and see what your customers go for. Find what clicks with them!

Control Costs  

Regularly review your spending to spot where you can save some money without messing up the quality. Maybe chat with your suppliers, figure out faster production methods, or cut back on waste. 

Price Blunders: What Not to Do

Here are some common mistakes you should avoid make while trying to set the right prices:

Overpricing or Underpricing  

Do not set prices too high as it can drive customers away. But make sure you do not set them too low that it erodes your profits. So, if a coffee shop is charging $10 for a latte while other places are selling it for $5, people might just go somewhere else. And if they price it at $2 but it costs $2.50 to make, they’re basically losing cash.

Ignoring Market Trends  

Do not ignore market trends as you may miss opportunities. Suppose a bakery continues selling traditional items, but competitors capitalize on a new trend like gluten-free products. Then, it might lose market share. 

Failing to Update Prices  

Your restaurant might lose profitability if it fails to adjust menu prices after ingredient costs rise. So, you should regularly review and update prices to maintain profitability and competitiveness.

Simplified Menu Pricing Strategies for You

To simplify menu pricing strategies, start by understanding your market and analyzing costs. Then, set profit margins that balance value and profitability. Mix and match different pricing strategies like cost-plus, value-based, and competitive pricing to find what works best for your business. 

Don’t forget to regularly review costs and monitor market trends. Make sure to tweak your prices often so you stay on top and keep making a profit.

OneHubPOS has all the cool features you need to set prices, track sales, and see what your customers want. You can easily adjust your prices whenever you need to and keep your profits high. Book a call with OneHubPOS today.

Point of sale

10 Best Ways to Deal with Rude Customers and Keep Your Cool

Satheesh Kanchi
August 20, 2024
2 mins

As a restaurant owner, I’ve learned a valuable lesson from the legendary retailer Katherine: 'Make a customer, not a sale.' It’s a mantra that’s especially true in our industry. Every customer who walks through our doors is an opportunity to create a lasting impression. And let’s face it, a bad one can send them packing.

Statistics don't lie: 96% of customers will stop coming back if they experience poor customer service. That’s a staggering number that underscores the importance of handling difficult situations with grace and professionalism.

Dealing with rude customers is undoubtedly one of the most challenging aspects of running a restaurant. It can be stressful for your team, and even lead to burnout. But I’ve found that with the right approach, these situations can be turned into opportunities to showcase your exceptional customer service.

In this blog, I will show you the ten best ways to deal with rude customers and keep your cool. You'll learn how to turn a bad situation into a chance to show how great your customer service is. 

The Causes of Rude Customers in Restaurants

Before you focus on managing such a situation, you should understand the underlying cause of the customer's behavior. Often, some common issues cause frustrated customers and create a heavy situation between you two. 

  • Subpar food quality can leave anyone disappointed. They might be looking forward to a great meal, while the one you served might be below expectations. 
  • Poor customer service can make patrons feel undervalued and ignored. 
  • Mix-ups with orders add to the frustration, especially if someone's hungry.
  • Speaking of waiting, long wait times are another major gripper—no one likes to sit around when they're ready to eat.
  • Then there's the environment itself. An unclean place might make customers uneasy or even question the quality of the food. 

While none of these problems excuse rude behavior, understanding these triggers can help you figure out how to deal with rude customers in a better way.

1. Take a Deep Breath and Just Listen

So, if a customer comes to you upset, the first thing to do is calm down and listen to them. Immediately jumping in with explanations or defenses can make things worse. Focus on being there in the moment with them.

Give them a nod here and there to show you're keeping up. This confirms you're getting what they're upset about. It can defuse tension and start to build some trust. Everyone wants to feel heard, right?

So, let's say a customer tells you their food came out cold. Instead of making excuses immediately, you could respond with, "I see your meal wasn't hot enough, and we definitely don't want that. Let's figure out how to make this right immediately." 

This approach shows you're not just hearing them but are also ready to help fix the issue.

2. Remember, It's Not About You

The reason behind rude customers is something going wrong with their experience. It has nothing to do with you. It could be a late order or a mix-up with their meal. They're not mad at you personally—they're just frustrated with the situation.

Understanding this and staying calm is important in such situations. You need not see their behavior as a personal attack; rather, focus on helping things sort out. 

For instance, a customer might be frustrated maybe because their steak wasn't cooked right. In such a situation, a good response could be, "I see what happened with your steak, and I'm on it. We'll sort this out quickly." 

3. Apologize and Mean It

When dealing with an angry customer, a sincere apology can go a long way. Show them you understand their frustration and you're sorry for any inconvenience they've experienced. Make sure your apology feels genuine—not just a routine response. 

For example, you could say, “I’m really sorry this happened. Let’s figure out how to make things right.” 

It will make them trust you. Customers need to see that you care about their experience just as much as they do. When they feel understood, they’re more likely to work with you towards a solution.

4. Make Sure You Got Their Point

While the situation is already messed up, you should make sure you're not making it worse by misunderstanding anything. For this, a helpful approach is to repeat what they've said but in your own words. 

It would help you in two ways: customers would know you're getting what's bothering them, and it assures them you're in this together to sort it out.

Let's say a customer's order has arrived late. In such a scenario, you could respond with, "I see you're upset because your meal didn't come out on time. Let's figure out how to fix this."

5. Let's Find a Fix Together

Tell your rude customers what they want to hear; we're in this together and show them you care about their experience. Sometimes, just replacing the item or tossing in something extra can turn the whole situation around.

Here's a good example: suppose a customer is dissatisfied because their coffee is too cold. A quick fix would be to brew a new cup right away and perhaps offer a freshly baked cookie on the house as a gesture of goodwill.

6. Politely Draw the Line

It's important to keep things respectful from both sides. If a conversation with a customer starts getting too heated or rude, it's okay to set some clear boundaries gently. You're there to help, but everyone needs to stay respectful to sort things out effectively.

If things start to escalate, stay calm and explain your stance. Assure the customer that you're eager to help, but for this, you both need to keep the conversation respectful to progress. 

If a customer starts to raise their voice or use harsh language, you could say, "I want to help sort this out, but let’s keep the conversation respectful so we can get to a solution." This shows them you’re here to help, but you’re also aiming for a respectful conversation to fix the problem.

7. Call in Backup When Needed

Sometimes, no matter how hard you try, a situation with a customer might go beyond what you can handle alone. That's when you should call in your manager. Managers have the experience and the authority to address complex issues that might feel out of their depth. 

If a customer becomes very demanding or the problem is too tricky for you to solve, your manager can step in to take the heat and offer solutions you might not be authorized to provide.

For instance, if a customer insists on a refund that's against store policy for you to authorize, introducing your manager can help clarify the situation and explore possible compromises.

8. Check on Your Other Guests

After smoothing over a tough situation with a customer, it's also key to touch base with your other guests. They might have noticed the disruption, and a quick word can reassure them that everything's back on track. This simple act shows that you value their experience as much as resolving the issue.

A smile and a quick apology can do wonders. If there is a big disruption, think about doing something nice for them, like offering a free dessert or coffee. It's a little way to show a lot of appreciation.

For example, if a loud argument at a nearby table was resolved, you might approach another table and say, "Thanks for your patience during that rough patch. Please enjoy a coffee with us today." 

9. Take a Breather Afterward

Handling a rude customer might make you feel drained, so take time to make yourself feel better afterward. It's important for you to clear your head so that you don't carry baggage after a tough interaction, and your customers get the best of you!

Maybe step out for a walk, take some deep breaths, or crack a joke with a colleague. Doing so can wash away the stress and keep it from taking over your day. Now, you're ready to greet the next customer with a smile, just like it's a brand-new start.

10. Learn and Move On

Every challenging interaction with a customer is an opportunity to learn. After things have settled, take a moment to think about the experience. What went well? Think about what could have gone better. 

Could a different approach have calmed things down faster? Did you miss any hints that the customer was starting to get frustrated? Thinking about these moments can help you improve at managing tough situations. Picking up on those little clues will make things better next time.

11. Enable Team to Handle Rude Customers

As a restaurant owner, it's essential to equip your team with the tools they need to handle challenging customer interactions. Here are some strategies to consider:

  1. Role-playing: Conduct regular training sessions where staff can practice dealing with difficult scenarios.
  2. Empathy training: Encourage your team to understand customers' perspectives and respond with empathy.
  3. Communication skills: Teach your staff effective communication techniques, such as active listening and de-escalation tactics.
  4. Empowerment: Give your team the authority to make decisions and resolve issues within certain parameters.
  5. Support system: Ensure your team has access to resources and support, such as employee assistance programs, to help them cope with stress.

By investing in your team's development, you can create a culture where they feel confident and capable of handling even the most challenging customer interactions.

Final Thoughts

Managing rude customers is something you have to deal with when working in a restaurant. Even if your restaurant is known for the best quality food in town or is praised for its quality service, you’re still likely to encounter difficult guests. To navigate such situations, you need to prepare your team beforehand.

Make sure to have clear limits and try to offer quick solution to the customers to prevent things from getting out of hand. Staying cool when things heat up isn't always simple, but if you keep your empathy front and center and remember not to take things to heart, you'll be better at dealing with tough situations.

Sometimes, the root of customer dissatisfaction lies in operational delays or errors. You can adopt a POS solution that streamlines your operations and enhances customer experience to mitigate the common triggers of customer frustration. Upgrade your POS system for just $1 and enjoy three months of enhanced, efficient service.

Restaurants Payments

Why Your Restaurant Payments Need POS Integration Now

Sahana Ananth
August 16, 2024
2 mins

With everyone preferring mobile payments, the average transaction value per person shot up to about $2,100 a year in 2023. The biggest fans? The 25 to 34-year-old crowd, who make up almost 30% of mobile POS users. 

This is proof that integrating restaurant payments with your Point of Sale system isn’t just a bonus anymore. It’s essential. It improves operational efficiency and the customer experience. Ultimately, these perks can lead to your restaurant's success and enhance profitability. This blog explores how you can get started with your restaurant's online payment systems.

Why Integrate Your Restaurant Payments with Your POS

When you integrate your payment system restaurant with your POS, you're improving the customer experience, as the integration makes your operations smoother and keeps a closer eye on your finances. Here's how:

Improved Customer Experience 

Paying for order

Not having restaurant online payment systems integrated to your POS makes the checkout process slower. This might make guest payments frustrating and leave a bad impression of your restaurant, which can definitely hurt repeat business.

On the other hand, a well-integrated system makes restaurant payments smooth and quick. This cuts down on wait times and makes dining out more enjoyable. 

Consequently, you get happier customers who are more likely to come back. 

Well-managed Operations

Young waiter writing order on touchpad while serving guests in a bar

You're more likely to be looking at errors and operational bottlenecks without a POS integration, which can seriously mess with your restaurant’s flow. 

But once you integrate your restaurant online payment systems with your POS system, it makes processing orders and payments efficient. It also cuts down on errors and keeps the workflow smooth. This is more specifically required in a quick service restaurant setting. 

Better Financial Tracking

Manually keeping tabs on finances can be a hassle and prone to errors. Consequently, managing your restaurant payments becomes a lot more difficult. On the other hand, integrated systems give you accurate, real-time financial data. Ultimately, tracking sales, managing finances, and making smart business decisions become a way easier. 

Super Helpful Data Reports

A practical POS system integration like OneHubPOS gives you access to detailed data reports about your restaurant. When you know how operations are running and what your customers are up to, you can better manage and grow your restaurant. 

  1. Guest Total Spends

Guest total spends show how much each customer spends on average. It helps you spot high-value customers and understand spending patterns. Then, you can tailor promotions and rewards. This is a smart tactic to encourage repeat visits and build stronger customer loyalty.

  1. Average Spend Per Cover

The average spend per cover is the typical amount each customer spends. It helps you understand spending habits and tweak your pricing strategies. Suppose you find the average spend is lower than you’d like. Then, you can try upselling or making menu changes. This would encourage customers to spend more, which can help increase your revenue.

  1. Menu Items

POS integration gives you detailed insights into menu pricing. You can check how your items are performing, which dishes are popular and which aren’t. It allows you to make changes to your menu accordingly. 

  1. Designated Servers

Integrating POS systems gives you a look at your restaurant’s sales and customer interactions. You can track how individual servers are performing. This helps you spot your top performers and see where others might need a bit of extra training. Using this data, you can reward great service and increase customer satisfaction.

  1. Reservation Times

Tracking reservation times helps you figure out when your restaurant is busiest and when it's quieter. This insight lets you manage staffing. You can bring in more staff during rush hours. Plus, you can do happy hours during slower periods. These decisions can help you draw in more customers and make the most of your tables.

7 Steps to Integrate Your Payment System with Your Restaurant POS

You can tackle the restaurant POS-payment system integration through a few clear steps. This approach ensures a smooth transition, minimizes disruptions, and helps you get the most out of the integration.

Step 1: Assess Your Current POS System

You need to take a close look at your current system to see if it’ll work with the restaurant online payment systems you're considering. Check whether you need any software updates or hardware upgrades for the integration. 

Step 2: Choose the Right Payment System

Choosing the right payment system is a big deal and needs a good amount of thought. You should weigh key aspects like cost, features, and the level of support available. 

For example, some restaurant online payment systems come with amazing features like contactless payments or loyalty program integration. They can really improve the customer experience and add extra value. Plus, you must pick a system that offers strong customer support. This would help you out if any issues pop up during or after the setup.

Step 3: Plan the Integration Process

When you're planning the integration process, you must map out a detailed timeline. You should also figure out what resources you’ll need, like staff time and tech support. 

Make sure everyone involved knows their roles and what’s expected of them. This planning stage makes the transition and daily operations running smoother while the integration is underway.

Step 4: Configure POS System Settings

Setting up your POS system to work with a new payment system means adjusting certain settings like tax rates, payment types, and user permissions. For instance, if you're adding mobile restaurant payments or connecting to a new payment gateway, you'll need to modify these settings so your POS can handle everything perfectly. 

Step 5: Work with Vendors and Providers

If you collaborate with your POS and payment system vendors, it is likely to lead to a smooth integration. After all, their expertise can help tackle any technical hiccups and make sure everything works well together. Keeping in regular touch with them will also help solve problems quickly. This would reduce any disruptions to your operations and ensure a perfect transition.

Step 6: Test the Integration

You’ll want to run test transactions, check for any errors, and make sure all features are working as they should. This testing phase helps catch and fix any issues before the system goes live, so it can run smoothly and efficiently right from the start.

Step 7: Train Your Staff

Thorough training on the new system helps staff get comfortable with any new procedures or features and makes sure they're ready to use the integrated system smoothly. Good training will cut down on disruptions and help your team handle the system efficiently, which means a better payment experience for your customers.

How POS Integration Improves Operational Reporting

Linking your payment system with your POS lets you generate detailed and precise reports. Restaurant analytics offer helpful insights into different areas of your restaurant’s operations.

Flash Report

Manually putting together business reports can be a real hassle. Often, it takes up too much time and risks errors. With POS integration, creating a flash report — a quick snapshot of your restaurant's daily performance — becomes way easier. 

After all, the integrated setup can automatically pull data from various sources, and you get an accurate and timely overview of the day’s activities conveniently. For instance, a manager at a bustling restaurant can use a flash report to quickly check daily sales, compare them to targets, and make smart decisions about staffing and inventory.

Recipe Costing

Recipe costing helps you figure out how much each dish costs to make, and integrating your POS system can make this a whole lot easier. When your POS and payment systems are synced, they automatically update ingredient costs and sales data. 

As the ingredient costs change, menu prices get tweaked. This means you get accurate, up-to-date info to keep your restaurant profitable. This way, your restaurant is likely to stay profitable no matter how prices fluctuate.

Menu Engineering

Menu engineering helps you make changes to your menu to make it more profitable. It gets a major boost from having an integrated POS system. With these detailed sales data at your fingertips, it's much easier to spot which dishes are flying off the shelves and which ones are dragging. 

For example, if your POS data shows that certain dishes are super popular, you can adjust your menu to feature those more prominently or promote items with higher profit margins.

Smart Scheduling

With a lack of or delay in getting insights about your restaurant, you might end up with too many or too few staff members. This can mess with both your labor costs and customer service. But when you pull in real-time sales and customer data, you can create schedules that match up with demand.

For example, with integrated data, you can see exactly when your restaurant is the busiest. Then, you can schedule more staff for those peak times. On the same lines, during quieter periods, you can cut back on staffing to save on labor costs. This way, you go beyond just filling shifts. You're making sure your staff levels are on point.

Smart Operations

When you get a detailed look at sales, inventory, and customer preferences, you can make smarter decisions that improve efficiency and profits.  

For instance, with integrated data, you can manage inventory better and cut down on waste. You can also make sure your best-selling items are always in stock. This not only keeps your customers happy but also helps your bottom line.

Common Challenges and How to Overcome Them

Here's a table showing what challenges your payment system can present you with if you integrate it with your POS system, along with how to overcome them:

What POS Integration Means for Financial Reporting

Linking your POS system with your payment system helps you get accurate and timely financial reports, which are essential for cash management.

Daily Sales Summary

POS integration gives you real-time to improve daily sales summaries, which means everything is accurate and up-to-date. This helps keep tabs on performance and making smart decisions. Otherwise, your sales summaries might be off and delayed, and that might make it hard to get a clear picture of how you're doing. 

For instance, you can instantly pull up a daily sales summary to check performance, see how it stacks up against targets, and decide on promotions or staffing changes on the fly.

P&L Statement

A profit and loss (P&L) statement gives you a snapshot of your revenues, costs, and profits, but it becomes more effective when you use an integrated POS system. This setup keeps your data accurate and up-to-date, easing management of your finances and making smart business decisions. 

For example, with a precise P&L statement, you can spot cost-saving opportunities. You can also track your financial performance over time and make strategic moves to increase your restaurant's profitability.

Labor Data

Incomplete or inaccurate labor data makes it tough to manage labor costs and staffing levels effectively. But tracking employee hours and sales performance in real-time gives you helpful insights that help optimize staffing and improve efficiency. 

For instance, with integrated labor data, you can spot peak hours, tweak schedules as needed, and match labor costs to sales. This smooths out operations and helps cut down on labor costs.

Ready to Integrate Your Payment System with Your Restaurant POS?

Integrating your payment system with your restaurant POS helps improve efficiency, amp up the customer experience, and manage finances better. The perks are pretty clear: quicker transactions, precise reporting, and happier customers — all leading to your restaurant’s long-term success. 

Investing in a reliable payment integration system can really kick your business into high gear. OneHubPOS gives you useful insights, smooths out operations, and helps you win over customers. Just book a call with OneHubPOS today!

Point of sale

Price Like a Pro: How Menu Engineering Helps You Price Right and Sell More

Satheesh Kanchi
August 14, 2024
2 mins

If you think your restaurant's menu is merely a list of dishes, it's time to rethink. A well-engineered menu does more than display what's for dinner.

With food costs on the rise, a smartly designed menu can help you fight against inflation. This approach, known as menu engineering, goes beyond basic listings to crafting dish descriptions, strategic pricing, and psychological tactics to influence customer choices. 

In this blog, we'll learn about restaurant menu engineering with practical tips and insights to help you price right and sell more. Get ready to see your menu in a whole new light and watch your profit margins grow!

TL;DR

  • Menu engineering boosts restaurant profits by analyzing dish popularity and profitability.
  • Highlight high-margin items and use strategic pricing to influence customer choices.
  • Optimize menu design for better readability and customer satisfaction.
  • Continuously monitor menu performance and adjust based on data.
  • Collaborate with kitchen staff for insights on popular and profitable dishes.
  • Implementing menu engineering tools like OneHubPOS can enhance efficiency and profits.

What is Menu Engineering?

Menu engineering is a tactic to craft your menu strategically so that it helps boost your revenue. You do so by analyzing cost and sales data. This data gives you a crystal-clear picture of which dishes are stars and just take up space on your menu.

How does restaurant menu engineering work?

You categorize each menu item based on two key factors—popularity and profitability. For this, you pick dishes that bring financial benefits to you and attract the crowds to spotlight them.

But there's more to it than just numbers. Understanding menu psychology plays a huge role. How you describe your dishes, where they're placed on the menu, and even what the menu looks like can sway customers' choices. 

To begin, you need three basic components:

  1. Cost Analysis: It involves looking closely at what each item costs to make, from ingredients to preparation, to price your dishes smartly.
  2. Demand Forecasting: Here, you predict which dishes will be the crowd-pleasers by analyzing past sales data. 
  3. Contribution Margin: This is about finding out how much money each dish brings in after covering its costs.

Benefits of Menu Engineering

Menu engineering has many benefits, more than just increasing your revenue. Here's how focusing on restaurant menu engineering can transform your business:

Increased Profitability

The purpose of menu engineering is to pump up your profit margins. For example, prominently placing a high-margin seafood pasta could naturally lead to higher orders of that dish.

Improved Customer Satisfaction

Your menu is the first conversation you have with your guests. Make it count. A well-organized menu with clear descriptions helps customers easily choose from the best dishes. 

Enhanced Menu Design and Readability

A cluttered menu can be as confusing as a crowded street. Streamlining your menu's design makes it easier for customers to navigate. You can make simple tweaks like grouping similar items, using readable fonts, etc.

Better Inventory Management

When you understand what sells and what doesn't, you can make smarter decisions about what to stock up on and what to scale back. Inventory management not only cuts costs but also makes your operation much more efficient.

The Process of Menu Engineering

By now, you must be wondering how the menu engineering process works; here's a detailed explanation:

Analyzing Current Menu Performance

The key step in revamping your menu is to analyze your current menu performance. In this process, you figure out which dishes sell well and which don't. To get a better understanding, you need to track sales data and customer feedback.

Food Cost and Contribution Margin

To kick things off, you need to be familiar with several critical financial terms:

Menu Item Food Cost

This is simply the total cost of ingredients for each dish.

Total Food Cost Percentage

The food cost calculator tells you how much of your sales go towards the cost of the food itself. 

The sum of ingredient costs per item

Menu Item Food Cost Percentage

This shows what percentage of the price of a dish goes towards the ingredients.

Food cost per item/selling price per item*100 

Total Contribution Margin

This is what you have left from sales after paying for the food.

Total Sales - Total Food Costs

Portion Contribution Margin

It helps you understand the profitability of each portion you serve.

Selling price per item - food cost per item

Menu Item Popularity

How well do your dishes sell? Get into the restaurant analytics to understand menu item popularity better.

Why is Menu Engineering Matrix Analysis Important?

A menu engineering matrix is a method that lets you spot which dishes aren't pulling their weight and which hidden gem could bring in more money. With the cost and sales data in hand, you can categorize your menu items into four types:

  1. Stars: High profitability and high popularity. These are your menu champions.
  2. Puzzles: High profitability but low popularity. These items have potential but might need a marketing boost or a tweak in presentation.
  3. Plow Horses: Low profitability but high popularity. Your customers love these dishes but aren't making you much money.
  4. Dogs: Low profitability and low popularity. These are dishes for removal or modification.

Regularly checking in on these details helps you determine why your top sellers might be losing their luster. Are you dealing with ingredient waste, theft, or fluctuating prices? 

Menu Psychology

Understanding the psychology behind your menu design can enhance how customers interact with it. Here's how you do restaurant menu optimization:

Choice Overload

It's tempting to offer a wide variety of dishes, but did you know that most of your sales likely come from just a few items? About 80% of your sales might come from just 20% of your dishes. 

Offering too many options can overwhelm your guests, which may slow down decision-making and affect your table turnover. 

Pricing Strategy

When it comes to listing menu prices, subtle tweaks can make a big difference. For instance, leaving currency symbols next to prices can lessen the pain of parting with money, at least psychologically. Also, avoid listing prices in a column; this makes it too easy for diners to scan and choose the cheapest option.

Eye Movements and Menu Layout

People generally scan menus in predictable patterns. Some might start at the top left corner and read like a book, while others might glance first at the center or top right. Placing your most popular or profitable items in these strategic spots can catch the eye faster.

Menu Descriptions

A great description does more than list ingredients; it sells the experience. Use descriptive language to evoke taste and aroma, and don't shy away from mentioning the origin of ingredients or unique preparation methods.

Highlighting Specials

Don't forget to spotlight dishes popular or personally recommended by the chef. These callouts can guide new customers towards tried and tested favorites.

Restaurant Menu Design Aesthetics

For this, you need to focus on the below restaurant menu engineering tips. 

  1. Consistently use your logo, color schemes, and themes across all platforms.
  2. Keep your menu simple and uncluttered. Use clear fonts and organized sections.
  3. Use high-quality photos and detailed descriptions to enhance online menus. 
  4. Offering specials and allowing modifications can cater to diverse customer preferences.
  5. Ensure essential information like restaurant timings, contact details, and menu prices are easily visible on all platforms. 

Menu Cover Styles

Menu covers come in various styles, impacting how customers interact with your offerings. 

  • One-panel menus: A one-panel menu makes for quick decisions but might limit orders. 
  • Two-panel menus: A two-panel menu is often ideal. It balances ample choice with easy readability.
  • Three-panel menus: Three panels work well if offering a wide range. 
  • Many-panel menus: More than panels can overwhelm both diners and service staff.

Steps to Optimize Your Menu

Understanding the essentials, begin outlining actionable steps to refine your restaurant's menu. Keep your notebook, current menu, and cost details handy to enhance your dishes as you proceed.

Conducting a Menu Audit

Conducting a menu audit helps you ensure your offerings align with customer preferences. 

  • Start by reviewing each dish's sales data and customer feedback. 
  • Analyze seasonal trends and ingredient availability to gauge each item's relevance. 
  • Regularly update your audit logs and compare current findings with past data.

Redesigning the Menu Layout

To redesign your menu layout, begin by:

  • Organizing dishes by popularity and profitability. 
  • Use clear, appealing fonts and colors that reflect your brand's personality. 
  • Place high-margin items to catch the eye and consider customer feedback.

Adjusting Prices Strategically

For this step, consider not just the cost of ingredients but also the perceived value of each dish. For example, a high-quality, innovative dish can command a higher price if it enhances the dining experience. 

Common Mistakes to Avoid in Menu Engineering

When engineering your menu, avoid common pitfalls that can hinder your restaurant's success. 

  • Ignoring customer preferences: Disregarding what diners favor can lead to underperforming dishes, so always listen to feedback.
  • Overcomplicating the menu: A complex menu can overwhelm guests and slow service. So keep it simple. 
  • An un-updated menu: Menus that don't evolve can bore regulars. Periodic updates keep the dining experience exciting.
  • Neglecting staff training: Uninformed staff can't sell your menu effectively. Invest in regular training.

How to Implement Menu Engineering in Your Restaurant

To make things easier, here's a guide to show you how to implement menu engineering: 

Tools and Software for Restaurant Menu Engineering

OneHubPOS's menu management system is a platform that revolutionizes how you control your restaurant's menu. Here's how it benefits you:

  1. Centralize menu control: Manage and customize menus for all your locations from a single, cloud-based dashboard.
  2. Real-time product updates and inventory control: Instantly update your menu items, prices, and descriptions. 
  3. Insightful analytics: The dashboard offers deep insights into menu performance.
  4. Pricing and promotions: Easily implement and manage promotions, unique combos, and offers.

Collaborating with Chefs and Kitchen Staff

For effective menu engineering, collaboration helps you go a long way. Connect with your chefs and kitchen staff to get their thoughts on which dishes are hits, how long they take to prepare, and what ingredients are available. They will give you insights that you might otherwise have.

Continuous Monitoring and Adjustment

Menu engineering is not a set-and-forget process. Continually monitor your menu's performance through the analytics your menu management system provides. Look for trends in item sales to identify what dishes are stars and which are underperforming. Adjust your menu periodically to respond to these insights.

The Future of Menu Engineering with AI 

AI streamlines the entire menu planning process, from initial design to ongoing updates, saving you time and money. Less manual labor and more efficient food use mean lower costs and smoother kitchen operations. It also helps ensure your menu features high-demand, profitable items priced just right. 

Here's what AI brings to the table:

  • AI pinpoints which dishes are making waves and raking in profits.
  • It determines the best prices based on costs and how much customers are willing to pay.
  • It can identify underperformers so you can tweak or take off the menu.
  • AI predicts exactly how much food to prep.
  • It can customize your menus to fit local tastes perfectly.

Conclusion

Menu engineering might seem overwhelming, but it's not something you have to rush through. Start by setting a timeline, pricing out your dishes, and sorting them by popularity and profit. 

Next, work on enhancing your menu's look. Then, see how these updates affect your business.

Now is the perfect time to start refining your menu, leveraging these insights to maximize efficiency and revenue.

Consider adding technology like OneHubPOS to get real-time data analytics, automate mundane tasks, and reduce human error.

Ready to see your profits soar with smarter menu pricing? For just $1, you can optimize your menu with our advanced menu management system with the least effort. Connect to our experts to learn more.

Restaurants Payments

Restaurant Contactless Payments: 8 Things You Need to Know

Diksha Adhikari
August 13, 2024
2 mins

Almost 9 out of 10 Americans use digital payments these days. Thanks to these restaurant contactless payment methods, people no longer need to fuss about carrying cash or cards everywhere they go. The convenience of these methods has convinced people that going cashless will continue to stay. 

In this blog, we'll see how restaurant contactless payments work, why it is becoming customers' favorite, and what's ahead.

What are Contactless Payments?

Contactless payments are payment methods that handle transactions without actually exchanging cash or cards. Near-field communication (NFC) technology is used in contactless payments.

This technology is an upgraded version of RFID (Radio-Frequency Identification), the tech that's used in inventory management or keyless car entries. 

Restaurant Contactless Payment: 8 Things Restaurateurs Need To Know

Not sure of the benefits of contactless payments? Here's why you must consider it for your restaurant:

  1. Tap and Mobile Payments are Becoming the Go-to 

About 41% of consumers are set to go all-in on digital wallets by 2024. It's clear that cashless is the future of spending. People are integrating technology into every aspect of their daily routines, and managing money is no exception. 

  1. Contactless Payment are Secure

Contactless payments are super secure. With tap and mobile payments, your customers can settle their bills without ever passing their credit card to someone else, punching in a PIN, or signing a receipt.

Every time they tap to pay, their card or phone sends a unique, encrypted code to the terminal. And the best part? That code can't be used again, so there's no risk involved!

  1. Accelerate Transactions

Contactless payment employs NFC to enable payments with just a tap from a smartphone or contactless card. This quick tap not only trims down the transaction time but also keeps your customer satisfied—even during your busiest hours. 

There's less need for manual entries or physical interactions at the checkout. It means your staff can handle transactions with better efficiency. They'll have less to worry about managing cash or card swipes. 

  1. Increase Customer Spend

Nearly half of Americans reported that using digital wallets gets them to spend more when compared to using cash or cards. Without any surprise, the younger generation is more influenced, with 60% of Gen Z ending up spending more through digital wallets. 

When your customers pay through digital wallets, they don't see the cash going through their hands, so it doesn't feel heavy, as if they are spending real money. Just a few clicks, and before they know it, they've bought something. 

  1. Contactless Payment is Easy to Set-Up

Implementing contactless payment restaurant systems is very effortless. You just need to have a compatible payment processor that supports contactless transactions. 

If you're looking to integrate a seamless, robust POS system, OneHubPOS offers an all-in-one Android POS solution. Its easy-to-use and designed specifically for small restaurants to manage their day-to-day operations. 

  1. Contactless Payment Come with Low Processing Fees

Another appealing aspect of contactless payment systems is their relatively low processing fees. While traditional payment methods can often come with hefty charges, contactless technology typically offers more budget-friendly rates. 

So if you want to keep a larger portion of your revenue in your pocket rather than going towards transaction fees, switching to contactless can be a good move.

  1. Effortless Tipping with Contactless Payment Options

Restaurant contactless payment systems have cleverly adapted to ensure tipping remains straightforward, even in the swift world of tap-to-pay. Some of the systems even provide a tipping calculator to reduce the manual work for you. 

When customers use contactless methods like mobile wallets or tap cards, the payment terminal can prompt them to select a tip amount before finalizing the transaction. 

How Contactless Payments Work

Contactless payment technology lets customers pay for meals using their debit or credit cards equipped with RFID, also known as chip cards, or via other devices like smartphones and smartwatches. 

When it's time to pay, your customers simply wave their card or device near the terminal marked with a sideways wifi-like symbol. The chip in the card communicates with the terminal, and a quick beep, green light, or checkmark from the machine confirms the transaction's success.

Contactless Ways to Collect Money From Clients and Customers

While a magnetic strip or EMV chip card might take up to ten seconds to process, a contactless transaction completes in just one or two seconds. For this, you have multiple options:

  1. Contactless Plastic Payments

Modern credit and debit cards come with RFID technology—look for the small white radio waves symbol on the card. When your customer holds their card a few inches from your terminal, the embedded chip and antenna transfer the payment data in an encrypted token. 

  1. QR Codes

Your customers just scan a QR code with their phones, and it directs them to a payment portal or their mobile wallet.

  1. Mobile Wallets Like Apple Pay

With NFC technology, customers just tap their phones against the POS terminal, and the payment is processed through short-range, secure radio waves. 

  1. Online Payments

Integrating a payment gateway directly into your website streamlines customer experiences more smoothly than external services like PayPal.

  1. ACH Payments and Recurring Billing

Subscription models work great for meal kits or exclusive dining clubs, too. Set up ACH payments, and you can draw directly from customers' bank accounts.

  1. Text Your Payment

In this method, you send a payment request via text, and they can pay their bills straight from their smartphones. Super simple!

  1. Preauthorize a Transaction

Similar to tabs in a bar, preauthorization lets you hold an open payment that can adjust for final amounts. 

Implementing Contactless Payment System

Before you think of implementing a contactless payment restaurant system, you should focus on choosing the right payment system first. Here's what you should look for in a contactless payment system:

  • Security: Opt for systems that offer end-to-end encryption and tokenization.
  • Compatibility: Ensure the system can handle various payment methods.
  • Ease of use: A straightforward, intuitive interface ensures your staff and customers can use it without hassle.
  • Speed: Look for systems that process transactions quickly.

Integration with Existing POS Systems  

Merging a new contactless payment system with your current POS ensures seamless transactions by allowing data to flow smoothly between payment processing and sales recording systems. Here's how to do it:

  1. It should provide comprehensive compatibility
  2. Proper training ensures your team can handle the new system.
  3. Updating your POS to support contactless payments may also enhance its security features.

Best Practices to Ensure Security and Prevent Fraud

Contactless dinining is completely secure if you follow the below best practices:

  1. Secure Your Network and Systems

To keep your network strong and secure, you need to keep pace with the newest security updates. Maintain a regular updating routine for your systems and firewalls. 

  1. Compliance with Standards

Ensure your payment processes comply with PCI DSS (Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards). 

  1. Physical and Digital Security

Regularly inspect your devices for tampering and secure digital endpoints of your payment systems.

  1. Employee Training

Make sure your team is up to speed on the latest security must-dos and best practices. It's key they get how crucial security is right from the start.

Costs and ROI of Contactless Payments

The very first thing you need is a restaurant contactless payment machine, which usually comes with a monthly fee. Depending upon how many of them you need or whether there are big-ticket items, the cost could be added. 

Also, some providers charge authorization fees for each transaction, so keep that in mind. Apart from that, you also have a transaction fee, usually a percentage of the sale. Sure, there are some upfront costs, but think about the long-term gains—contactless payments could boost your ROI.

Future Trends in Contactless Payments

When we talk about future trends in contactless payments, biometric verification, wearables, and blockchain technology, we see them on the verge.

Biometric Verification

Biometric verification uses things like customers' fingerprints or face to make payments. Customers can simply scan their finger or smile at a camera to pay for their meal.

By using unique biometric data, it's nearly impossible for someone to replicate or steal your "payment method," unlike a credit card.

Blockchain Technology

Blockchain technology can be integrated into contactless payment in restaurants to create a decentralized ledger for transactions. Each payment transaction is recorded as a data block and linked to previous transactions.

Wearables

Ever seen someone tap their smartwatch on a reader to buy their lunch? Well, it's not only possible, but this market is already on the verge of booming. You can use your wearables, like rings and bands, to pay from your bank account.

Conclusion

The trend towards contactless payments continues to grow at a steady pace. If you haven't adopted this technology yet, you can get started now—it's quite straightforward to implement. Essentially, all you need is a payment terminal with contactless capabilities. 

Looking for a POS that enhances contactless payments for your restaurant? OneHubPOS might be what you're looking for. It supports diverse methods like NFC, integrating seamlessly with your system for quick, secure transactions and improving customer experience with fast, efficient checkouts.

Switch to OneHubPOS and give your customers the speedy service they deserve. Schedule a call and start today with OneHubPOS for just $1!

Restaurants Payments

Increase Your Restaurant's Profitability with QR Code Payment Systems

Roopak Chadha
August 12, 2024
2 mins

Once a novel tool, QR codes have become a mainstay in dining experiences. According to a 2021 study by Hospitality Technology, 37% of diners now prefer restaurants that offer digital menus over traditional paper ones. This shift indicates a broader trend towards streamlined, contactless dining solutions.

QR codes have been integrated into various aspects of dining, from exploring menus to settling bills, all with a simple scan from a smartphone. If you're a small restaurant planning to leverage this tool, by the end of this discussion, you'll know everything from why to use them and how to make the most out of them!

What Are QR Code Payments and Ordering?

QR codes are a digital medium that enables guests to access a restaurant's menu and complete their transactions with a smartphone scan.

QR code restaurant ordering tool first gained prominence in 2020 as a response to health and safety concerns. However, the utility of QR codes extends far beyond mere sanitation. They provide a smooth and easy service that comes in handy without needing a lot of staff.

For example, during rush hours or in smaller spots, QR code systems can take some load off the staff by letting customers handle their orders. 

Benefits of QR Code Payments for Restaurants

QR code restaurant payment brings modernization and convienence for both the restaraunt and customers. Here are more of their benefits:

  1. Improved Efficiency

As with QR codes, your staff doesn't need to be present at every table taking orders and assisting your customers; it frees you from shuffling between tables and the kitchen. Most of the tasks are expedited efficiently with technology with just a few clicks on your customer's phone. 

  1. Enhanced Customer Experience

Your customers desire a hassle-free experience, and that's what they get with QR codes. They can place their orders with the least effort while sitting at their tables, avoiding any rush or back-forth with the staff.

  1. Increased Revenue

With QR codes, small restaurants can achieve higher table turnover rates. Digital transactions speed up the dining process, letting guests finish and free up tables for others faster. Plus, you can showcase your special deals or highlight top-tier dishes so customers can spot them easily and increase your bottom line.

  1. Cost Savings

Adopting QR code payment restaurants reduces the need for printed menus and physical payment systems. You can update the menus in real-time without the cost of reprinting, and digital transactions often come with lower processing fees than traditional card payments. 

  1. Safety and Hygiene

In today's health-conscious world, minimizing physical contact remains a priority for many diners. QR codes help create a touch-minimal dining environment. Restaurants can reduce physical contact points and keep their spaces cleaner and safer for everyone involved.

  1. Streamlined Menu Management

With a digital menu, restaurants can alter offerings based on inventory, special promotions, or diner preferences. This flexibility allows for real-time updates and the ability to test new menu items or adjust descriptions based on customer feedback.

  1. Richer Menu Interactions

Digital menus enabled through QR codes can enhance how you present information to diners. Restaurants can add images, detailed descriptions, and even interactive elements such as meal customization options directly within the menu with QRs.

How can Restaurants Use QR Code?

It's not surprising how restaurants are integrating QR codes in the majority of their operations and streamlining everything. Here are some great points if you need inspiration, starting with QR codes:

  1. QR Code to Book Reservations

Diners can scan a QR code to fill out a reservation form right from their phones—whether they're standing outside the restaurant or planning from home. They don't necessarily need to visit the restaurant or stand in long lines for the same.

  1. QR Code Descriptive Menus for Restaurants 

Gone are the days of bulky menu cards. QR codes let diners access a digital menu directly on their smartphones. The best part is that restaurants can update their menus in real time, feature vibrant food images, and even provide detailed descriptions, which are not feasible in traditional print menus. 

  1. QR Codes for Digital Payments and Cheques

QR codes streamline the payment process by allowing customers to review and settle their bills directly from their tables. These dynamic QR code restaurant payments keep updating with each transaction, providing a secure and touch-free way to settle up.

  1. QR Codes to Get Customer Feedback

Immediate feedback is gold for any small restaurant striving to improve. QR codes make it super simple and subtle for customers to give feedback right before they head out. Just a quick scan of the QR code takes them to a feedback form where they can share their feedback.

  1. QR Codes for Promotion

QR codes in restaurants serve multiple purposes for promotion. 

  • Use them to link to your app or loyalty program, 
  • You can share promotions, 
  • Give out special coupons, 
  • Let them order through different ordering apps.
  1. QR Codes to Increase Footfall and Reach

You can link your social media accounts or website with your QR codes, and when your customers scan through the QR code, they will spot your socials, which will increase your reach. Placing these codes on tables or waiting areas can encourage guests to explore more about your restaurant while they dine or wait.

  1. QR Codes to Connect 24*7

QR codes make it easy for customers to get info any time they need, whether checking when the place opens, finding out about special events, or seeing if there's a sudden closure. 

QR Code Usage Checklist for Restaurant

  • QR Code for Reservations
  • Descriptive Digital Menus
  • QR Code Payment Systems
  • Customer Feedback Collection
  • Promotional Campaigns
  • Enhancing Social Media and Website Reach
  • 24/7 Information Access

How to Implement QR Code Payments in Your Restaurant

Here's a comprehensive guide on how to set up and integrate QR code payments effectively:

Setting Up QR Code Table Ordering Systems

To get started, deploy a QR code restaurant payment at each table. These codes can link directly to your digital menu, where customers can order and pay seamlessly. Begin by sourcing high-quality, durable QR code displays that stand up to the restaurant environment— water-resistant and tamper-proof. 

Choosing the Right Technology

When picking a QR code payment provider, go for one that easily fits your existing setup, especially your current POS system, and offers solid support. Make sure their system can manage lots of transactions safely and smoothly.

You'll also want to check out features like instant payment processing and detailed analytics that let you keep tabs on sales patterns and what your customers prefer.

Staff Training

Conduct training sessions to familiarize them with the process, from helping customers scan QR codes to handling the backend operations like order tracking and payment confirmation. Make sure every team member is comfortable with the system.

To promote the smooth adoption of the new system, maintain open lines of communication with your staff. Address any questions or concerns they may have and provide ongoing support as they get used to the new technology. 

Customer Education

Lastly, inform your customers about the new QR code payment option. Use clear signage, social media posts, and tableside information to explain how the system works. 

Training your staff to assist first-time users can also help ease the transition for your customers. Make sure the instructions are straightforward—scan, order, enjoy—so everyone can appreciate the convenience of QR code ordering and payments.

How QR Ordering Boosts Your Bottom Line

Here's a closer look at how these systems are making a positive impact:

Improved Table Turnover Rate

One of the greatest benefits of QR code restaurant payment is the improved table turnover rate. Your customers don't want to line up for hours browsing the menu and placing their orders. They want quick, convenient services- exactly what QR code serves. 

They can quickly scan and order, and upon ordering, their order goes straight to the kitchen without any manual hassles. This speeds up the entire serving process and lets you handle more customers daily with the least staff involved. 

Higher Average Order Value (AOV)

Small restaurants using QR code restaurant ordering often see a rise in the average order value. This increase is primarily because customers, browsing the menu at their own pace, are more likely to explore additional options and add-ons, such as appetizers, desserts, and upgraded sides. 

The digital format of the QRs makes it easy for you to cross-sell and upsell through prompts and attractive visuals of menu items. Moreover, customizable options allow guests to personalize their meals, adding features like extra toppings or premium ingredients, which also contribute to a higher spend per order.

Lower FOH Staff Costs

QR codes help restaurants save significant amounts of front-of-house labor costs. As everything is automated, you require less staff for your restaurant. You can do everything from taking orders to sharing the bill to collecting their payments with the QR. Shifting staff to focus more on food preparation and customer service can boost cost savings.

Improved Guest Experience

The convenience and control that QR ordering offers customers lead to an improved dining experience. Diners appreciate the autonomy of ordering at leisure without feeling rushed by a server waiting to take their order. Moreover, fast transactions mean that during busy periods, customers can enjoy a seamless experience without unnecessary delays.

What the Future Holds for US Restaurant Payments

The future of the US restaurant industry will see advanced technology integration to enhance customer and operational efficiency. 

Integration with Loyalty Programs

Personalization is key in modern marketing, and restaurants are not behind this trend. Using data collected from QR codes, restaurants can offer loyalty programs through personalized discounts and special deals that cater to customers' preferences and dining habits. 

Enhanced Data Analytics

QR codes unlock a wealth of restaurant data and offer a deeper understanding of customers' habits and preferences. You can learn about your customer preferences, frequency of orders, their ordering patterns, and more. This information will help you better align your services with customer expectations.

Expansion to Other Services

The utility of QR codes extends beyond in-house dining. There's significant potential for these codes to streamline operations in takeout and delivery services. For example, QR codes can confirm orders, gather customer feedback, and analyze dining durations. 

Wrapping Up

If you're not sure whether to switch to a QR code restaurant payment, try a balanced approach- offering both physical and QR code-based digital menus. With this hybrid strategy, you'll be able to catch up with the trend while also preventing the alienation of any customer group, whether they prefer the tactile feel of a physical menu or the convenience of digital access.

Looking to enhance your restaurant's payment system and increase operational efficiency? Consider OneHubPOS, your all-in-one solution for order management and diverse payment options. With OneHubPOS, you can offer your customers a variety of payment methods—from traditional card payments to modern mobile pay and QR codes—for a quick, secure, and convenient checkout process. 

Get in touch with us to understand why OneHubPOS is the only restaurant solution you need!

Point of sale

How POS Integration Enables Seamless Mobile Ordering and Payments

Sahana Ananth
August 8, 2024
August 9, 2024
2 mins

Mobile ordering and payment have become must-haves for restaurants. After all, everyone’s looking for quick and convenient options, and the food delivery market is booming as a result. In fact, the US online food delivery market is likely to top $500 billion by 2028. That’s huge!

So, how does this relate to POS systems? Well, when you connect your mobile ordering system to your POS, orders come in smoothly, staff can handle them efficiently, and customers get a better experience. Let’s find out why getting this integration right is more important than ever. 

Benefits of POS Integration for Mobile Ordering System for Restaurants

Integrating your restaurant mobile ordering system into your POS makes everything run more conveniently. Here’s how:

Enhanced Customer Experience

When your restaurant’s POS system connects with mobile ordering apps, customers can order right from their phones, get updates in real time, and pay quickly and securely. It makes everything faster. It also cuts down on manual entry mistakes.

Streamlined Operations

A mobile ordering system for restaurants connected to your POS helps you ditch manual data entry. So, you can avoid order mix-ups. Orders from the app go straight to the kitchen display system (KDS) through the POS, saving you time and cutting down on errors. 

Plus, everything syncs in real time. As a result, your inventory updates automatically. If something’s out of stock, your menu updates right away.

Increased Revenue

POS integration makes it super easy to improve sales and streamline orders. You can run promotions and discounts right into the app. This tempts customers to spend a little more. For instance, if someone’s ordering a burger, you might offer a discount on a meal bundle or suggest a tasty dessert. 

mPOS vs. Mobile Ordering System

mPOS systems vary significantly from mobile ordering systems. Here's a comparison table highlighting the key differences:

How POS Integration Works

POS integration links your mobile ordering app with your restaurant's POS system so they can work with each other smoothly. This usually happens through APIs (Application Programming Interfaces). Here’s the entire process:

  1. Your customer places an order through a mobile app.
  2. The order details are transmitted to your POS system via the API. 
  3. The POS system processes the order.
  4. The system updates inventory levels.
  5. The system manages payment transactions.

The integration ensures that all systems are synchronized and that your restaurant's operations run smoothly.

Key Components of a Successful Integration

Here are the key components a POS integration requires:

API Integration

APIs ease communication between the POS system and mobile ordering platforms. This allows a perfect data flow between systems.

Real-Time Data Sync

The POS system and mobile ordering platform must synchronize data in real time. This ensures ensure accuracy and efficiency, including:

  • order details
  • inventory levels
  • payment information

User-Friendly Interface

Both the POS system and mobile ordering platform should have intuitive interfaces. This will make it easy for staff and customers to use the systems effectively.

Security Measures

Strong security protocols help protect sensitive customer data and payment information from unauthorized access and fraud.

Implementing POS Integration in Your Restaurant

Here are the key initial steps to implement POS integration in your restaurant:

Assessing Your Current POS System

Take a good look at your current POS system to see how well it works with mobile ordering platforms and figure out if it needs any upgrades or tweaks. Also, check if it can handle real-time data syncing, support APIs, and connect smoothly with other apps. 

Choosing the Right Mobile Online Ordering System for Restaurants

When installing a mobile ordering system for your restaurant, make sure it fits what you need and works smoothly with your POS system. So, look for features like customizable menus, real-time order tracking, and secure payment processing. 

Integration Process and Best Practices

The integration process typically involves several steps:

1. API Configuration

Set up and configure APIs to enable communication between the POS system and mobile ordering platform. Plus, work with your POS provider and mobile ordering vendor to ensure proper integration.

2. Data Mapping

Map data fields between the POS system and mobile ordering platform. This helps ensure accurate data transfer. This step includes the following:

  • mapping order details
  • inventory levels
  • payment information

3. Testing

Conduct thorough testing of the integrated systems to identify and resolve any issues. Also, try out different scenarios to make sure everything works smoothly and without hiccups, such as the following:

  • order placement
  • payment processing
  • inventory updates

4. Training

Train your staff on how to use the integrated systems effectively on key aspects. Some of them are as follows:

  • order management
  • payment processing
  • troubleshooting common issues

5. Monitoring and Maintenance

Keep an eye on how well your integrated systems are working and make sure to do regular check-ups. This way, you can fix any problems quickly and keep everything running smoothly.

Options and Alternatives for Mobile-ordering Apps

When it comes to mobile ordering and payment solutions, you’ve got a few options, each with its own set of pros and cons:

Join an Order-Ahead Aggregator

An order-ahead aggregator could be a great option to get started with mobile ordering. Platforms like Grubhub or UberEats can connect you with a huge pool of potential customers to boost your reach. They make it easy to manage orders. Also, they handle everything from payments to delivery, so you can focus on serving up great food.

Benefits

  • Access to a broad customer base
  • Increased visibility
  • Integrated payment processing

Downsides

  • Fees and commissions
  • Less control over customer data
  • Potential reliance on the aggregator's platform

Use Your POS Provider’s White-Label App

A lot of POS providers offer white-label mobile ordering apps that you can customize with your restaurant's logo and style. For instance, with OneHubPOS white-label offerings, you get a branded app that fits right in with your restaurant’s look and feel, without needing to build one from scratch.

Benefits

  • Customizable branding
  • Integration with the existing POS system
  • Potentially lower fees compared to third-party aggregators

Downsides

  • Usually, limited features compared to standalone apps.

Tip: OneHubPOS offers a plethora of features, which covers everything from menu management to payments, thereby overcoming this downside.

Design a Proprietary Mobile App

Making your own mobile app for your restaurant gives you total control. As a result, you can decide over how your brand looks, what features you include, and the customer experience. You get to tailor it exactly to your needs and make sure it reflects your style.

Benefits

  • Complete control over app design and functionality
  • Direct customer relationship
  • Potential for greater loyalty and engagement

Downsides

  • Higher development and maintenance costs
  • The need to build and manage your own customer base

Online Ordering Systems For Restaurants: What To Look For

When choosing an online ordering system for your restaurant, consider the following key factors:

Cost

Evaluate the cost of the online ordering system. This should include the following aspects:

  • setup fees
  • subscription fees
  • transaction costs

Moreover, choose a system that fits within your budget and provide good value for the features and capabilities offered.

Ease of Use

The mobile online ordering system for restaurants should be user-friendly for both customers and staff. For this reason, look for intuitive interfaces and straightforward navigation to ensure that the ordering experience is smooth.

Reliability

Make sure your online ordering system can handle the rush and keeps running smoothly even when things get busy. Check for uptime guarantees, which should be “three nines” or 99.9%. This is because it is currently considered an industry standard. Moreover, make sure you have support for peak periods to minimize disruptions.

Security

The system should have robust security measures to protect customer data and payment information. So, you should look for the following key features:

  • encryption
  • secure payment processing
  • compliance with industry standards

Support

Choose a provider that offers reliable customer support and technical assistance. You should also ensure that support is available whenever needed to address any issues or concerns.

User-Friendly Interface

A user-friendly interface makes the experience for customers and staff better. So, you should look for systems with the following traits:

  • clean designs
  • easy navigation
  • customizable features to meet your restaurant's needs

Multi-Channel Ordering

Consider whether your chosen restaurant mobile ordering system supports multi-channel ordering, including online, mobile, and in-store options, so that your customers can order however they like, whether it's through a mobile app, online, or in-person. This can make things super convenient for them.

Payment Processing

For a smooth transaction experience, you must have payment processing that's both secure and efficient. Also, ensure that the online ordering system supports various payment methods, including credit/debit cards, digital wallets, and other options. 

Challenges and Solutions

Here's a brief table outlining common challenges faced during POS integration for mobile ordering and payment, along with strategies to overcome these challenges:

Future Trends in Mobile Ordering and POS Integration

The future of mobile ordering and payment solutions and POS integration is set for a major makeover. Thanks to new tech coming onto the scene. 

1. Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning

AI chatbots will handle customer questions and help with orders, while machine learning algorithms will dig into customer behavior to offer personalized recommendations and deals. This means better customer satisfaction and higher average order values, as it predicts what people like and suggests relevant upsells. 

2. Voice Ordering

Voice-activated ordering systems are coming in hot! Now, customers can just use smart speakers or mobile apps to place orders with voice commands. It’s all hands-free, making ordering a breeze and perfect for those tech-savvy folks who love convenience.

3. Enhanced Analytics and Data Utilization

By digging into customer data with advanced analytics tools, restaurants can really understand what their customers are into, tweak their menu, and fine-tune their marketing. Predictive analytics will let you spot trends before they hit, so you can tweak your strategies ahead of time. 

Elevate Your Restaurant Service with POS Integration 

POS integration for mobile ordering and payment solutions smooths out operations, makes your customers happier, and can increase your revenue. If you want to keep your edge in the bustling restaurant scene, getting onto POS integration capabilities is a no-brainer. 

OneHubPOS offers a flawless connection and a ton of amazing features that can seriously up your game. You’ll run things more efficiently, keep your customers smiling, and stay ahead in the market. Integrating mobile ordering and POS systems? Definitely a smart move for long-term success! Ready to transform your restaurant with powerful data insights? Book a call with OneHubPOS today.

Point of sale

Spotting Trends: How Restaurant Owners Can Use POS Analytics Reports to Stay Ahead

Diksha Adhikari
August 8, 2024
2 mins

95% of businesses have a hard time with messy data. However, 60% of leaders see its innovation potential. For small restaurant owners, restaurant data analytics can change the game. It turns your plethora of raw data into useful insights. With POS analytics, you get details on sales trends, customer behavior, and how well things are running. This helps you improve performance and make smart choices. 

This article will show how restaurant POS reports can help you spot trends and compete with well-funded, big restaurants.

What Are POS Analytics Reports?

Dashboard of a POS Data Analytics System 

Restaurant data analytics reports are super helpful for understanding how your restaurant is performing and highlighting areas where you can improve. 

  • Sales data shows you information on revenue, transaction volumes, and sales trends. It helps you see which items are popular and when peak times occur. 
  • Customer data tells you about purchasing patterns, preferences, and visit frequency. This information is great for targeted marketing and customer retention strategies.
  • Inventory data tracks stock levels, usage rates, and wastage. It helps you manage inventory better and control costs. 
  • Payment data shows insights into payment methods and transaction types, which makes financial tracking smoother.

What Makes POS Analytics Better than Basic POS Data for a Small Restaurant?

Highly data-driven businesses have 3X more chances of reporting substantial improvement in decision-making. Using the data from restaurant POS reports, you can spot patterns and trends you might miss from day-to-day operations. Here’s a table showing how using advanced POS data analytics is better than using basic POS data for a small restaurant:

The result: Advanced POS analytics provides deeper insights and more actionable data than basic POS data for better decision-making and operational efficiency.

6 Common Types of POS System Reports 

Restaurant data analytics systems generate several reports to help restaurants run smoothly. Here are six common types:

1. Sales Summary Report

Sales Summary Report Example for Small Restaurants

This report provides an overview of total sales over a specific period. It includes metrics like:

  • total revenue
  • number of transactions
  • average transaction value
  • sales by time of day

A sales summary report also helps identify busy periods, assess performance, and make informed decisions about promotions or staffing.

2. Product-Sold Report

Product-Sold Summary Report Example for Small Restaurants

This report details the performance of individual menu items. Key metrics include:

  • the number of units sold
  • sales revenue per item
  • average selling price

A product-sold report also helps identify popular and slow-moving items, guiding menu adjustments and inventory planning.

3. Purchase History Report

This report tracks all purchases made by customers, including:

  • transaction date
  • items bought
  • total spend

A purchase history report helps understand customer buying patterns and can be used for targeted marketing and promotions.

4. Employee Tracking Report

Employee Tracking Report Example for Small Restaurants

This report monitors employee performance and hours worked. Some key metrics are:

  • total hours worked
  • sales generated per employee
  • shift performance

An employee tracking report also assists in evaluating employee productivity and scheduling needs.

5. Inventory Optimization Report

Inventory Optimization Report Example for Small Restaurants

This report analyzes inventory turnover rates and stock usage. Key metrics include:

  • stock levels
  • reorder points
  • usage rates

An inventory optimization report also helps manage inventory efficiently, reduce waste, and avoid stockouts.

6. Stock Levels Report

This report provides current stock quantities for each item. Here are some key metrics:

  • current stock levels
  • minimum stock thresholds
  • restock needs

A stock levels report also ensures that inventory is well-managed and helps avoid overstocking and understocking.

Practical Applications of POS Analytics for a Small Restaurant 

POS data analytics provide actionable insights to enhance various aspects of restaurant operations, from inventory management to customer engagement.

Optimizing Inventory Management

Restaurant Inventory Management

34% of businesses struggle with unavailable products. More specifically, smaller restaurants often have limited storage space and buying power. In such cases, restaurant data analytics can help manage inventory. After all, it can the following key metrics:

  • stock levels
  • turnover rates
  • wastage

With this information, you can adjust orders to prevent stockouts. Conversely, if an item is consistently overstocked, you might reduce future orders to avoid excess inventory. 

Sales Performance Analysis

Suppose you find out that a specific dish generates the most revenue during dinner hours. Then, you can promote it more to improve sales. You can also consider creating similar dishes. Sales performance reports provide metrics like:

  • total revenue
  • average order value
  • sales by product

This is more helpful in a small restaurant, where managing a stable cash flow can be difficult due to fluctuating sales and expenses.

Customer Behavior Understanding

Only if you knew that certain side dish your customers frequently ordered, you could focus your effort to capitalize on that trend. So, restaurant POS analytics eases tracking the following metrics:

  • purchase frequency
  • average spend per customer
  • popular items

With such precise insights, you can highlight frequently ordered side dishes in promotions or suggest them as add-ons. Moreover, you can tailor your marketing strategies, such as sending discounts on popular items to repeat customers.

Defining Clear Objectives and Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)

When you’re aware of your objectives and KPIs, you can easily measure success. Here are some key metrics that can serve as KPIs:

  • sales growth
  • customer satisfaction scores
  • inventory turnover rates

Suppose your goal is to increase the average check size. Then, you might set a KPI to track the average order value to analyze how promotions or upselling strategies impact this metric.

Gathering and Measuring Data

33% of industry professionals say that the right data collection technologies are important to better understand customers. Here are some key metrics to track:

  • sales data
  • customer feedback
  • inventory levels

Applying Context to Data

Context helps in interpreting data accurately. For example, if sales of a specific item drop, you should consider factors like seasonal changes or recent menu updates. Then, you can make more informed decisions, such as adjusting marketing strategies or revising the menu.

Utilizing Advanced Technologies

85% of restaurant owners believe in the potential of AI to impact the industry in the next few years. AI and machine learning can add more features to restaurant data analytics systems. For example, if your POS tool uses machine learning algorithms, it can predict which menu items will be popular during upcoming holidays. Then, you can prepare in advance.

Improving Staff Scheduling and Efficiency

Your restaurant might have a small team size. Poor employee scheduling can lead to overworking and burnout. However, with POS data, you can track peak hours and busy periods to optimize staff schedules. Metrics such as sales per hour and employee performance can guide staffing decisions. For instance, if data shows high sales volume during lunch hours, you can schedule more staff to maintain service quality. 

Creating Strategies Based on Insights

Use the insights gained from restaurant POS analytics to develop strategies. Data-driven strategies help align your business operations with customer preferences and market trends. For example, if customer data reveals a high demand for vegetarian options, you might create new vegetarian dishes or run promotions to attract health-conscious diners. 

How to Spot Trends with POS Analytics for Strategic Advantage 

Look at different numbers and patterns to see what’s going on in your restaurant. Here’s how:

Identifying Sales Trends

When you check out your sales data over different periods to spot trends, you may come across certain patterns. For example, some dishes sell much better during holidays or seasons. Then, you can plan promotions or change your menu to make the most of this trend. 

Conversely, if you notice a particular entrée does well in the summer, it’s a good idea to highlight it more or run special deals to boost sales.

Monitoring Customer Preferences and Behaviors

Knowing what your customers are buying to figure out what they like helps. Suppose you see a lot of people ordering vegan dishes. Then, you might add more vegan options to your menu. 

Moreover, you can then personalize your loyalty programs with such precise information. For example, you can send them special offers based on their favorite items. 

Analyzing Peak Times and Menu Performance

Look at sales data to determine peak business hours and days. For example, if restaurant POS reports show a sales spike during weekend brunch hours, you can tweak your staff schedules and menu to handle this busy time better. 

Similarly, if some menu items are more popular at certain times of the day, adjust your menu or create specials to increase sales during quieter periods. This way, you keep things running smoothly and make the most of every opportunity. 

Essential Tools and Cutting-Edge Technologies for Leveraging POS Analytics in Restaurants 

Here’s an overview of popular POS analytics tools and their functions:

  • OneHubPOS manages orders and sales from any source with a single dashboard. It also offers secure contactless payments, multiple integrations, automated cash handling, and real-time inventory management. You can also access comprehensive reports and centralize menu management.
  • MarketMan and PeachWorks provide real-time data on stock levels and alert you when items need reordering.
  • Restaurant365 consolidates sales, inventory, and operational data for performance reviews and comparisons between different branches.
  • Sisense and Domo help assess the return on investment (ROI) for marketing campaigns and operational changes. 

How to Choose the Right POS Analytics Tool for a Small Restaurant?

Selecting the right POS analytics tool for a small restaurant involves evaluating several key traits that align with your needs. Here’s how:

1. Evaluate Your Needs

Small restaurants often have a tight budget. So, they need a tool that fits their budget while covering essential functions. So, focus on features that will benefit you most, such as inventory management, sales tracking, and customer insights. 

2. Integration with Your Current POS System

Ensure the restaurant data analytics tool integrates perfectly with your existing POS system. Compatibility is crucial because it allows for smooth data transfer and accurate reporting. This will save you time and reduce errors.

3. Ease of Use

You or your team might not be tech experts. So, make sure you choose a tool with an intuitive interface. Look for features like easy-to-read dashboards and simple report generation.

4. Cost-Effectiveness

If your restaurant has a limited budget, make sure you select a restaurant POS analytics tool that offers good value for money. Some tools have subscription-based pricing or offer tiered plans based on features. Choose one that fits your financial constraints without compromising on essential functionalities.

5. Customer Support and Training

For a small restaurant, having quick access to help when needed is important. Look for a tool that provides reliable customer support and training resources, such as phone support, online chat, or tutorials.

6. Scalability

Even if you’re a small restaurant now, choose a tool that can grow with you. Opt for a solution that can handle an increase in data volume and offer advanced features if you expand your operations in the future.

7. Key Features

Focus on tools that provide essential features such as:

  • Inventory reporting to track stock levels and manage orders
  • Sales analysis to get insights into sales trends and peak hours
  • Customer insights to understand purchasing habits and preferences
  • Simple reporting to get clear and actionable reports without a complex setup

8. User Reviews and Recommendations

Check out user reviews and ask other small restaurant owners for recommendations. Their experiences can give you a good idea of how reliable and effective the tool is. 

Implementing POS Analytics in Your Restaurant

  1. Choose a tool that suits your needs. Install it, integrate it with your POS system, and configure it to collect sales, inventory, and customer data.
  2. Teach staff how to generate reports, interpret data, and apply insights. Emphasize the importance of data accuracy.
  3. Regularly review restaurant POS reports and use data to adjust inventory, refine menu items, and improve staffing decisions.

Get the Best Out of Your POS 

POS analytics are really important for figuring out sales trends, customer behavior, and inventory management. Ultimately, it can help your business grow because it makes decision-making and running every aspect of a small restaurant more efficient. 

OneHubPOS empowers you with feature-rich restaurant data analytics that fit right into your POS system. It gives you useful insights to help your business succeed. Using OneHubPOS can make a big difference in your restaurant's performance and overall success. Ready to transform your restaurant with powerful data insights? Book a call with OneHubPOS today.

Point of sale

Unlocking Seamless Mobility: OneHubPOS Launches Mobile POS Solutions on PAXSTORE

Sahana Ananth
August 7, 2024
2 mins

OneHubPOS launches new mobile POS solutions on PAXSTORE

In an era where convenience and efficiency are paramount, OneHubPOS is thrilled to announce the launch of our mobile point-of-sale (mPOS) solutions on PAXSTORE. Our strategic partnership with PAX Technologies brings OneHubPOS mPOS to the PAX A3700 and A920 series devices, setting a new standard for mobile POS capabilities. This integration empowers businesses with a range of innovative features designed to enhance customer service and streamline operations.

Seamless Mobile POS: A New Era for Businesses

At OneHubPOS, we understand that business owners demand flexibility and efficiency. Our mobile POS solutions provide unparalleled convenience, whether you’re running a bustling restaurant or a dynamic retail store. Process orders, handle payments, manage refunds, and generate reports all from a handheld Android device. By integrating with the PAX A3700 and A920 series devices, we ensure that businesses of all sizes can access cutting-edge mobile POS technology without the hassle of complex installations or expensive setups.

Why Choose Mobile POS?

1. Effortless Mobility: OneHubPOS mPOS grants your staff the freedom to process transactions anywhere in your store or restaurant. They can take orders and handle payments directly from their mobile device, enhancing efficiency and customer service. Our user-friendly app ensures that even those new to mobile POS can get up to speed quickly.

2. Cost-Effective Solution: Our mobile POS solution offers a more affordable alternative to traditional POS systems, making it an ideal choice for micro-merchants and small business owners. The lower cost combined with advanced features makes our solution accessible to a broader range of businesses.

3. Android Advantage: Our integration with Android-based PAX devices leverages the familiar and flexible Android operating system. This means you benefit from built-in payment acceptance technology while enjoying the robust features and intuitive interface of Android.

4. Enhanced Efficiency: From on-the-spot order taking to quick payments and easy reporting, OneHubPOS mPOS is designed to streamline operations and boost efficiency. This solution simplifies daily tasks, reduces wait times, and improves overall customer satisfaction.

A Game-Changer for Micro-Merchants and Small Businesses

Satheesh Kanchi, CEO of OneHubPOS, emphasizes the transformative potential of our new solution for underserved market segments. "The potential for this solution in unserved market segments like micro-merchants and small business owners is immense. The combination of Android with integrated payment acceptance creates a vital software solution. This compact and user-friendly mobile POS solution is a game-changer for any retailer or restaurant looking to streamline operations and boost efficiency."

OneHubPOS’s launch of mobile POS solutions on PAXSTORE represents a major advancement in retail and restaurant technology. By offering a user-friendly, cost-effective, and efficient mobile POS option, we are set to revolutionize how businesses manage transactions and interact with their customers. For businesses seeking to stay ahead in a fast-paced market, our new mobile POS solution offers a powerful tool for achieving greater flexibility and success.

For more information on how OneHubPOS can transform your business, visit our website or contact our sales team for a demo today.

Point of sale

POS Technology vs. Operations: A Restaurant Owner's Dilemma

Sahana Ananth
August 7, 2024
2 mins

A restaurant owner's primary focus should undoubtedly be on running the show. Their core competency is demanded daily in crafting exceptional dining experiences, managing staff, and understanding customer needs. However, technology, specifically a robust POS system, is a crucial tool to streamline operations and enhance those experiences. Does that mean a restaurant owner should be well versed in IT? Not necessarily.

a person is using a pos machine in a store

The Role of POS System: A Central Hub for Restaurant Ops

POS systems need to do a lot more than just handle transactions. It’s not the time for cash registers, anymore. POS are the central hub of your restaurant’s operations, managing everything from orders and payments to inventory and customer data. A good POS system can significantly enhance your restaurant’s efficiency, allowing your staff to focus more on delivering top-notch service.

Take OneHubPOS, for example: Our cloud-based POS system provides real-time sales data from anywhere, which helps you make quick decisions about inventory and staffing. This way, you can easily spot busy times and adjust your team and menu accordingly.

Of course, choosing the right POS isn’t just about what the system can do—it’s also about how it fits your specific needs. While POS companies need to show their system’s value, it’s up to you to understand what you need and evaluate your options. This is where I want to explore more. It has become tricky, especially with the rapidly evolving world of restaurant tech. So, are POS providers actually helping customers make easy decisions? I highly doubt…

The Complexity Conundrum in Restaurant Tech

The restaurant industry, while embracing technology rapidly, is often overwhelmed by its complexity. The desire for simple, effective solutions is a recurring theme among restaurant owners and operators. POS solutions have become feature-heavy, competition heavy and market saturated with misaligned providers with core services and revenue share challenges. 

Navigating the Complexity: The Need for Simplicity

While technology offers immense potential, it is also a double-edged sword. Overly complex systems have ALWAYS overwhelmed restaurant owners and staff, hindering productivity. 

Take the example of legacy POS systems. Often burdened with customizations and add-ons over the years, these become cumbersome and time taking to navigate. This complexity can lead to errors, slow down service, and frustrated staff.

3 Key Points for POS Sellers to Navigate Complexities:

  • #1 Simplicity is King: Restaurant owners are primarily focused on operations, not IT. Overly complex systems hinder their ability to focus on their core business.
  • #2 Feature Creep: The tendency to add features without considering the overall user experience can lead to software bloat and confusion.
  • #3 The Value of Service: Providing implementation and support services is crucial for successful technology adoption. It transforms the software from a product to a solution.

What Can POS Companies Do:

  • Focus on Core Functionality: Prioritize features that directly impact daily operations and customer experience.
  • User-Centric Design: Ensure the interface is intuitive and easy to navigate.
  • Invest in Support: Offer comprehensive training and ongoing support to address user concerns.
  • Strategic Partnerships: Collaborate with other technology providers to offer integrated solutions without sacrificing simplicity.

I urge modern POS providers to focus on creating intuitive interfaces that require minimal training. Period. By aligning with these principles, POS companies can significantly improve customer satisfaction and drive adoption. 

The Must-Have Ecosystem: POS and Beyond

A robust POS system is undoubtedly the cornerstone for a restaurant's technological infrastructure. However, its true potential is unlocked when it becomes part of a broader ecosystem, communicating with all systems, to and fro. It can be interconnected components like software ones including Loyalty or CRM, even payment workflows with features like reconciliation or cash discounting, marketplaces for delivery and hardware (very important) - that must work in harmony to optimize restaurant operations and enhance the customer experience.

The Crucial Role of Partners In Restaurant Ecosystem

  • Payment Processors and Operators: Facilitate secure and efficient transactions. Beyond basic payment processing, they often offer value-added services like fraud protection, chargeback management, and data analytics. Companies like NMI, Thysys, SparrowPay.io can enable transactions, provide detailed reports and customer preferences.
  • Hardware Resellers: They supply the physical components of the POS system, including terminals, printers, and kitchen displays. A reliable hardware partner ensures minimal downtime and efficient operations. For example, partners like PAX, Imin who are OEMs with resellers like BlueStar, StarMicronics offers durable and user-friendly hardware.
  • Independent Sales Organizations (ISOs): These intermediaries connect restaurant owners with POS providers and other technology solutions. They offer expertise in the market and can help tailor solutions to specific business needs.
  • Industry Consultants: These experts provide strategic guidance on technology adoption and implementation. They can help restaurant owners assess their needs, evaluate options, and optimize their technology stack.

Building a Strong Ecosystem

To create a truly effective restaurant technology ecosystem for owners, POS providers must prioritize seamless integration and open APIs. This allows for flexibility and customization, enabling restaurants to choose the best-of-breed solutions for their specific requirements.

Additionally, fostering strong partnerships with hardware resellers, payment processors, and ISVs is essential. Collaborative efforts can lead to innovative solutions that address the evolving needs of the restaurant industry.

By carefully selecting and integrating these components, restaurants can build a technology foundation that supports growth, efficiency, and customer satisfaction.

Top 4 Challenges Restaurant Owners Face 

While the benefits of a well-integrated ecosystem are clear from above, restaurants face several challenges:

  • Cost: It’s noted that a comprehensive solution is expensive, while a basic solution is affordable. This huge surge in cost makes it difficult for restaurants to scale. 
  • Integration: Without integrations, maintaining all aspects of business gets tough. 
  • Staff Training: Employees need to be trained on how to use new technologies effectively. An easy to use with minimal training will help.
  • Keeping Up with Technology: The rapidly evolving tech landscape necessitates continuous evaluation and updates.

Overcoming Challenges Through Strategic Partnerships

To address these challenges, restaurants can benefit from strategic partnerships with technology providers. For example:

  • Cloud-based solutions: Can reduce upfront costs and provide scalability.
  • Technology consultants: Can help assess needs, select appropriate solutions, and implement them effectively.
  • Managed services: Can handle system maintenance and updates, freeing up restaurant staff to focus on operations

The Power of Software + Managed Services

We have until now discussed that simply having a POS system isn't enough. To truly thrive, restaurants need a holistic solution that combines non-chaotic cutting-edge software with expert management. This is where the power of software + managed services shines.

  • Increased Efficiency: Streamlined operations, reduced manual tasks, and optimized workflows lead to significant time and cost savings.
  • Expert Support: Dedicated support teams provide round-the-clock assistance, ensuring minimal downtime and maximum productivity.
  • Data-Driven Decisions: Advanced analytics and reporting tools offer valuable insights to inform strategic business decisions.
  • Scalability: As your restaurant grows, the solution can adapt to meet your evolving needs.
  • Focus on Core Business: By outsourcing IT management, restaurant owners can concentrate on delivering exceptional customer experiences.

OneHubPOS exemplifies the software + managed services approach. Our cloud-based POS system offers a user-friendly interface, robust features, and seamless integration with other restaurant technologies. Coupled with our dedicated support team 24/7 throughout the year, we provide restaurants with a comprehensive solution that drives growth and success.

Exploring POS Systems: Simplicity vs. Complexity

POS Systems that Excel in Simplicity

Several POS providers have recognized the need for simplicity and have built their platforms accordingly. Here are a few examples:

  • OneHubPOS: A simple, android-based POS system which is cloud-first and app driven. Purpose of OneHubPOS is to make it simpler for restaurant owners to get the best in the market. Built by restaurateurs, this focuses on core features, support and affordability. 
  • Square: Known for its user-friendly interface and mobile-first approach, Square has gained popularity among small businesses, including restaurants. Its focus on core POS functionalities and integrations with other tools has contributed to its success.
  • Toast: While offering a comprehensive suite of features, Toast has made an effort to provide a clean and intuitive interface. They've also invested in training and support to assist restaurant owners in navigating the system.

POS Systems Where Complexity Can Be a Challenge

While many POS systems aim for simplicity, some can become overwhelming for restaurant owners.

Smiling man and woman at cash register
  • Legacy Systems: Older POS systems are slow, laggy and seldom maintained. Often with customizations and add-ons it becomes complex and heavy application.
  • Overly Feature-Rich Systems: With all features present, you will experience a cluttered interface and steep learning curve. Most of the time, you might be paying for some features you are not using, in between all the clutter.

Key Takeaways: What Did We Learn

  • Simplicity is a competitive advantage. Restaurant owners are often overwhelmed by technology and appreciate systems that are easy to learn and use.
  • Focus on core functionalities. While additional features can be valuable, the core POS functions should be the primary focus.
  • Prioritize user experience. Intuitive interfaces and clear navigation are essential for user satisfaction.
  • Invest in support and training. Providing comprehensive guidance can help restaurant owners overcome the learning curve.
  • Software + managed services is the way forward. Solve restaurant challenges in a simpler way with effective technology and hands on support. 

Some Real-life Examples of Restaurant Tech Influence

  • McDonald's: Known for successfully integrating digital ordering kiosks and mobile apps into their stores, streamlining operations and enhancing customer experience.
  • Starbucks: Surpassed revenue goals by leveraging its mobile app for loyalty programs, payments, and order-ahead, building a strong digital connection with customers.   
  • Chipotle: Implemented a highly efficient kitchen layout and POS system to optimize food preparation and order fulfillment.
  • Chick-fil-A's Focus on Simplicity: Known for its efficient operations, Chick-fil-A relies on a POS system that prioritizes speed and accuracy. Their system is designed to be user-friendly for both cashiers and managers, contributing to their reputation for fast service.

The Path Forward: Partnership and Managed Services

By understanding the unique challenges faced by restaurants, POS companies can develop solutions that deliver real value.

Ultimately, the goal should be to create a seamless and efficient technology ecosystem that empowers restaurant owners to focus on what they do best: providing unforgettable dining experiences.

Here’s a full list of considerations before buying POS, or talk to our POS experts to make it easy for you to make a buying decision.

Top Restaurants US

8 Best Restaurants In Chicago You’d Not Want To Miss!

Diksha Adhikari
August 6, 2024
August 6, 2024
2 mins

Chicago - the ‘Windy City’ is a place that thrums with energy. With a beautiful skyline, a vast expanse of Lake Michigan, grand museums, and the future of budding tech hubs, Chicago’s got it all! But that’s not all! The city is also alive with a passionate love affair with food!

Chicago’s culinary scene is undoubtedly a smorgasbord of sizzling flavors, innovative twists, and a canvas of culinary art waiting to be devoured. From Michelin-starred restaurants to hole-in-the-wall havens, this city never fails to pack a punch to please your plate!

However, with so many available options, which should you visit first? Tough right? But worry not! This article will narrow down the top 8 restaurants in Chicago that you wouldn’t want to miss. 

8 Best Restaurants In Chicago

This list of the 8 best restaurants in Chicago will make you drool and surely sort your dining options! 

1. Kasama

East Village | Filipino

Directions: 1001 N Winchester Ave, Chicago, IL 60622

Contact Number: (773) 697-3790

Website

2020 was a challenging time for starting any business. However, it couldn’t stop the husband and wife team of Genie Kwon and Timothy Flores. Ms. Kwon. They successfully opened a fine dining restaurant, one of the year's bright spots.

The restaurant’s specialty is a modern American-Filipino bakery and a fine dining experience. It boasts a Michelin-star tasting menu and an exquisite selection of daytime casual dishes. 

The fine dining place is best known for its praiseworthy longanisa sausage breakfast sandwich, mushroom adobo (with soy braised mushrooms and garlic rice), and unrivaled pastries. Mouth-watering, right? But that’s not even the best part. The team’s 13-course dinner service, which books at least 45 days out, is the real highlight! No wonder the husband and wife won a James Beard Award in 2023 for best chef: Great Lakes.

2. Lula Cafe

Logal Sqaure | American

Directions: 2537 N Kedzie Blvd, Chicago, IL 60647

Contact Number: (773) 489-9554

Website

Lulu Cafe is where you’ll always find the best fresh food! They’ve been serving farm-fresh since long before farm-to-table was even a concept, let one on the menu. Owned by Chef Jasson Hammel, Lulu Cafe has been a go-to for the population of Chicago for the better part of more than two decades now!

From roast chicken to turkey sandwiches and even pastries, all they serve is very well throughout, with exquisite presentation and a blast of fresh! 

3. Red Hot Ranch

Lakeview | Hot dogs

Directions: 2449 W Armitage Ave, Chicago, IL 60647

Contact Number: (773) 772-6020

Website

If you’re a hot dog lover, you’d agree that Chicago hot dog stands are variations on the same theme: Vienna Beef! But somehow, Red Hot Ranch has successfully made their hot dogs a differentiator easily. How? Well, the secret lies in the sausage they use with natural casings. That makes their hot dogs unique and snappier than other hot dogs Americans grew up eating.

Let’s not forget their depression dogs, a special variation with fries in the bun. That’s not just it! You would not stop if you tried their cheeseburgers (the best in the city) and thick-cut fries! 

4. Boka

Lincoln Park | Modern American

Directions: 1729 N Halsted St, Chicago, IL 60614, United States

Contact Number: +1 312-337-6070

Website

Boka is one of Chicago's finest restaurants to relish modern American cuisine. Ever since 20+ years on Halsted Street, Boka is not just any other fine dining restaurant. It has bagged various awards, including Michelin Star and a handful of Jean Banchet Awards. 

Another thing that people always gush about is Chef-partner Lee Wolen’s impeccable cooking techniques. From roast chicken to dry-aged duck to ricotta gnudi, every dish on the menu is a burst of flavors! It is all you need for a memorable fine dining experience when paired with a cozy social setting.

Boka caters to different preferences and offers two dining options: 

A La Carte: individual dishes for a customized dining experience

Ever-Changing Tasting Menu: A pre-fixed menu with the best of Chef Wolen’s creativity 

5. Mi Tocaya Antojeria

Logan Square | Mexican

Directions: 2800 West Logan Boulevard, Chicago

Contact Number: 872-315-947

Website

Do you want to relive your childhood memories through food? Then Mi Tocaya is the best place to be! Owned by chef Diana Dávila, Mi Tocaya is a family-owned gem known for its rich Mexican culinary heritage.

The name translates to ‘My Namesake’ in English, a term used out of fondness when someone shares your name. This restaurant embodies Chef Diana’s most cherished memories with her family in Mexico. And that is visible through the narrative context she adds for each dish on the menu. 

The restaurant is famous for its modern take on traditional Oaxacan cuisine, showcasing how the Chef’s creativity is still rooted in Mexico. Also, the place is known for its special steak burrito, which is a tribute to various burritos she used to make at her parents’ restaurant.

6. The Duck Inn

Bridge Port | Modern American

Directions: 2701 S Eleanor St, Chicago, IL 60608

Contact Number: (312) 724-8811

Website

Looking for the best family-friendly place to fine dine in Chicago? Then look no further than The Duck Inn. This restaurant is a regular place for the Bridgeport locals. 

The restaurant's specialties are Italian beef and duck-fat-infused hot dogs. The locals usually enjoy these with a cold brew on the side. Speaking of which, the wine and cocktail list of the restaurant is not your general drinks list but one of the best for fine drinks on the South Side. 

7. Smyth + The Loyalist

West Loop | Brasserie 

Directions: 177 North Ada Street, Chicago

Contact Number: 773-913-3773

Website

Chicago’s one of the finest, Symth, bagged its third Michelin star last year. The Loyalist, its sibling restaurant, operates under its umbrella. It’s Chicago’s best - John and Karen Urie Shields’s two-for-one special in the West Loop! 

If you’re looking for a place to have the best burgers in the city, cozy up on the couch and savor The Loyalist’s famous and city’s most acclaimed - Dirty Burger! It’s a messy munchy with double cheese, charred onions, griddled patties, and Martin’s sesame seed bun.

8. Monteverde

West Loop | Italian

Directions: 1020 W Madison St, Chicago, IL 60607

Contact Number: (312) 888-3041

Website

It’s remarkable how quickly this first restaurant by former Top Chef and Spiaggia chef Sarah Grueneberg has become the center of the culinary conversations in Chicago. Today, when you think Italian in Chicago, only one name pops right after - Monteverde.

The place is well cherished for its delicious, unique, and innovative pastas. What’s interesting is that you can view two people kneading the dough and shaping out the pasta you will be having. Next, it’s then handed to the chef Sarah Grueneberg, who sprinkles her magic to prepare the most delicious and grandly tasting pasta in the entire Chicago! 

Conclusion

From the Michelin Star gems to unique hot dog stands, you’ll find the best of Chicago’s restaurants on this list! Armed with the list of the 8 best restaurants in Chicago, we’re sure you can now explore your favorite picks or maybe all of them!?

Point of sale

6 Must-Try Features from OneHubPOS for Restaurants in 2024 - A Comprehensive List

Sahana Ananth
August 5, 2024
2 mins

Are You Operating Your Restaurant Like Mama Maria?

Mama Maria's was a NY staple, beloved for its home-cooked charm. However, its old-school ways were starting to show. Carbon copy order slips, a cash-only system, and a chaotic kitchen were becoming major hurdles, especially during peak hours. The restaurant's warm, bustling atmosphere was at risk of being overwhelmed by inefficiency. Across the street, a new pizza place was thriving with modern technology, highlighting the stark contrast between old and new. As business grew, Maria faced a critical decision: embrace technology or risk losing customers to the competition.

Are you still relying on outdated systems like Mama Maria's?

6 Must-have POS Features To Run Your Restaurant Successfully

A robust Point-of-Sale (POS) system can be your secret weapon in today's tech-driven world.  The right POS can streamline operations, improve efficiency, and ultimately boost your bottom line. Here, we explore the 6 must-have POS features that every small restaurant owner in the US should prioritize:

1. User-Friendly Interface and Centralized Dashboard

A centralized dashboard to track every restaurant performance - employee, food, kitchen or delivery.

70% of restaurant owners report that a user-friendly POS system improves staff training time (Source: NCR Corporation)

A central dashboard provides a clear overview of key metrics like sales, inventory, and employee performance, allowing you to make informed decisions at a glance.

2. Seamless Order Management and Guest-Facing Displays

Digital menus with customization and combo options (extra cheese, anyone?) to improve order accuracy.

Swift order to pay workflow with menu and inventory management options and secure payments.

Guest-facing displays allow customers to review their order before checkout, reducing errors and speeding up service. This can lead to a 15% increase in average order value (Source: Toast Tab).

3. Integrated Kitchen Display System (KDS)

Eliminate paper tickets and communication delays with a KDS System.

Reliable kitchen hardware systems with seamless POS integrations to fast-track order delivery.

This digital kitchen display shows incoming orders in real-time, minimizing errors and ensuring food is prepared efficiently. Studies show that KDS systems can reduce food preparation time by 20% (Source: Revel Systems).

4. Secure Payment Processing with Flexibility

Modern customers expect diverse payment options. Cater to all preferences with a POS that accepts credit cards, debit cards, contactless payments, and mobile wallets (Apple Pay, Google Pay).

Offline functionality ensures you can still accept payments even with internet disruptions. Secure transactions with PCI compliance to protect sensitive customer data.

5. Real-time Inventory Management

Menu management that allows quick updates and real-time edits is crucial for keeping your digital menu in sync with your kitchen.

Inventory tracking with low-stock alerts helps prevent stockouts and wasted ingredients. This can lead to a 10% reduction in food waste (Source: Xero)

6. Mobile POS (mPOS) for Tableside Ordering and On-the-Go Convenience:

60% of restaurant patrons now use online ordering or delivery services (Source: Statista)

A mobile POS system allows staff to take orders tableside or manage outdoor seating efficiently. Look for a system with QR code integration for easy online ordering and payment.

Beyond the Must-Haves

While these six features are essential, consider your specific needs. You may want to track employee performance for targeted training or implement a customer loyalty program to boost repeat business. Remember, the ideal POS system should adapt and grow with your restaurant.

Choosing the Right POS System

  • Budget: POS systems have varying pricing models (monthly subscriptions, upfront costs) - define your budget and compare options.
  • Technical Support: Reliable support is vital. Ensure your chosen provider offers phone, email, or live chat assistance.
  • Security: Always prioritize PCI compliance to guarantee data security.
Top Restaurants US

16 Best Restaurants in Seattle That Will Wow You

Diksha Adhikari
July 31, 2024
August 3, 2024
2 mins

Thinking about grabbing a bite in Seattle? Get ready for a delightful experience! Seattle has some amazing spots for you to enjoy a meal and have a memorable experience. We've scoured the city and picked out our 16 best restaurants in Seattle that promise not just great food but a fantastic dining atmosphere, too. 

Our list has everything from hidden gems to local favorites that promise worthwhile experiences. So grab your coat, and let's have a look at the best dining spots the Emerald City has to offer. 

1. Bateau

Website: Bateau 

Directions

Bateau in Capitol Hill isn't your usual steakhouse. It's got a more relaxed vibe, kind of like a spot where tech folks from Amazon might chat over dinner rather than the dark, old-school steak joints. While the steaks are okay, what's really worth your time are their sides.

2. Canlis

Website: Canlis 

Directions

Canlis is a true Seattle classic, the kind of place you save for a really special night out. It's been around since 1950, sitting pretty over Lake Union, and it's got this relaxed, mid-century modern vibe that hasn't changed much over the years. Perfect for when you want to dress up and treat yourself to something memorable.

3. Archipelago

Website: Archipelago 

Directions

Archipelago in London takes you around the world with dishes like zebra jerky and kangaroo skewers. The exotic menu is paired with a cozy, eclectic vibe. It's perfect for anyone looking to spice up their dining routine or impress a date with something out of the ordinary.

4. The Chicken Supply

Website: THE CHICKEN SUPPLY 

Directions

The Chicken Supply in Greenwood is another best restaurant in Seattle and has some delicious treats for delicious, gluten-free chicken with a Filipino flair! Plus, their unique tapioca and rice flour blend keeps it light and tasty. And don't miss their sandwich pop-ups; those fried chicken sandwiches are seriously next-level!

5. Communion

Website: Communion 

Directions

Craving a taste of the South with a modern twist? Communion is the spot you can't miss in Seattle's Central District. Their dishes blend traditional Southern cooking with unique local flavors, like their po'boy/bánh mì hybrid or the earthy berbere grilled chicken.

6. Musang

Website: MUSANG SEATTLE 

Directions

If you're seeking a slice of the Philippines right here in Seattle, Musang on Beacon Hill is the place to go. Musang stands out with its community-driven initiatives and bold, inventive dishes. It puts a unique twist on traditional Filipino cuisine.

7. Bar del Corso

Website: BAR DEL CORSO 

Directions

Bar Del Corso is a must-visit for anyone who cherishes authentic Italian cuisine right here in Seattle. This cozy spot serves up Neapolitan pizzas that are a cut above the rest. Also, their entire range of Italian small plates—from zesty grilled octopus to succulent pork ragu—promises a taste of Italy that's both genuine and delicious. 

8. Off Alley

Website: Off Alley 

Directions

Off Alley is a real treat for those who love to try something a little different. Here, you'll find creative takes on local ingredients with a focus on those underrated cuts of meat and offal. They have dishes like braised tripe mixed with Dungeness crab or escargot on light, fluffy popovers.

9. Joule

Website: Joule - Seattle WA Relay Restaurant Group 

Directions

Joule sets itself apart with its innovative take on traditional Korean cuisine, paired with the classic flavors of a classic American steakhouse. The extensive menu spans from innovative starters to complex 'other than steak' dishes. 

10. Ba Bar

Website: Ba Bar 

Directions

Ba Bar is a gem for anyone craving authentic Vietnamese cuisine with a modern twist. The bar, tall and grand, backed by a poster of a vintage Vietnamese rock album, adds a touch of retro cool to the ambiance. Here, every dish is a statement in itself, from crispy imperial rolls to the charred beef wrapped around lemongrass.

11. Artusi

Website: Artusi 

Directions

Artusi is a charming bar is a casual spin-off from the acclaimed Spinasse. It has a more laid-back vibe without compromising on the quality of its dishes. They serve handcrafted pasta that promises to transport your taste buds straight to Italy.

12. Saint Bread

Website: Saint Bread 

Directions

Saint Bread is a delightful bakery and café in Seattle's University District. It promises a menu that's anything but ordinary. From their standout avocado toast, enhanced with za'atar and a perfect hint of lemon, to their unique breakfast sandwich on fluffy Japanese melonpan bread, each bite is an experience.

13. Paju

Website: Paju 

Directions

Paju is a cozy Korean spot that might look simple at first glance, but it has got a great vibe. The decor is understated, but Paju's dishes are anything but. They serve up a modern twist on Korean classics, using fresh, local ingredients that bring each dish to life.

14. Stateside

Website: Stateside

Directions

Stateside is the perfect spot to duck out of Seattle's gloomy weather and into a warm, inviting atmosphere filled with lush palm-tree-printed wallpaper and a vibe that's downright tropical. The menu is so delicious: crispy duck rolls to Bun Cha with house-made sausage.

15. Taurus Ox

Website: Taurus Ox 

Directions

Taurus Ox on Capitol Hill is your go-to for a taste of Laos with a twist. This spot may be small but big on flavor and heart. They have dishes like caramelized pork belly or a unique burger stacked with taro stem and cured pork jowl that meld beautifully with sharp provolone.

16. Terra Plata

Website: Terra Plata 

Directions

Terra Plata on Capitol Hill has got something different. With a focus on organic and sustainable ingredients, their dishes not only taste fresh but also support ethical farming practices. Their Spanish-inspired menu brings vibrant flavors that are hard to find elsewhere.

Conclusion

Well, there you have it—a tasty lineup of the best restaurants in Seattle that we absolutely adore. Each spot brings its unique flair and flavors to the table with a little something for every palate. These restaurants offer something unique, from organic and sustainable menus at Terra Plata to the innovative Korean dishes at Joule. So, next time you're wondering where to dine in the Emerald City, pick any from this list, and you're set for an incredible meal. 

Restaurants Payments

10 Key Tips to Speed Up Guest Payments in Your Restaurant

Roopak Chadha
July 31, 2024
August 2, 2024
2 mins

Have you ever noticed how the end of a meal can make or break the dining experience? That moment when guests are ready to leave, but the payment process slows them down can stick in their memory. 

On the other hand, quick and seamless payments make your customers feel valued and respected for their time. Speeding up guest payments enhances customer satisfaction and gives your customers another reason to revisit your restaurant. 

If you think your payment process needs to be more efficient, this blog features ten practical tips for you to boost mobile guest payment. These will help you ensure your guests walk out the door as happy with the service as they were with the meal.

Tip 1: Optimize Your POS System

A speedy and reliable POS keeps the hustle of payment transactions smooth and customer-friendly and boosts mobile guest payment online.

Because no one likes to wait, especially not hungry customers ready to pay and leave. Quick processing at the POS can reduce bottlenecks so that neither customers nor staff are unnecessarily stalled.

Some Quick Tips to Supercharge Your POS System

  • Upgrade your hardware: Ensure your POS terminals are up-to-date and can handle peak times.
  • Simplify the process: Remove unnecessary steps that can slow down transactions.
  • Go cloud-based: A cloud-based POS system can speed up operations and is often more reliable.
  • Train your staff: Regular training ensures everyone is up to speed on making transactions as efficiently as possible.

Top POS Systems for High-Speed Payment Processing

Here are our top 3 picks for high-speed payment processing:

1. OneHubPOS

OneHubPOS stands out for its sheer speed and efficiency. This all-in-one Android POS solution simplifies the order-to-pay process into three quick steps. Its robust, scalable hardware integrates seamlessly with any Android POS software and offers a degree of adaptability that's hard to beat. 

With features like real-time cloud-based operation management, customizable setups, and a single login for multiple stores, OneHubPOS supercharges your day-to-day operations.

2. Square

Square POS is a budget-friendly system that's easy to set up for small food joints. However, mid-sized businesses might view it as a hefty expense as it charges additional costs on certain features. It offers analytics and integration capabilities and makes inventory management easy. 

3. Clover

Clover POS is known for its fast performance and slick hardware. It is a great fit for larger restaurants or chains. It offers features like fingerprint logins and a wide range of customization options. Clover's features, while great, does not include a free plan and may require a significant investment, potentially stretching the budgets of smaller operations.

Tip 2: Train Your Staff

Training your team to handle payments efficiently is not just about pushing buttons on a POS. They must create a seamless experience for their customers. When your staff is well-versed in the ins and outs of the billing process, transactions go from being a potential stress point to a smooth checkout and a guest payment boost.

How to Elevate Your Staff's Payment Handling Skills

  • Ensure every team member knows the payment system thoroughly—from billing to handling different payment methods. Regular workshops can keep everyone up-to-date.
  • Train your staff to communicate charges and payment options clearly and politely. This will minimize confusion and enhance customer trust.
  • Use tech tools that simplify and boost mobile guest payment processes. 
  • Teach your team to be proactive in addressing billing inquiries or issues swiftly.
  • Keep your payment processes up to standard by regularly reviewing and updating them. 

Tip 3: Implement Mobile Payment Options

Mobile payments are quickly becoming the go-to way to pay, especially in the restaurant industry. With more than half of Americans now choosing digital wallets over traditional methods, offering mobile payment options could really set you apart from the competition.

These solutions let customers pay with just a tap of their smartphones. The real draw is how quick and easy they make things. No messing around with cash or cards—just a quick tap of their phone, and they're all set in seconds.

You can also consider using contactless payment methods. They are the norm in the food service industry, with 89% of consumers preferring to use cards or other contactless methods over cash at bars and restaurants. 

Here's why you should think about adding contactless payments to your setup:

  • Boost guest payment online significantly since there's no fumbling with cash or waiting around for change. 
  • It also cuts down on physical contact, which is a big plus for keeping things germ-free in our health-savvy world. 
  • Servers can turn tables quicker without the wait for card machines or bill folders.

Tip 4: Streamline Your Menu

When you simplify your menu and pricing, you reduce customers' time pondering what to order. It helps you in two ways: it cuts down on table turnaround times and transaction duration. Fewer options mean fewer complications during ordering, which leads to quicker decisions and a faster move to payment.

Tips that Work for Designing an Efficient Menu

  • Focus on favorites. Highlight your best sellers and customer favorites to guide quicker decisions.
  • Organize the menu into clear, logical sections that help customers quickly find what they want.
  • Limit choices- too many options can overwhelm you. Aim for a balance where you offer variety without clutter.
  • Use a clean, readable font and layout that doesn't crowd the page. Visual simplicity helps in faster ordering.

Tip 5: Come up with Curbside PickUp

Looking to boost guest payments? Consider giving curbside pickup a shot. Even post-pandemic, it remains a hit as it offers convenience that customers absolutely love.

When setting up a killer curbside pickup, there are a couple of things you’ll want to nail down first. 

  • Start with the right software. If it can juggle your orders and manage your inventory in real time, you're golden.
  • Communication is key. Once your customers place their order, hit them up with all the deets—they should know exactly what to expect. Send them their order number, your contact info, pick-up time, and a confirmation via email or SMS.
  • Dedicate a specific area for curbside pickups. This makes life easier for your team and keeps your customers smiling, especially if it helps them skip the wait. 

Tip 6:  Be Clear with Payment Instructions

Clear instructions ensure that customers understand exactly how and where to pay, which streamlines and boosts the guest payment process. Essentially, we're talking about straightforward, visible guidance on payment procedures that every customer can easily follow.

When customers know what to do, there's less confusion, quicker payments, and a smoother transition from dining to departure. It also helps reduce your staff's workload, who might otherwise spend time directing customers on how to complete their transactions.

Let's look at a couple of examples of effective signage and communication:

  1. Table tents with QR codes: These are small, stand-up signs placed on each table. These display a QR code along with a simple message like, "Scan here to pay your bill with our secure mobile payment system." 
  1. Digital screens at checkout: Consider a digital screen at the payment counter that displays animated instructions for payment. It could cycle through steps for inserting a card, tapping for contactless payments, or following prompts to complete transactions.

Tip 7: Move Onto Digital Receipts

Digital receipts speed up the payment process to a great extent. Once a transaction is completed, you can send the receipt instantly via email or text message. This eliminates the wait time associated with printing and ensures the customer can review their receipt on their device right away. It has other benefits, too:

  • Eco-friendly: Going digital reduces paper waste.
  • Cost-effective: It saves money on paper and printer maintenance.
  • Secure: Reduces the risk of lost receipts, with copies stored digitally.
  • Convenient for customers: It allows easy storage and retrieval for returns or expense tracking.

Tip 8: Automate Payment Processes

Automating your restaurant's payment processes removes the chaos of piles of invoices and endless manual entries. Automation speeds everything up, slashes manual errors, and you even get real-time insights into what's happening with your cash. 

When it comes to automated payment solutions for restaurants, you have multiple options:

  1. Integrated Point of Sale systems: These systems do more than boost guest payment online payments. They integrate with your restaurant's management software to track sales, inventory, and customer preferences.
  1. Self-service Kiosks: They let your guests order and pay on their own terms and cut down wait times for those in a rush. They help during busy hours by smoothing out service flows without the need to bring on extra hands.
  1. Mobile payment apps: With apps customers can pay their bills directly from their table via their smartphone. Such apps reduce the wait times for payment processing.

Tip 9: Improve Wi-Fi and Network Infrastructure

Having a strong and reliable internet connection is essential for the smooth operation of payment processing systems. And your customers appreciate it, too. 

If your restaurant network infrastructure needs help, it's high time you optimized it. Here's how you do it:

  1. Invest in a quality router: Opt for a commercial-grade router that can handle high traffic and provide extensive coverage. This will ensure that your payment terminals and other devices remain connected without dropouts.
  1. Check for regular updates: Keep your network devices updated with the latest firmware. This enhances security and functionality.
  1. Use wired connections where possible: For critical systems like your main POS, consider using wired connections. They are usually more reliable than Wi-Fi.
  1. Professional network assessment: Have a network expert assess your setup periodically. They can spot potential problems and recommend ways to fix them.

Tip 10: Monitor and Analyze Your Payment Processes

To keep things running smoothly, you need to be active in monitoring your payment processes. Regularly checking these processes helps pinpoint any inefficiencies that could slow down service, identify fraudulent activities early, and keep tabs on transaction accuracy and speed. 

You can use these two best ways to keep a check and boost guest payment processes:

  1. Use analytics tools: Implement POS systems that come with built-in restaurant analytics. These tools can track everything from transaction times to payment method preferences. Analyzing this data keeps you aware of the potential reasons behind any delays and ways to deter them.
  1. Ask for customer feedback: Quick surveys or direct feedback can provide insights into potential issues or suggestions for improvement. Sometimes, the most valuable improvements come directly from the user's experience.

Conclusion

If your guests leave happy, they're likely to spread the good word, which will boost your restaurant's reputation. Serving up tasty meals quickly and keeping the front of the house running smoothly is essential, but speeding up those payments is just as crucial. 

When trying to boost guest payments, prioritize simplicity and security. Opt for an intuitive payment system that minimizes steps and maximizes convenience, such as QR code payments that integrate with your service flow.

Thinking about upgrading your restaurant's guest payment experience? Talk to our experts and we'll guide you through enhancing your guest's payment experience.

Point of sale

Essential Tools to Effectively Manage Ghost Kitchens in 2024

Sahana Ananth
July 31, 2024
August 1, 2024
2 mins

As we move through 2024, it's clear that ghost kitchens are no longer a fad. They offer a dynamic and adaptable business model that caters to consumers' ever-changing needs. In the next few years, we can expect further integration with delivery platforms, advancements in kitchen automation, and the emergence of specialized ghost kitchen facilities with advanced infrastructure. But would it drive restaurant profitability? It's an exciting time for the food industry, and ghost kitchens are vital in this ongoing transformation. Let’s find out exactly how.

Are Virtual Kitchens also Ghost Kitchens?

They both refer to the same concept: a delivery-only food service business. The only difference is that a ghost kitchen operates without a physical storefront for dine-in customers, and a virtual kitchen could have a physical location.

Here's a breakdown of the interchangeable terms

  • Ghost Kitchen: This term emphasizes the lack of a physical presence for customers. It's a "ghost" in the sense that you can't actually visit the location.
  • Virtual Kitchen: This term highlights the focus on online ordering and delivery. It exists virtually through delivery platforms and online orders. There could be a physical location for the restaurant.

Ghost Kitchens vs. Traditional Restaurants

Here's a deeper dive into the differences between Ghost Kitchens and Traditional restaurants:

  • Delivery Focus: Ghost kitchens are all about delivery. The space and resources are solely for preparing food for takeout and delivery. Traditional restaurants have a kitchen for both dine-in and takeout orders.
  • Cost: Starting and operating a ghost kitchen is generally cheaper. There's no need for a fancy location, furniture, or front-of-house staff. Traditional restaurants face higher costs for rent/purchase of space, utilities for a larger area, and additional staff.
  • Marketing: Ghost kitchens rely heavily on online marketing and getting themselves listed on delivery platforms. Traditional restaurants can leverage their physical location and signage for greater visibility. They can also foster a community atmosphere for word-of-mouth marketing.
  • Brand Building: Building a brand for a ghost kitchen is entirely digital. Positive reviews on delivery apps and social media are key. Traditional restaurants can build a brand through physical space, ambiance, and customer service.

The State Of Ghost Kitchens in 2024

During the pandemic, access to restaurant food and facilities was limited, and hospitality was dying until automation and technology took over in the form of virtual kitchens like cloud kitchens and ghost kitchens. We saw a big boom in this industry, but not anymore. Ghost kitchens have been developing at a slower-than-expected pace since the pandemic. Why?

  1. Rebound of Dine-In: The traditional dine-in experience returned post-pandemic. Customers missed the social aspect of dining out, the restaurant atmosphere, and the full service provided by the wait staff.
  2. Increased Competition: The initial boom crowded this market, which then became saturated. This increased competition makes it harder for new entrants to stand out and for existing ones to maintain customer loyalty.
  3. Delivery Costs: High delivery fees lead to fewer orders and lower profitability for ghost kitchens. 
  4. Lack of Brand Identity: Building brand loyalty is harder for ghost kitchens without a physical presence. 
  5. Profitability Challenges: Although ghost kitchens have lower overhead costs, other factors like high commission fees to delivery platforms and maintaining a steady flow of orders can make turning a profit difficult.

Future Trends for Ghost Kitchens

The industry is likely to adapt and evolve. Here are some potential trends:

  • Focus on Differentiation: Successful ghost kitchens may need to offer unique menus, specialize in specific cuisines, or partner with famous chefs to stand out from the crowd.
  • Hybrid Models: We might see more ghost kitchens collaborating with existing restaurants to expand delivery options or utilize underused kitchen space.
  • Technology Integration: Advanced technology for automated cooking or order fulfillment could enhance efficiency and profitability for ghost kitchens.
  • Focus on Specific Locations: Ghost kitchens might succeed more in areas with high population density or limited restaurant options, catering to a specific customer base.

7 Essential Tools You Need To Run A Ghost Kitchen

Running a successful ghost kitchen requires a robust set of tools to manage various aspects of the business. Here are some key categories of tools you'll need:

1. Order Management Systems (OMS):

  • The heart of your operations. An OMS receives orders from multiple delivery platforms (DoorDash, Uber Eats, etc.) in a single interface, streamlining order processing and reducing errors. 
  • It can also edit menus, customize pricing, add combos, and update the digital menu in real time.

Important Note: It should allow you to manage menus across platforms, track order status, and send information to the kitchen display system.

2. Kitchen Display System (KDS):

  • Once an order is confirmed, the KDS displays it clearly in the kitchen. This helps cooks prioritize tasks, manage order flow, and prepare food efficiently and accurately.

Pro tip: Ghost Kitchen owners avoid POS systems and manage orders with a slick combo of Cloud POS + KDS, an affordable solution that just gets the job done.

3. Inventory Management Software:

  • Keeping track of your ingredients is crucial. Inventory management software allows you to monitor stock levels, automate purchase orders, and minimize waste. This avoids stock outs that can disrupt operations and impact customer satisfaction.

4. Point-of-Sale (POS) System:

  • While some ghost kitchens might rely solely on delivery platforms, a POS system can still be valuable. It allows you to manage direct online orders, take payments, track sales data, and offer loyalty programs if needed. All on a single platform. 

5. Delivery Management Software:

  • This software helps you optimize delivery logistics. It can connect with delivery partners, track drivers in real time, and ensure timely deliveries. This improves customer experience and reduces the risk of late or spoiled food.

6. Marketing and Analytics Tools:

  • Standing out in a crowded virtual space requires marketing efforts. Tools for social media management, email marketing, and data analytics can help you reach target customers, analyze marketing performance, and adjust your strategy based on results.

7. Team Communication Tools:

  • Effective communication is essential within your ghost kitchen team. Collaboration tools like Slack or Microsoft Teams can facilitate communication between cooks, managers, and delivery personnel, ensuring everyone is on the same page.

Additional Tools (Optional):

  • Accounting Software: Streamlines financial management and tracks expenses.
  • Security Cameras: Improves security and kitchen hygiene monitoring.
  • Food Prep Automation Tools (advanced): Automating specific tasks like chopping vegetables can improve efficiency for larger operations.

Testing the Ghost Kitchen Concept at Your Restaurant

The ghost kitchen model offers a way to expand your reach and experiment with new menus without the full investment of a traditional restaurant. If you are a restaurant owner and looking to test out ghost kitchens, here are the first few things to do. Here's how you can test this concept at your existing restaurant:

1. Assess Your Resources

  • Kitchen Capacity: Can your existing kitchen handle the additional volume of delivery orders without impacting dine-in service? Analyze current capacity and peak hours to see if it's feasible.
  • Staffing: Do you have enough staff to manage both dine-in and delivery operations efficiently? You might need to hire additional cooks or utilize existing staff strategically.
  • Delivery Infrastructure: Are you prepared to handle deliveries? Consider partnering with existing delivery platforms like DoorDash or UberEats, or explore a dedicated delivery driver service if you have high volume.

2. Develop Your Virtual Restaurant Concept:

  • Menu Selection: Choose a new menu or a subset of your existing menu that travels well for delivery. Consider offering dishes that are quick to prepare and maintain quality during transport.
  • Branding: Create a distinct virtual brand name and logo for your ghost kitchen. This helps differentiate it from your existing restaurant and attracts a new customer base.
  • Marketing Strategy: Promote your virtual restaurant using online marketing tools like social media, email marketing, and targeted advertising. Leverage your existing customer base to spread the word.

3. Leverage Existing Infrastructure:

  • Kitchen Space: Use your existing kitchen to prepare food for the ghost kitchen. Ensure this doesn't compromise dine-in customers' quality or speed of service.
  • Inventory Management: Integrate your existing inventory management system or software to track ingredients for your regular and ghost kitchen menus.
  • Delivery Operations: Designate a separate area for packing and handling delivery orders. This minimizes disruption to dine-in service and ensures hygiene standards.

4. Technology and Tools:

  • Order Management System (OMS): This software manages orders from various delivery platforms, streamlining order processing for dine-in and delivery services.
  • Kitchen Display System (KDS): You can utilize your existing KDS or invest in a basic system to display delivery orders for your cooks.
  • Point of Sale (POS) System: If your budget allows, consider integrating online ordering into your POS system.

5. Monitor and Analyze Results:

  • Track Sales Performance: Monitor sales data from your virtual restaurant to understand customer demand and profitability.
  • Customer Feedback: Gather customer feedback through online reviews and surveys to understand their experience with the ghost kitchen concept and menu.
  • Delivery Costs: Analyze delivery costs associated with partnering with delivery platforms.

Making the Decision

Based on your results after a trial period, you can decide whether to continue the ghost kitchen concept. It might be successful as a permanent addition to your business, or you may choose to refine the concept and relaunch it later.

Benefits of Testing Your Ghost Kitchen Concept

  • Low Risk: Testing allows you to experiment with minimal investment compared to opening a full-fledged ghost kitchen.
  • Data-Driven Decisions: Gain valuable data and customer insights before committing significant resources.
  • Increased Revenue: Potential to reach a new customer base and generate additional income.

Challenges to Consider & Review While Testing

  • Operational Efficiency: Managing dine-in and delivery operations can be complex and require dedicated staff.
  • Delivery Costs: Delivery platform fees can eat into profit margins.
  • Brand Confusion: Customers might initially be confused by the separate virtual brand.

By carefully planning and utilizing your existing resources, you can effectively test the ghost kitchen concept with minimal risk. The data and insights gained will help you make informed decisions about expanding your business model and reaching new customers.

OneHubPOS Goes Live on PAXSTORE with mPOS Solutions

Sahana Ananth
July 31, 2024
2 mins

OneHubPOS, a point-of-sale (POS) and payment solutions provider for retail and restaurants is thrilled to announce its arrival on PAXSTORE with the launch of its latest mobile POS solutions. This exciting news comes through a strategic partnership with PAX Technologies, bringing OneHubPOS mPOS to PAX A3700 and A920 series devices. This integration empowers businesses of all sizes with seamless mobile POS capabilities.

Seamless Mobile POS on the Go

OneHubPOS mPOS is designed for on-the-go efficiency, offering a user-friendly experience for order processing, payments, refunds, and reporting – all optimized for the convenience of a handheld device. The seamless compatibility with PAX A3700 and A920 series devices creates a complete mobile POS solution for retailers and restaurants, streamlining operations and enhancing customer service.

Benefits for Businesses:

  • Effortless Mobility: Empower your staff with the freedom of mobile order-taking, payments, and more through a user-friendly app.
  • Cost-Effective Solution: This integration offers a significant cost advantage compared to traditional POS systems, making it ideal for micro-merchants and small businesses.
  • Android Advantage: Leverage the familiarity and flexibility of the Android operating system with built-in payment acceptance technology.
  • Enhanced Efficiency: Streamline your operations with features like on-the-spot order taking, quick payments, and easy reporting functionalities.

“The potential for this solution in the unserved market segments like micro-merchants and small business owners is immense," said Satheesh Kanchi, CEO of OneHubPOS. "The combination of Android with integrated payment acceptance creates a vital software solution. This compact and user-friendly mobile POS solution is a game-changer for any retailer or restaurant looking to streamline operations and boost efficiency."

Top Restaurants US

Top 7 Trending Restaurants In Brooklyn You Would Not Want to Miss!

Diksha Adhikari
July 28, 2024
2 mins

Accept it! You’ve gone through countless blogs on food joints and restaurants in Brooklyn. Each picture and detail of the fine restaurants makes your mouth water and your stomach growl. But before you surrender to any of those, we suggest you give this one a read!

The culinary scene of Brooklyn is nothing you can sum up in just a few words! It’s quite an extensive scene with ample options to suit any taste and budget. From traditional flavors to Michelin-starred wonders to wood-fired pizzas and homemade pasta, Brooklyn hosts it all. Oh, and let’s not forget the unique and innovative cocktails.

So, forget the boring guidebooks and outdated food chains. While the existing and long standing restaurants would be renowned enough and go-to options for the locals, it’s time to explore the new and current hot spots for dining in the city. We’re here with the most exciting list of the top 8 trending restaurants in Brooklyn in 2024. Let’s dive in.

7 Best Restaurants In Brooklyn

1. Osteria [Italian]

The first on the list is a warm, inviting spot in Brooklyn on Myrtle Ave in Clinton Hill. Osteria is best known for fresh seafood, pasta, and pizzas. Moreover, it’s famous for the Fritto Misto (fried mixed seafood), oysters, and burrata salad. 

What you can’t miss is their selective variety of Italian wines and beers. So, rest assured, you’ll have a delightful and delicious dining experience. 

Visitor’s Tip: While the menu is Italian, the portions can be on the larger side. What’s best is that they are open to accommodate any dietary restrictions with advance notice. 

Website: Osteria Brooklyn 

Google Maps: Osteria Brooklyn, 458 Myrtle Ave, Brooklyn, NY 11205, United States

2. Clover Hill [New American]

Next on the list is a highly acclaimed New American restaurant that is well appreciated for its exquisite tasting menu that changes seasonally. So, expect dishes that are vibrant in color, bold in flavor, and eye-catching in presentation.

Led by chef Charlie Mitchell (James Beard Award for Best Chef), Clover Hill is a Michelin-starred restaurant with a focus on a menu with minimal and elegant interiors. 

Visitor’s Tip: Be prepared for a fine dining experience that comes with a price tag. Also, while there is no dress code, you may want to dress fine to match the upscale environment. 

Website: Clover Hill

Google Maps: 20 Columbia Pl, Brooklyn, NY 11201, United States

3. Theodora [Mediterranean]

This is a relatively new restaurant in Forte Green, Brooklyn, whose every corner has a different vibe!! From a bar at the front to a wood-fired oven at the center and a dining room at the back, Theodora boasts nothing less than a party vibe. 

The place's main attractions are live fire and dry-aged seafood, especially the dry-aged fish. This dry aging process intensifies the flavor that people crave. 

Visitor’s Tip: Don’t mistake this for a classic steak house. However, you’ll be satisfied by exploring their natural wine program. 

Website: Theodora

Google Maps: 7 Greene Ave, Brooklyn, NY

4. Lilia [Italian]

Six years since this pasta parlor opened, and people still can’t stop savoring the delicious pasta here! Why? Well, Lilia seems to have mastered the art! So, if you’re someone who loves fresh, hand-made pasta, Lilia is the place for you. Chef Missy Robbins transformed this garage into a feel-good destination restaurant that is cherished by the locals.

Visitor’s Tip: The place also offers wood-fired seafood and classic Italian cocktails you’ll love and keep returning time and time again.

Website: Lilia

Google Maps: 567 Union Ave, Brooklyn, 11211

5. Sawa [Lebanese]

Next on the list is a classic Lebanese restaurant - Sawa! The name Sawa means ‘Together’ in Arabic. The place boasts big windows and an open kitchen! You may be welcomed with the sight of a freshly home-baked pita being rolled out. What’s best about the place is its cocktails and Lebanese wine. You’ll love the welcoming dining experience curated by the family recipes and expert techniques of Chef Samaya Boueri Ziade and Chef de Cuisine Soroosh Golbabae.

Visitor’s Tip: Don’t forget to try their specialty - Kibbeh Arnabiyeh, a large lamb shank in tahini. Also, the portions are large, so we recommend you bring some friends.

Website: Sawa

Google Maps: Sawa, 75 5th Ave, Brooklyn, NY 11217, United States

6. R Slice Pizza [Pizza]

Are you a pizza lover? Then, this relatively new New York slice joint in Brooklyn is what you need to visit! Although they make great plain slices, they’re best known for and outshine their specialty slices. This joint is just like Roberta’s, yet different!

North Bushwick’s been longing for a quality slice joint for a very long time, but now, it has the best in the town!

Visitor’s Tip: Don’t refrain from trying their unique Fire & Ice, a well-thought-out combination of spicy ‘nduja and sweet-ish stracciatella. It takes inspiration from a dish at their sister wine bar, Foul Witch.

Website: R Slice Pizza

Google Maps: 257 Moore Street, Brooklyn, New York 11206

7. Daphne’s [Italian]

Daphne’s is another new addition to the restaurants in Brooklyn! Although much time hasn’t passed since the launch of this Italian restaurant in Bed-Stuy, there has been a buzz about the place across the town. While their menu has an array of traditional Italian dishes, Chef Jamie Tao brings fresh and seasonal ingredients along with unique flavor combinations to the table.

Daphne's only opened this April, so it hasn't won awards yet. However, it was able to bag positive reviews in local publications like Brooklyn Magazine, which called it "Brooklyn's best new restaurant.”

Visitor’s Tip: The environment is lively, energetic, and welcoming. Consider it an excellent place to hang out and chill with friends. 

Website: Daphne’s

Google Maps: 299 Halsey St, Brooklyn, NY 11216, United States

Conclusion

Having gone through the list of top 8 trending restaurants, we’re sure Brooklyn’s got your next must-visit food destination. And who knows? It may even become your new favorite! From homemade pasta to Italian dishes with innovative, bold flavors and open-flame seafood, Brooklyn hosts some of the best, most inspiring fusion delicacies. So why wait? Go explore these restaurants today and feed your Instagram profile too!

Restaurants Payments

Swipe, Tap, Dine: Boost Profits with Contactless Payments Options for Restaurants ‍

Satheesh Kanchi
July 26, 2024
2 mins

About 50% of US consumers worry about the cleanliness of signature touchpads. In fact, 72% would rather skip signing altogether! The result: over half of Americans (51%) are using some form of contactless payment, with 36% using it for quick service restaurants.

Want to keep up with customer preferences, improve hygiene, and speed up transactions? If yes, you should use modern payment methods for your contactless payment restaurant. Let’s explore how contactless payment in restaurants can increase customer satisfaction and make operations run smoothly.

What is a POS System with Contactless Payment for Restaurants?

A Point of Sale system is a combined hardware and software solution that helps contactless payment restaurants handle transactions, keep track of inventory, and simplify their day-to-day operations. It includes the following hardware and software components:

  • POS terminal
  • Card reader 
  • Receipt printer 
  • Cash drawer 
  • Barcode scanner
  • Customer display 
  • Useful features like:
    • Sales management
    • Inventory management 
    • Customer Relationship Management (CRM)
    • Employee management
    • Reporting and analytics 

The Contactless Payment Technology

1. Near Field Communication (NFC)

NFC lets devices exchange data usually over 4 cm or less. Being the key technology behind contactless payments, it enables devices to transmit payment information to the POS terminal quickly and securely.

2. Tokenization

This security process replaces your sensitive payment info with a unique identifier or token. So, your actual card details aren't stored on your device or sent during the transaction. This makes fraud less likely to happen.

3. Mobile Devices

Smartphones and wearables like smartwatches allow NFC payments in restaurants. The user just has to tap their device with a digital wallet, and they're good to go!

4. EMV (Europay, MasterCard, and Visa)

This worldwide standard for cards with computer chips helps verify chip-card transactions. EMV cards work for contact and contactless payments.

Apple Pay, along with contactless credit and debit cards, are some popular methods available in the US for a contactless payment restaurant.

Benefits of Contactless Payment Systems for Restaurants

1. Better Customer Experience

Diners are all into convenience and speed; contactless dining delivers just that. They can use their smartphones or tap their contactless cards to pay. No cash or signatures are needed! A contactless payment restaurant can offer loyalty rewards and promotions via mobile wallet integration.  

2. Increased Operational Efficiency

Allowing contactless payments in restaurants speeds up transaction processing. So, your staff can serve more customers in less time. Affordable solutions like OnehubPOS have advanced features like inventory management and sales tracking that keep an eye on everything. This way, your contactless payment restaurant team won't get bogged down with cash or manual payments. 

3. Improved Hygiene and Safety

A contactless payment restaurant cuts down on physical contact between your staff and diners. As they’d just tap their devices or cards, you no longer have to handle cash or pass around receipts. The result: fewer germs and viruses spreading around your space.

4. Faster Transaction Times

Speed is everything in the busy environment of a QSR. Contactless payment systems let customers pay in just a few seconds. It also means you can serve more diners in less time. The result: higher revenue.

Types of Contactless Payment Methods

1. Mobile Wallets

Mobile wallets like Apple Pay keep the payment info right on the customer's smartphone. They just have to tap their phone at a POS terminal to pay. Plus, these wallets may come with loyalty rewards, transaction tracking, and better security. 

2. Contactless Credit and Debit Cards

These cards allow RFID or NFC payments in restaurants. So, customers don't need to insert or swipe them to pay. They just have to tap their card on a contactless terminal.

3. QR Code Payments

Customers scan a QR code at checkout with their smartphone camera. It takes them straight to a payment screen where they can enter their info. The best part? You don’t need any hardware, so it’s perfect for small restaurants. 

Implementing Contactless Payment in Your Restaurant

Contactless payment systems simplify transactions, improve customer satisfaction, and reduce wait times. Thus, it's perfect for today’s consumers who want speed and convenience, and it also tackles hygiene concerns. 

Step 1: Choosing the Right POS System

To get the right POS system for your contactless payment restaurant, here's what you should ensure:

Speed and Convenience

Your chosen POS system should let your customers just tap their devices or cards and complete transactions in seconds.  

Versatility and Flexibility

Your payment system should be able to handle everything from mobile wallets to contactless cards and QR codes. This way, your restaurant would cater to all sorts of customer preferences.

Security Features

Your contactless payment system should come with advanced security features like encryption and tokenization. These features protect your information above contactless payments in restaurants to cut down on fraud and data breaches.

Integration with Existing Restaurant Operations

Ensure your selected contactless payment systems work well with your current restaurant setup. This all works together to provide better service and keep your customers happy.

Step 2: Training Staff for Smooth Adoption

Make sure to hold some useful training sessions to help your staff get comfortable with contactless payment options for restaurants. Answer any questions they might have. When your team feels confident, they can better assist customers.

Step 3: Marketing the New Payment Options to Customers

Smart marketing can boost awareness and get more people using these options. Use social media, put up signs in your restaurant, and send out email newsletters. Talk about the perks of contactless payment options for restaurants, like how fast and safe they are, to get everyone on board. 

How to Tackle Security Issues in Contactless Payments

1. Ensure Data Protection and Privacy

Use advanced encryption tech to keep sensitive data safe from unauthorized access. Plus, have strict access controls and do regular security audits to spot any weaknesses. 

2. Comply with Industry Standards (PCI DSS)

Ensure your restaurant's contactless payment systems meet PCI DSS rules and best practices for keeping cardholder info safe. This means having secure networks, strong access controls, and regularly testing your security systems.

3. Prevent Fraud and Unauthorized Transactions

Use multi-factor authentication for transactions to add an extra layer of protection beyond the usual methods. Also, keep an eye on transactions regularly to catch any suspicious activity right away. Set clear rules for dealing with unauthorized transactions. 

Contactless QR Code Payments vs Debit Card Payments

FeatureQR Code PaymentsDebit Card Payments
Payment MethodScan a QR code using a smartphone appSwipe, insert, or tap the card on a reader
Hardware RequirementSmartphone with a camera and internet accessPOS terminal with card reader
SecurityEncryption and tokenizationEMV technology
FeesLower for merchants; may vary by providerHigher, depending on the bank and card issuer
AvailabilityCan be used by anyone with a smartphone and compatible appLimited to those who have a debit card issued by a bank
International UseAccepted widely in markets with QR infrastructureAccepted globally but may incur foreign transaction fees

Checklist for a Restaurant POS System with Contactless Payment Features 

Here's a checklist to make sure you get the best POS system for your restaurant:

  • NFC-enabled payment terminal
  • Tablets or touch-screen features
  • Wireless receipt printers
  • Contactless card readers
  • Mobile devices for tableside service
  • Support for Apple Pay, Google Pay, Samsung Pay, and other contactless payments
  • EMV chip card acceptance
  • Mobile wallet integration
  • Tableside ordering and payment capabilities
  • Customizable menu interface
  • Table mapping and management
  • Split billing and check-splitting options
  • Real-time inventory updates
  • Automated stock level alerts
  • Customer profiles and order history
  • Loyalty programs and rewards tracking
  • Feedback collection and analytics
  • Employee scheduling and time tracking
  • Comprehensive sales reports
  • Integration with accounting software, such as QuickBooks
  • PCI DSS compliance and end-to-end encryption
  • Secure login and user authentication
  • Regular software updates
  • User-friendly interface
  • Fast, responsive system performance
  • Easy integration with existing restaurant systems
  • Quick, seamless checkout process
  • Digital and emailed receipts
  • Options for contactless tipping
  • Integration with popular food delivery platforms, such as UberEats and DoorDash
  • Compatibility with online reservation systems, like OpenTable
  • 24/7 technical support
  • Hardware maintenance and warranty services
  • Support for multi-location operations
  • Cloud-based system for scalability
  • Flexible subscription plans
  • SMS and email marketing campaigns
  • Integration with social media platforms
  • Digital gift cards and vouchers
  • Customer feedback and review management

Future Trends in Restaurant Payments

1. Biometric Payments

In 2023, North America's biometric payment market made up 32% of the revenue share. As people get used to biometrics on their smartphones, expect to see these payment methods popping up in contactless payment restaurant businesses too.

2. Blockchain

The US blockchain market was worth around $4.96 billion in 2023. This tech has a ton of potential for restaurants as it can track transactions in real time, which helps cut down on fraud and mistakes. Plus, it can speed up the time it takes for restaurants to settle up with payment processors.

3. Enhanced Customer Experience through Personalization

Restaurants are catching on the trend that 60% of customers are more likely to become regulars if they get a personalized experience. They're using transaction data to create special promotions and loyalty rewards.

4. Integration of AI in Payment Systems

AI is going to be a game-changer for payment systems in the US. It can find out about consumer behavior to ease restaurant contactless payment processes, spot trends, and improve fraud detection. This means transactions will become secure and efficient.

The Role of Mobile POS in the Contactless Payments Era

Mobile POS systems let staff take payments right at the table or while customers are in line. Plus, these systems usually come with contactless payment options, so customers can pay securely with their smartphones or cards. This way, a contactless payment restaurant meets the demand for quick service and fits with remote ordering. So this can improve customer satisfaction and ease operations in the future.

Conclusion

Bringing in contactless payment systems makes customers happier, increases efficiency, and keeps everything safer. To get started, contactless payment restaurant businesses should check out their current POS tech, train their staff, and spread the word about these new payment options. Going contactless keeps up with what customers want and helps restaurants grow. 

OnehubPOS can be your partner in this shift. With reliable, easy-to-use solutions, it simplifies payment processes. Start today at $1 and see the difference first-hand!

Point of sale

POS for Food Trucks: How Mobile Systems Drive Success on the Road

Diksha Adhikari
July 23, 2024
2 mins

The food truck industry in the US has expanded significantly over the past five years. That’s not it. It has also emerged as one of the top-performing segments within the broader food service sector

The mobility of food trucks allows them to bring both comfort food and gourmet options—all being a safe and convenient dining alternative. 

However, the road to success in this industry is not without bumps. Food trucks face challenges like managing limited space, high mobility demands, and the need for speedy service, etc. Here's where a reliable Point of Sale (POS) system comes into the picture.

In this blog, we will explore how a mobile food truck POS system can transform the way food trucks operate and tackle their common challenges. 

Why do Food Trucks Need a Mobile POS System?

Unlike traditional restaurants, food trucks are always on the move. Their operating conditions are different from usual brick-and-mortar restaurants. Due to this mobility, these setups require more flexible and portable POS systems.

Moreover, the limited space on board asks for compact solutions. POS systems for food trucks are generally smaller in size, while they are capable of handling everything from sales tracking and inventory management to customer management. 

Key Features of an Effective Mobile POS System for Food Trucks

While looking for an ideal food truck POS, don’t miss out on these features:

Sales Tracking and Reporting

For food truck operators, an effective POS system is like having a dashboard that shows not only sales but also customer habits. It can spotlight which dishes are hits and which are misses so that you can adjust your menu. It's also essential to recognize your loyal customers—those who frequently come back for more. 

By offering tailored rewards and keeping in touch through a CRM-enhanced POS, you can turn occasional visitors into regular customers. Additionally, this system can monitor your daily earnings, alert you when supplies dip low, and even track expenses, all of which sharpen your business acumen.

Inventory Management

Food trucks have limited space and perishable goods, which is why inventory management is extremely important. For these setups, look for POS with integrated inventory management features. These features will streamline tracking your stock levels in real-time.

With this, you can spend less time tallying up supplies and more time delighting your customers with delicious dishes. You will always know whether your inventory has all the required goods and when something is out of stock with easy-to-read reports.

Mobile Payment Processing

Modern mobile POS terminals come with features you need for a food truck's quick-moving, varied demands. They’ve got it covered, from swiping cards to tapping for NFC payments, making it super easy for you to accept payments, whether it’s a card or straight from a customer's smartphone.

Customer Relationship Management (CRM)

A food truck POS with CRM capabilities makes customer relationship management a lot easier for you. Right from recording their names to their go-to orders and birthdays, it helps you provide personalized service to your customers.

With CRM features, as soon as you spot a familiar face, you can say, "The usual today?" Personalizing your service like this will make your customers feel special while also creating a friendly, community vibe around your truck. 

QR Ordering and Payment

QR ordering and payment systems speed up the ordering process. Customers can simply use their smartphones to order anything without interacting with any staff or waiting in lines. All they have to do is scan a QR code, order what they want, and make the payment right away! For you, it means quicker turnover, reduced wait times, and happier customers. 

Plus, this streamlined process reduces order inaccuracies and frees up your staff to focus on food preparation and customer service. 

Integration with Other Tools

Integrating your food truck POS system with other business tools can transform how you operate day-to-day. For instance, imagine your POS system automatically updating your accounting records every time a sale is made—no more late-night number crunching! 

Or consider how easy life would become if you could link your sales data directly to marketing platforms; you could instantly send thank-you coupons to repeat customers or target new customers based on recent successful locations. 

Benefits of Using a Mobile POS System for Food Trucks

A mobile food truck POS system is the way to make your food truck up and running and efficient. Here's what you get:

Enhanced efficiency and speed of service

With a portable POS system, your food truck can turn into a high-efficiency kitchen on wheels. You can tap, swipe, and serve on the go. This quick handling means shorter lines, happier customers, and more time for you to craft those mouth-watering specialties.

Accurate sales and inventory data

A mobile POS system gives you access to sales and inventory data. By analyzing this data, you can spot insights that can help you tweak your menu and pricing. Further, you can get insights on waste, too, to adjust your ingredients order before heading to the next stop.

Improved Customer Experience and Satisfaction

With a mobile POS system, your customers can breeze through ordering and payment, skipping those long lines. This quick service not only saves them time but also leaves a great impression. Happy customers tend to return, talk up their experience, and spread the word about your food truck.

Easy Scalability and Flexibility

As your food truck empire grows, a mobile POS system easily scales with you. Need to add another truck to your fleet? No worries—your system expands to cover new setups effortlessly. It will adapt to increased demand and diverse locations without missing a beat. 

Increased Profitability and Reduced Operational Costs

A mobile POS system will enhance your profitability in multiple ways. Such systems are known to quicken customer transactions and eliminate manual order errors. Doing so keeps you away from operational headaches and reduces unnecessary spending.

Affordable Asset for Your Food Truck

Considering the ROI you get with a POS system, they are a pretty affordable investment. Such systems let you streamline almost every aspect of your food truck- order taking or sales analyzing. Plus, budget-friendly options like OneHubPOS cater to different needs so that you don't pay for features you won't use.

Compact and Durable POS Hardware

The right POS hardware can transform a cramped food truck into a model of modern efficiency. Compact, durable, and designed to withstand the rigors of a mobile kitchen, these systems take up minimal space. Touchscreens can speed up order processing, and mobile units allow for payments right at the table—or, in this case, the truck window.  

How to Choose the Right Mobile POS System for Your Food Truck?

You have to be very careful when choosing the right POS system. Here are the top 6 things to consider when looking for an efficient mobile food truck POS system:

1. Ease of Use

When it comes to usability, your POS system should be as simple as your hot-selling recipe. It should be something you and your team can get the hang of quickly. Look for a system with a clear, intuitive interface that simplifies transactions.

2. Mobility and Portability 

Next up, look for mobile and hassle-free portable POS solutions for your food truck. The system you're opting for must be lightweight, easy to use, and portable.

OneHubPOS is a great food truck POS option, thanks to its mobility, portability, and ease of use. It allows you to manage orders and transactions right from the serving window or curbside. 

3. Cost

Cost is a big deal when choosing a POS system for your food truck. You want value for your money without breaking the bank. Consider both upfront costs and any ongoing fees like subscriptions or service charges when choosing a POS.

4. Support

When you encounter a glitch with your POS, you need it resolved quicker than you can shout, "Next order!" That's why having solid customer support is essential. Look for a provider that's got your back with a range of support options like phone, email, and live chat.

5. Must-Have Features

Just like no two food trucks serve up the same menu, no two need the same POS setup. A stellar POS system adapts to your truck's unique identity. With this, in mind, you should look for the following seven food truck POS features.

The Must-Have Food Truck POS Features Checklist

      Online or Offline Compatibility
  • Works with or without WiFi
  • Can create a WiFi hotspot for customers
  • WiFi form to capture customer information for promotions
  • Cloud dashboard
  • Speed billing
      Payment Flexibility
  • Easily split or combine checks
  • Transfer items to separate checks
  • Provide digital receipts
  • Accept digital signatures
  • Save signed receipts to a secure cloud location
      Hardware
  • Mobile POS options (tablets, smartphones) for taking orders on the go
  • Android hardware
  • Cash drawer integration for secure cash handling
      Faster Delivery
  • Compatible with delivery services like UberEats, Seamless, DoorDash
  • Delivery dispatch feature to track drivers
      Customization Made Easy
  • Customize food options easily
  • Create mandatory modifiers
  • Automatically adjust prices for profitability
  • Reward customers through menu item categories, happy hour features, and reward programs
      Integration and Flexibility
  • Integrations with other tools and systems
      Comprehensive Inventory Management
  • Clear insights into stock levels
  • Track usage rates
  • Timely reorder notifications
  • Prevent stockouts and overordering
  • Optimize inventory costs and reduce waste
      Reporting and Analytics Tools
  • Solid reporting and analytics capabilities
  • Identify sales trends
  • Understand customer preferences and behaviors
  • Inform menu adjustments, pricing, and marketing strategies
      Marketing, Gift Cards, and Rewards Program Integration
  • Integrate marketing tools
  • Offer gift card options
  • Implement loyalty programs
  • Personalize customer interactions
  • Promote loyalty and encourage repeat visits

As more customers tap, swipe, or pay through apps, choosing a POS that handles these methods can streamline your sales. One important point to keep in mind here is checking the transaction fees—the lower, the better for you.

Top Mobile POS Systems for Food Trucks

Your hunt for the best mobile POS systems ends here. We are sharing the top-runner mobile POS systems for food trucks in 2024:

1. OneHubPOS

OneHubPOS is a cloud-based, self-installable POS for food trucks, especially for food trucks. It features hardware solutions like the Pax A800 and A920 Pro mPOS devices, which boast sleek designs, secure and versatile payment options, and strong battery backups—perfect for the on-the-go nature of food trucks.

These devices ensure that transactions are fast and secure, thanks to multiple payment integrations and robust wireless connectivity. The integration of these mPOS systems with OneHubPOS software means you can manage orders, track sales in real time, and even leverage powerful restaurant analytics to drive your business forward. 

Pricing

OneHubPOS offers a $1 offer where you can enjoy a POS for three months. We don't have any hidden fees. Our transparent, scalable pricing ensures you pay only for what you need.

2. TouchBistro

TouchBistro is a food truck POS system that utilizes iPads for various functions like point of sale terminals, KDS screens, self-ordering kiosks, and handheld devices. 

It supports multiple payment options, including TouchBistro Payments, TSYS, or Square, though fees vary by processor. 

Pricing

Priced at $69 per terminal per month. 

3. Toast

Ideal for high-volume trucks & fleets, Toast is a great portable POS system with a hybrid setup. While small truck operations might not use all of Toast’s available tools, it’s great for growing trucks.

Pricing

Their Starter Kit terminal is available for $799. 

4. Lightspeed

Lightspeed brings the ease of a POS system with zero setup or installation fees. You can run it on any desktop via a web browser or on iPads since Lightspeed is an authorized Apple reseller—meaning you can snag your iPads and other POS hardware directly from them. 

Pricing

Pricing starts at $59 for restaurants, offering features like unlimited users, tableside ordering, and robust reporting. For a bit extra, starting at $39, you can add extras like loyalty programs or delivery integration.

Challenges and Solutions in Implementing a Mobile POS System

While we can't ignore the fact that integrating a mobile food truck POS brings many advantages, it comes with some challenges, too. 

Internet Connectivity Issues

Challenge: Food trucks often park in places where WiFi is as scarce as a quiet day at a food festival. Without stable internet, processing digital payments can stall, which may dampen quick service.

Solution: Opt for a POS system that offers offline modes. These systems store transaction data and sync it once you're back online.

Space Constraints

Challenge: Space is at a premium in a food truck, and fitting in a bulky POS system can feel like solving a puzzle.

Solution: Choose compact, wireless POS systems that fit comfortably within your workspace. Handheld devices or tablets are perfect, as they offer full functionality without the clutter.

Training Staff

Challenge: With a revolving door of seasonal staff, training everyone on a new system can be time-consuming.

Solution: Pick a POS with an intuitive interface known for ease of use. Quick training videos or guides can help newbies get up to speed in no time.

CategoryChallengeSolution
Internet ConnectivityScarce WiFi, stalls digital paymentsPOS with offline modes
Space ConstraintsBulky POS systems in limited spaceCompact, wireless POS; handheld devices or tablets
Training StaffTime-consuming training for seasonal staffIntuitive POS; quick training videos or guides

Essential Parts of POS Systems- Hardware and Software

Now, let's break down the essential parts of POS systems that you must not overlook.

Software  

The software part of your food truck POS system needs to be super user-friendly and straightforward so you can quickly process sales, keep an eye on your inventory in real-time, and stay on top of customer interactions without a hitch.

Good software will also offer detailed reporting that helps you understand your sales patterns and financial health at a glance.

Hardware  

Now, onto the hardware. A robust POS setup hinges on durable hardware that can endure the daily grind of business operations. Here are the essentials you should consider:

  1. POS Terminals/Registers: These are responsible for processing the transactions. Options range from sleek touchscreen terminals, which are user-friendly and visually appealing, to more traditional cash registers that are robust and straightforward.
  1. Mobile POS Terminals: These portable devices can move with you. They ensure anyone can make transactions anywhere around your truck.
  1. Receipt Printers: They provide customers with transaction records. Thermal printers are popular for their speed and low maintenance, while impact printers are valued in environments where receipts need to withstand heat and handling.
  1. Cash Drawers: They securely store transaction proceeds. Electronic models integrate with your POS for smooth operations; manual ones offer simplicity and reliability.

Conclusion

The right technology can amplify your roadside business success. From streamlining daily operations to enhancing customer satisfaction, a tailored mobile food truck POS system, like OneHubPOS, brings various advantages to food trucks.

With features supporting various payment methods and easy scalability, food truck operators are well-equipped to expand their business footprint without missing a beat. So go ahead and supercharge your food truck performance with OneHubPOS at $1. Book a demo with us to learn more.

Top Restaurants US

You Must Try These Top 10 Places to Eat in New York in Your Next Outing‍

Diksha Adhikari
July 23, 2024
2 mins

New York City is a real feast for food lovers! Every neighborhood and street corner bursts with mouthwatering options that bring the world to your plate. One moment, you could be enjoying sensational dim sum in Chinatown, and the next, indulging in a lavish Italian spread in Little Italy. 

So, if you're ready to take your taste buds on a worldwide tour without leaving the city, here are the top 10 places to eat in New York that you have to check out!

1. Katz's Delicatessen

Website: Katz's Deli 

Location: East Houston Street

When we talk about classic Jewish delis, Katz's Delicatessen (an exception that hasn't disappeared yet) pops up in our minds. This famous restaurant has been there since 1888. It's not only rich with history but also in their culinary heritage. It is famous for its massive pastrami on rye sandwiches.

Pricing

As for the cost, their sandwiches are generally priced around $20. 

2. Le Bernardin

Website: Le Bernardin 

Location: West 51st Street

Le Bernardin is a total legend place, especially if you're into seafood. The star of the show is their poached halibut. Chef Eric Ripert is the genius behind it all; he has kept things top-notch for over thirty years. One of the best things about Le Bernardin is how they bring those fresh, natural flavors of seafood in every dish—nothing's overdone or overpowered.

Pricing

Le Bernardin with lunch priced at $90 and dinner at $160.

3. 21 Club

Website: 21 Club 

Location: West 52nd Street

This place has quite the backstory— it was established as a speakeasy during Prohibition. When you step in, you can probably understand what makes it an absolute favorite of famous movie stars and presidents. The vibe and the dining experience you might have at 21 Club is to stretch your wallet for.  

Pricing 

You won't regret giving 21 Club a chance since their entries hover around the $50 mark. 

4. Il Gattopardo

Website: Il Gattopardo 

Location: West 54th Street

Il Gattopardo really nails that genuine Italian dining experience. The food there is absolutely divine, and there is a lot on the menu to try. They've got a great range of pasta with flavors of rich Genovese sauce. Apart from that, their lasagna stuffed with mini meatballs, ricotta, and smoked mozzarella is also something people rave about.

Pricing

Keeping their aesthetics and quality in mind, it's worth spending $30 to $50 for a main dish there.

5. Porter House Bar & Grill

Website: Porter House Bar and Grill 

Location: Columbus Circle

Porter House Bar & Grill has something that makes it a go-to spot for decades now. Their steaks and the stunning view of Central Park make it worth going there despite the endless options on their high-end market. We have to say that their service is top-notch, and they offer some of the best USDA Prime steaks around.

Pricing

Dining at Porter House has a premium range, with entrees ranging from $50 to over $100.

6. Xi'an Famous Foods

Website: Xi'an Famous Foods 

Location: Golden Mall in Flushing, Queens

If you're tired of trying Italian and other steaks and want to try your hands on something different, Xi'an Famous Foods is your place. This restaurant brings the world-famous bold flavors straight from Xi'an, a city in northwestern China. Their dishes are rich in spice and flavor that will light up your taste buds in ways you never imagined. 

Pricing

Xi'an Famous Foods has kept the pricing fair, with their famous hand-pulled noodles costing only $7 to $9 per serving.

7. The Modern at MoMA

Website: The Modern 

Location: West 53rd Street

The Modern at MoMA gives you a mix of vibes, with their dining area giving you semi-formal vibes and the bar area being a perfect calming space. You can enjoy some great contemporary American cuisine here. Their long island duck breast is a big reason why people love to keep coming back.

Pricing

Dinner options at The Modern start around $100 per person.

8. Grand Central Oyster Bar & Restaurant

Website: Grand Central Oyster Bar 

Location: Grand Central Terminal

The Grand Central Oyster Bar & Restaurant has been a seafood haven since 1913. Here, the daily catch dictates the menu. It has up to 20 varieties of oysters and seasonal delights like soft-shell crabs and bay scallops. The place is always lively, with commuters, tourists, and locals all around, trying to find a spot to sit. 

Pricing

Oyster Bar has kept the prices reasonable, with dishes starting from $20.

9. Delmonico's

Website: Delmonico's Italian Steakhouse 

Location: Beaver Street

We are sure you must be aware that Delmonico's is the first place to come up with the idea of full-service restaurants in America. Their ambiance, drinks, staff, and food- everything has its own legacy. If trying out iconic dishes where they were first made up is your thing, Delmonico's is definitely the spot for you. 

Pricing

For a taste of classic dining, their "Taste of the Classics" lunch menu is $45, and dinner entrees generally range from $30 to over $50.

10. River Café

Website: River Cafe 

Location: Water Street, Brooklyn

Right on the Thames, River Café is like a little slice of sunny Tuscany in London. It's laid-back yet glamorous and attracts all sorts—from celebs to locals. They're known for amazing Bellinis and dishes that taste like they're straight from Italy. What sets River Cafe apart is its stunning location by the water, with beautiful views of the Manhattan skyline.

Pricing

Their dinner options start from around $145 per person.

Conclusion

So, you've now got a list of top 10 places to eat in New York. You can head to any of these for your next hangout in New York. Want quick snacks or gourmet meals? Pick a restaurant that suits your aesthetics and go there without a second thought. Lastly, when dining at these top NYC spots, remember to make reservations where possible, especially for popular places like River Café and Le Bernardin.

Partner Program

Launching the OneHubPOS Partner Program: Empowering Resellers, Payment Partners, and Consultants

Sahana Ananth
July 22, 2024
2 mins

OneHubPOS is thrilled to announce the launch of our Partner Program. We're seeking collaborations with value-added resellers (VARs), payment partners, and consultants who share our vision of equipping businesses with the tools they need to thrive.

This program offers a unique opportunity to expand your portfolio with a best-in-class POS solution for restaurant and retail businesses while generating significant recurring revenue. 

But why choose OneHubPOS? 

For POS Resellers

Resellers can benefit from high margins, comprehensive training and support, and even white-labeling opportunities. OneHubPOS also lets them offer their customers a complete and customizable POS solution, reaching new markets and boosting their bottom line.

  1. Modern & Scalable POS: Cater to a wider client base with our cloud-based Android POS that adapts to businesses of all sizes, from single stores to multi-location chains.
  2. Higher Profit Margins: Our attractive reseller margins ensure you earn healthy profits and bonuses on every sale and performance. We believe in sharing to grow.
  3. Recurring Revenue Stream: Get a steady income stream through recurring commissions on monthly subscriptions.
  4. Faster Onboarding: Work with a well-trained onboarding team to get you up and running quickly, minimizing time to market.
  5. White Labeling Potential: OneHubPOS readily works with multiple partners to provide white-labeling options, allowing you to build your brand identity and strengthen client relationships.
  6. Dedicated Support: Our team of experts is available to provide ongoing technical and sales support, ensuring your success. We operate 24/7/365. 
  7. Marketing & Sales Resources: Gain access to a wealth of marketing materials, sales tools, and training programs to help you close deals effectively.

For Payment Partners

OneHubPOS's flexible, Android-based system and openness to new integrations allow processors to reach a wider range of merchants. Furthermore, OneHubPOS's cloud-driven, app-first approach aligns with the modern payment landscape, creating a more convenient and feature-rich solution for merchants. This win-win situation for processors and merchants creates a competitive advantage and recurring revenue streams.

  1. Seamless Integration: Integrate your payment processing solution seamlessly with OneHubPOS, offering clients a unified and efficient experience.
  2. Increased Sales Opportunities: Expand your reach to a wider network of potential customers through our established reseller base.
  3. Enhanced Revenue Potential: Earn revenue through co-marketing initiatives and commission structures tailored for payment partners.
  4. Streamlined Onboarding: Our streamlined process makes integration with OneHubPOS quick and easy.

For Consultants

OneHubPOS can become your one-stop shop for all clients, offering integrated solutions, enhanced expertise, and streamlined processes.

  1. Offer a Complete Solution: Expand your service portfolio by recommending a robust POS system that complements your consulting expertise.
  2. Increased Client Value: Equip your clients with a robust POS solution to enhance their operations and drive growth.
  3. Recurring Revenue Potential: Earn ongoing commissions through client subscriptions to OneHubPOS.
  4. Dedicated Partner Support: Our team supports your success by providing ongoing training and resources.

OneHubPOS Is Your Reliable Android POS Partner

Designed to level up your day-to-day operations. From simplifying sales transactions to delivery and providing comprehensive reporting, our POS and mPOS solutions drive efficiency, enhance customer experience, and improve your profitability.

Feature-Rich & User-Friendly: OneHubPOS provides a comprehensive suite of functionalities, including inventory management, employee management, order tracking, payments, customer insights, robust reporting, and more – all wrapped in a user-friendly interface.

Domain Expertise: OneHubPOS is built by domain experts and experienced restauranteers who have served this industry for over 20 years. 

Exceptional Value: We believe in transparency and affordable pricing. Our all-inclusive plans eliminate hidden costs and provide your clients with the features they need at a competitive price.

Security & Reliability: OneHubPOS prioritizes data security with robust measures to safeguard client information.

Cloud-Based Advantage: OneHubPOS eliminates the need for expensive hardware installations and allows for remote access and management – a significant benefit for businesses of all sizes.

Ready to Join the OneHubPOS Partner Program?

We believe in building strong, mutually beneficial partnerships. If you're a POS reseller, payment partner, or consultant looking to expand your offerings and generate recurring revenue, the OneHubPOS Partner Program is the perfect fit.

Don't miss out on this exciting opportunity to become a part of the OneHubPOS success story!

Restaurant Calculator

Tip Pooling & Sharing: The Complete Guide for Restaurant Owners

Sahana Ananth
July 19, 2024
2 mins

Let's start with a shocker: even with tips, waiters and bartenders often earn a shockingly low hourly wage. Studies show tips make up a significant portion of their income (52% - 54%), with many relying on them for basic necessities. 

As restaurant owners, without tipping restaurants would face a balancing act. You might have to raise menu prices to compensate staff, implement a service charge, or switch to a salary-based system. 

This could lead to sticker shock for customers AND a less personalized experience. Leading to what? Low performing staff. Hence, tipping becomes crucial for restaurant staff because it supplements lower wages, rewards good service directly from happy customers, encourages teamwork within the staff, and provides additional income for career advancement, all contributing to a more motivated and successful restaurant experience for everyone.

Now how can you, as a restaurant owner, make sure tipping is fair and keeps your staff motivated? Continue reading this blog to know all about managing tips at your restaurant.

Understanding Tip Pooling

Welcome to the world of tip pooling, where teamwork becomes the name of the game, and everyone benefits from a happy, well-oiled restaurant ops machine. But before you dive headfirst into the pool, let's break down the essentials and help you create a system that keeps your staff motivated and your customers coming back for more.

Tip Pooling Calculator

Download our Tip Pooling Calculator to accurately divide tips based on hours worked for both front and back-of-house staff in seconds.

What is Tip Pooling?

Imagine a pot of gold, filled with all the tips your amazing staff collects. Now, picture everyone on the team dipping in and sharing the wealth fairly. That's essentially tip pooling! It's a way to combine all the tips earned in a shift and distribute them among eligible employees based on a predetermined method. This ensures everyone benefits from good service, not just the servers who snag the best tables.

Note: Tip pooling is NOT tip sharing. Tip sharing is voluntary. A server might choose to share some of their own tips with colleagues as a gesture of appreciation. Tip pooling is a mandatory system.

Legalities To Consider When Implementing Tip Pooling

The legality of tip pooling for restaurants in the USA depends on federal and potentially state regulations. Here's a breakdown:

Federal Level:

  1. Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA): This federal law allows employers to implement mandatory tip pooling, with some key restrictions:
  2. Eligible Employees: Only employees who customarily and regularly receive tips can be included in the pool. This typically means front-of-house staff like servers, bartenders, bussers, and food runners.
  3. Managers and Supervisors: They are strictly prohibited from participating in the tip pool or receiving tips directly from the pool.
  4. Tip Credit: Example, California prohibits tip credits. This means employers cannot take a portion of the minimum wage based on tips received by employees. They must be paid the full minimum wage before tips. Check your state's regulations to see if tip credits are allowed and how they might affect tip pooling.
  5. Fair and Reasonable Distribution: The tip pool distribution method must be fair and reasonable. Common methods include sales-based, hours worked, or a combination of both.

State Level:

Some states might have additional regulations specific to tip pooling. It's crucial to consult your state's Department of Labor website or an employment attorney to ensure your tip pool policy complies with all applicable laws.

Here are some resources to help you learn more:

  1. U.S. Department of Labor (DOL): Provides detailed information on tip laws in the USA, including tip pooling guidelines, check here.
  2. Your State's Department of Labor website: Look for information on specific regulations related to tip pooling in your state.

By understanding both federal and potentially state-specific regulations, you can implement a legal and fair tip pooling system for your restaurant.

Common Tip Pool Distribution Methods Explained with Examples

Here's a breakdown of common tip pool distribution methods for your restaurant, along with illustrative examples for each to help you understand in depth. 

1. Sales-Based Distribution

Distribution method: Employees receive a share of the tip pool based on the total sales they generate. This incentivizes high sales volume and motivates employees to upsell or provide excellent service that leads to higher bills.

Example for Sales-based tip pooling:

Total Tip Pool: $1,000

Server A: Sales - $500

Server B: Sales - $300

Server C: Sales - $200

Tip Pooling Calculation:

Each server's contribution percentage = Individual Sales / Total Sales (e.g., Server A: 500 / 1000 = 0.5)

Tip Share = Total Tip Pool * Contribution Percentage (e.g., Server A: 1000 * 0.5 = $500)

Outcome = Server A, with the highest sales, receives the most tips ($500), while Server C receives the least ($200).

2. Hours Worked Distribution

Distribution method: Tips are divided based on the total hours worked by each employee in the pool. This is a simpler method to administer but might not reflect individual effort on high-volume days.

Example for hours-based tip pooling:

Total Tip Pool: $1,000

Server A: Hours Worked - 8

Server B: Hours Worked - 6

Server C: Hours Worked - 4

Tip Pooling Calculation:

Each server's contribution percentage = Individual Hours / Total Hours (e.g., Server A: 8 / 18 = 0.44)

Tip Share = Total Tip Pool * Contribution Percentage (e.g., Server A: 1000 * 0.44 = $440)

Outcome = Server A, who worked the longest shift, receives the most tips ($440), even though their sales might not have been the highest.

3. Combined Sales & Hours

Distribution method: This hybrid approach takes both sales and hours worked into account. It can be a good balance, rewarding high performers while recognizing effort put in during slower times.

Example for Sales and hours based tip pooling:

Total Tip Pool: $1,000

Weight Sales as 70% and Hours as 30%

Server A: Sales - $500 & Hours Worked - 8

Server B: Sales - $300 & Hours Worked - 6

Server C: Sales - $200 & Hours Worked - 4

Calculation for Combined Sales & Hours: 

Sales weightage = (Individual Sales / Total Sales) * 0.7 (e.g., Server A: (500 / 1000) * 0.7 = 0.35)

Hours weightage = (Individual Hours / Total Hours) * 0.3 (e.g., Server A: (8 / 18) * 0.3 = 0.13)

Combine weightages = Sales weightage + Hours weightage (e.g., Server A: 0.35 + 0.13 = 0.48)

Tip Share = Total Tip Pool * Combined Weightage (e.g., Server A: 1000 * 0.48 = $480)

Outcome = Server A receives the most tips ($480) due to higher sales and longer hours, while Server B and C receive proportionally less based on their contributions.

Tip Pooling Calculator

Accurately calculate and distribute tips with ease using our FREE Tip Pooling Calculator template. Download now!

4. Modified Factors

Distribution method: Some restaurants incorporate additional factors beyond sales or hours. This could include guest satisfaction surveys, number of tables served, or resolving customer complaints.

Example:

  1. Base distribution can be done using Sales or Hours worked.
  2. Points are assigned for exceeding a certain guest satisfaction rating or resolving a specific number of complaints.
  3. These points are then added to the base contribution percentage for the final tip share calculation.

How to Calculate the Tip Pooling for Restaurants

Think of the tip pool as a delicious pie. First, you need all the ingredients:

Total Tips Collected: This is the sum of all the tips your restaurant receives during a specific period (a shift, a day, or a week).

Next, you need to decide how to slice the pie:

Distribution Method: This is where things get interesting! We'll explore different methods in a bit. Each method assigns a "slice size" to each employee based on factors like sales generated or hours worked.

Finally, you divvy up the pie!

Individual Tip Share: Once you have the total tip pool and the distribution method, you can calculate each employee's share.

How to Choose the Right Tip Pool Method?

Now that you know how to bake different pie flavors, which one is best for your restaurant?  Well, it depends on your unique recipe!

  • Restaurant Size and Service Style: Is it a fast-paced pizzeria or a high-end steakhouse?
  • Staff Dynamics: Do you have a team-oriented environment or more individual focus?
  • Desired Outcomes: Are you aiming for fairness, motivation, or a balance of both?

For a small pizzeria, a sales-based or combined method might incentivize teamwork and upselling. Whereas a high-volume sports bar requires a combined method with a stronger emphasis on hours worked to be fair for busy evenings with many servers.

3 Things to Remember When Implementing Tip Pool Method for Your Restaurant

Once you choose your method, ensure its success with these tips:

  1. Communicate Clearly: Explain the method and calculation process to your staff in detail.
  2. Record Keeping: Keep accurate records of tips, sales and hours for transparency.
  3. Regular Review: See how things are going and adjust the method if needed.
Top Restaurants US

Top 8 Indian Restaurants in San Francisco

Diksha Adhikari
July 13, 2024
2 mins

In the heart of the fog city, you’ll discover some of the best Indian food outlets that offer culinary charm from various corners of India! From Gujarati to Punjabi and even Marwari, you’ll find everything here. All you need is to look in the right place.

If you’re a sucker for Indian masala, aroma, and authentic taste, this article is for you! It will walk you through the top 8 famous and most appreciated Indian restaurants in San Francisco.

Top Indian Restaurant in San Francisco

1. Besharam

Directions: 3407, 1275 Minnesota St, San Francisco, CA 94107

Contact: (415) 580-7662 | Instagram

Finding Gujarati food in San Francisco can be a task and even frustrating if you’re fond of it. But no more! Besharam by Heena Patel brings you the authentic flavor of Gujarat to San Francisco, Dogpatch. You’ll be happy to know that Patel’s signature and deeply rooted dishes helped Besharam bag the Restaurant of the Year award in 2019.

But there’s a catch - this restaurant's menu plays by the ‘make-you-own-rules’ playbook. Imagine blue cheese in your parathas and melons in the chutney!! But that’s not the only thing that makes it special. It’s Heena’s childhood recipes and memories. 

2. Rooh

Directions: 333 Brannan St, San Francisco, CA 94107

Contact: (415) 525-4174 | Instagram

Rooh is another one of the top Indian restaurants in San Francisco. This is best known for its polished setting and cozy ambiance. Well, why not? What less can you expect from India’s Good Times Restaurants hospitality group? 

As for its menu, be prepared for subcontinental dishes that have a modern taste and are restaurant staples. The most appreciated are their small plates. Also, let’s not forget their ayurvedic-inspired cocktails; you’ll fall in love with these innovative drinks.

3. Curry Leaf

Directions: 943 Columbus Ave, San Francisco, CA 94133

Contact: (415) 440-4293

This restaurant not only serves Indian delicacies but also Pakistani dishes. No wonder it is the neighborhood favorite of Russian Hill. 

This beloved Indian eatery offers various delicious food options to vegetarians and non-vegetarians alike. What’s best is that it only uses Halal-certified meat. Their signature dishes - Tandoori Chicken and Lamb Vindaloo, are a must-try in and around the town.

4. Pakwan

Directions: 1140 Ocean Ave (Lee), San Francisco, CA 94112

Contact: (415) 841-8400

Planning a night out in the Mission, Tenderloin, or Ocean Avenue? Then Pakwan is the place you wouldn’t want to miss. Why? Well, their food is something you would not want to miss, and the best part; it’s a BYOB restaurant! That makes it a place to make a scandalous night full of fun, laughter, and worth-it Asian food!

5. Copra

Directions: 1700 Fillmore St, San Francisco, CA 94115

Contact: (415) 873-0795 | Instagram

Next on the list is a well-regarded restaurant in the Fillmore District known for its Indian Coastal Cuisine. It is a new restaurant by Chef Srijith Gopinathan, who has bagged two Michelin stars in the past. 

He aims to bring the flavors and culture of his home state - Kerala! As for the look and feel, the restaurant design is a feast for the eyes, decorated with climbing vines and aesthetic hanging macrame ropes.

6. Tilak

Directions: 3501 Mission St, San Francisco, CA 94110

Contact: (415) 647-4037 | Instagram

After serving celebrities and renowned personalities like Justin Timberlake and the Prime Minister of Singapore at tech cafes like Apple and Dropbox, Chef Tilkal Gurgung opened his own restaurant. From satisfying Indian curries to Bernal Heights, tandoori to crispy snacks and even finger-licking chaat items, you will get everything of the best innovative - Indian food at Tilak! 

7. Aaha Indian Cuisine

Directions: 3316 17th St, San Francisco, CA 94110, United States

Contact: +14158142049 | Instagram

Imagine arm-length dosas that give a satisfying crunch with delicious South Indian curry and chutneys! Mouth-watering, right? But that’s just a part of the package! 

The highlights of Aaha Indian Cuisine are the coconutty prawn curry, spicy deep-fried chicken, and biryani loaded with goat or lamb. Also, with bright orange walls, jiggling lights, and gold streamers, it’s an ambiance you’d want to experience at least once.

8. Udupi Palace

Directions: 1007 Valencia St, San Francisco, CA 94110

Contact: (415) 970-8000

Udupi Place is yet another renowned South Indian restaurant located in the Mission. It’s said to be one of the best Indian eateries where you can enjoy South Indian food and hang and chill with friends. What’s best is that the menu prices for Udupi Place’s meals are highly affordable compared to the portion size. So, no fancy dressing, have your meal comfortably in your sweats, and at the lowest price! What more could one ask for?

Conclusion

Now that you know what Indian restaurants to explore in San Francisco, ditch the home delivery menus and step out to dust off your Indian food appetite. We’re sure the meals served at the above-listed restaurants will transport you to the heart of India! So, why wait? Visit your favorite Indian restaurant from the list and enjoy the Indian masala!

Restaurants Payments

Contactless Dining: How POS Systems are Adapting to Changing Customer Preferences

Satheesh Kanchi
July 13, 2024
2 mins

Remember when COVID-19 got everyone super anxious about health and safety? Well, nearly 60% of folks got worried about eating out, and 20% decided to skip restaurants altogether! The result: contactless dining became the go-to choice for diners. After all, it lets you order and pay for your meal without having to interact with staff at all. 

So, point-of-sale (POS) systems are stepping up to cater to contactless dining. Let's find out more!

The Rise of Contactless Dining 

Before the pandemic, contactless dining was a cool but niche option, mostly used by tech-savvy people in big cities. Popular food franchises like Starbucks kicked things off with mobile ordering and payments. This allowed customers to skip the lines and grab their orders quickly.

As the pandemic hit, contactless dining became the new normal. For example, Chipotle added more contactless delivery options, like a digital-only restaurant. Platforms like Uber Eats, DoorDash, and Grubhub saw a huge boom as everyone turned to online ordering.

Now, post-pandemic, contactless dining is still going strong. Over half of Americans are making contactless payments. Restaurants are keeping up with the trend. They're rolling out QR code menus and touchless payment systems to make dining out even more hassle-free. 

As customers keep aiming for safety, convenience, and a dash of speed, the craving for contactless dining and payments is set to keep increasing. 

Innovations in POS Systems to Transform the Dining Experience 

POS systems have leveled up to keep up with contactless dining. They now have all these cool features to make dining experiences way more convenient and safer. Here's how:

Mobile Ordering

Customers can use their phones, browse through all the options on the menu, place their orders, and even pay. The best part? They can do it all without touching a physical menu or having too much face-to-face chit-chat. Mobile POS improves efficiency and cuts wait times.

Touchless Payments

Customers can use their NFC cards or Apple Pay on their smartphones to settle the bill. No need to fumble with cash or even swipe a card—just a quick tap, and you receive the payment!

QR Code Menus

Imagine QR codes as portals to your menu! Your customers can just scan the code using their smartphones and get the menu right at their fingertips. No more flipping through sticky physical menus that need constant cleaning. 

Step-by-Step Guide to Implementing Contactless Dining in Your Restaurant

Here’s the lowdown on how to set up a contactless dining system and keep your customers satisfied:

1. Get Your POS System Sorted

Pick a POS system that's all about that contactless functionality. This mostly includes mobile ordering and touchless payments. Make sure it integrates well with your current setup. Also, it should have super-useful backend features for handling orders.

2. Digitize Your Menu

Create a digital menu on your website or app. Add in high-resolution pictures of your dishes, along with their prices and descriptions. Keep it so user-friendly that anybody could navigate it.

3. Create Custom QR Codes for Your Menu

Generate QR codes linked to your digital menu items. Stick these codes prominently on tables or where your customers enter. They can take out their phones, scan away, and go to your online menu. 

4. Set Up Contactless Payment Processing

Whether it's NFC-enabled cards, mobile wallets (e.g., Apple Pay), or QR code payments, set it up in your POS system. Display your accepted methods loud and clear. This way, customers can pay without cash.

Remember ease, convenience, and hygiene! Customers these days want clean and hassle-free dining experiences. So, make sure your setup checks those boxes to keep them coming back.

Why Your Restaurant Needs Contactless Dining Now

Contactless dining technology can help restaurants cater to what today's diners want: safe, efficient, and smooth dining experiences. Here are some key advantages:

1. Safe and Germ-Free Dining

Contactless dining solutions cut down on staff-customer interactions. This lowers the risk of passing around any unwanted viruses. The result: a cleaner, safer dining experience. Customers appreciate these measures. After all, they feel extra secure and cozy, knowing their health is a top priority.

2. Better Customer Experience

With contactless dining, your customers can browse through a digital menu with images and detailed descriptions. They can even check out dietary info—all at their own speed. On top of that, online ordering makes placing the order easy, just the way your customers like it. So no more mix-ups or misunderstandings. This level of customization ensures the ordered meal is exactly what your customer wants.

3. Faster Service and Table Turnover

Contactless dining lets customers pre-order and get real-time updates on table availability. The result: no more crowding at the host stand. Diners can skip the old-school ordering and payment hassle by doing it all from their smartphones. This also helps you serve more guests faster, which means more revenue potential for your business.

4. Boost Check Sizes

Your digital menus can subtly nudge customers towards popular or high-margin items. With strategic menu placement and suggestive selling techniques, you can tempt diners with perfect pairings and irresistible offers. Plus, mobile ordering can push impulse buys. It can make your customers add extra items to their orders. So, while they enjoy a stress-free meal, your sales may get a boost.

5. Better Data Collection and Analytics

Did you know that modern POS systems do more than just process payments? From what your customers love to order and when they love to dine to which menu items are total hits, these systems give you the inside scoop. That means, with restaurant analytics, you can tweak your menu, adjust prices, and adjust your staff. When you meet customer expectations more effectively, the results are better operational efficiency and increased profitability.

Contactless Dining Pitfalls: What You Need to Know

Contactless dining has its perks, no doubt! But before you get into new POS systems, be ready for a few challenges along the way:

Potential Challenges in Adopting New POS Systems

Change Management 

There could be some initial resistance from your staff. Change can be challenging, and they might need some time to adjust to new processes and workflows. Don't be surprised if there are productivity dips. With patience and proper training, everyone will be aligned with contactless technology.

Pro tip: This change can get easier when your POS system is easy to use. That's where OneHubPOS comes in. It's got customizable features, a user-friendly interface, and top-notch security. This makes it the ultimate partner for your business. 

Integration with Legacy Systems

Trying to match new POS systems with your old-school legacy setups can sometimes lead to compatibility issues. Smooth integration ensures your operations stay flawless without any hiccups.

Skill Upgrade Requirements

Getting your staff up to speed on the advanced features of the new POS system might take a bit of effort. They'll need to get comfortable with contactless ordering for restaurants using mobile ordering, touchless payments, and QR codes. 

Tips for Smooth Integration and Training Staff

These challenges with contactless ordering for restaurants might seem tough, but don't worry. We've got the solutions for restaurants to tackle them head-on:

Comprehensive Training Programs

Set up structured training sessions for your staff on the new POS system. Get hands-on with contactless restaurant ordering. Show them interactive tutorials and practice sessions. Plus, keep the support flowing with regular refresher courses. 

Phased Implementation

Take it slow and steady. Start with pilot testing in a few spots or during off-peak times. This way, you can iron out any issues, troubleshoot, and fine-tune everything before going all-in. 

Employee Involvement and Feedback

Get everyone involved by asking for their thoughts and feedback. Talk, brainstorm, and tackle any challenges. The more you communicate and work together, the easier it'll be to adopt contactless dining technology.

Types of Contactless Dining Solutions 

There have been some amazing ways restaurants are adapting to what customers want and need. Here's how:

1. Contactless Off-Premise Dining: Delivery and Takeout

When it comes to delivery, restaurants either team up with delivery services or handle it themselves. Customers just order online, set their delivery preferences, and pay electronically in a flash.

On the other hand, in takeout, customers order meals online or by phone, and then pick them up at the restaurant's designated takeout area. The payment is usually settled online or with a quick tap at pickup. Takeout lets customers enjoy restaurant-quality food in the comfort of their own homes.

Starbucks has mobile order-only stores so that customers don’t have to wait in line. They just order ahead using the Starbucks app and grab their meals.

2. Curbside Pickup to Limit Person-to-Person Contact

Some restaurants have designated pickup zones or parking spots where customers can retrieve their orders without setting foot inside. When they arrive, they just ping the restaurant on their phone or app. Then, a staff member comes with their order right to their car. 

Take Chick-fil-A, for example. They’ve extended their mobile drive-thru lanes and put on QR codes for customers to scan. 

3. Contactless Menus and Ordering

Restaurants these days are ditching old-school paper menus for digital versions. Customers can access them with a simple QR code scan or through dedicated mobile apps. Best part? These digital menus get updated in real time. Thus, customers always know about the latest specials and promotions.

Moreover, customers can place their orders right from their phone using the restaurant's app or their mobile-friendly website. They can customize their meals. This reduces any mix-ups that might happen with traditional ordering methods.

Take Panera Bread, for instance. At their US locations, customers can use the Panera Mobile App to order their favorite items right from their table. No more waiting in line.

4. Contactless Payments

Near-field communication (NFC) technology makes paying easy for customers. It is as simple as tapping a smartphone or contactless card on the POS terminal. It's secure, efficient, and keeps transactions quick.

Some contactless payment restaurants use QR codes. Customers scan a QR code on their bill or at the payment terminal. It takes them to a secure payment gateway. There, they can pay with their mobile wallets or linked accounts without any fuss.

There are plenty of big-name restaurants with contactless payment across the US, such as Burger King, Domino's, Dunkin' Donuts, McDonald's, Pizza Hut, Starbucks, Subway, Taco Bell, and Wendy's.

5. Contactless Feedback

Some restaurants let customers give feedback on their dining experience through mobile apps or email surveys. They can rate how epic their burger was, drop some comments, and even give ideas for making things even more awesome—all of this without the need for physical comment cards or in-person surveys.

Take Shake Shack, for example. They've leveled up with QR codes and personalized digital survey links. Customers just tap or click to give their reviews. This move lets the company keep tabs on how they're doing and measure all key performance parameters.

Future Trends in Contactless Dining 

Contactless dining and restaurant technology will see continued innovation and adoption of new technologies to improve customer experiences and operational efficiencies. Here's what's cooking:

Expansion of Augmented Reality (AR) and Virtual Reality (VR)

Restaurants will use AR and VR to improve their customer experience. AR menus can show digital images and information right before the customer. So they can visualize the dishes before ordering. On the other hand, VR allows for immersive dining experiences or virtual tours of restaurants.

Integration of AI and Machine Learning

Around 30% of eateries are using chatbots for automated customer chats. Plus, 54% of fast-food joints are preparing for AI-powered predictive ordering. Restaurants have seen a 15% boost in online orders with AI! 

Restaurants are eyeing AI and machine learning to analyze order histories and dining habits to create personalized recommendations, deals, and menu tweaks. On top of that, AI is predicting when the lunch rush hits or when that special dessert sells out. This helps restaurants stock up smartly. 

Enhanced Contactless Payment Solutions

The way we pay has been getting fancier over the last few years. So, expect touchless payment systems to keep evolving. It can get even more secure, faster, and easier to use. Plus, blockchain might ensure everything is transparent and traceable when paying for meals.

Wrapping Up: Contactless Dining is Here to Stay

People want safer, quicker dining options, and restaurants are stepping up with contactless dining. High-tech solutions like AR and VR are making dining out an experience. AI and machine learning are even getting in on the action, making personalized service a reality. NFC and QR codes are making transactions smoother. 

Restaurants going all-in on these innovations aren't just keeping customers safe and happy; they're setting themselves up for big-time success.

You’ve got to check out OneHubPOS for top-notch contactless dining solutions! Its super sleek dashboard puts control right at your fingertips. You can update your menu, edit items, and manage inventory anytime, anywhere. And your customers will absolutely love the convenience. Happier customers bring in even more customers and better revenue.

Want to woo your diners with a fantastic contactless dining experience? Chat with our experts today!

Restaurant Calculator

Food Cost Percentage Calculator: How and Why to Calculate It

Satheesh Kanchi
July 11, 2024
2 mins

Calculate Your Food Cost Percentage

%


Think of it like this: you wouldn't open a bakery without knowing the price of flour or run a bar without tracking liquor costs. So why leave your most significant expense, food, to guesswork?

Many restaurateurs, caught in the daily whirlwind, neglect the crucial task of calculating food costs. This can be a recipe for disaster. Without this vital metric, you're essentially flying blind, unable to identify areas for improvement and ensure your menu delivers healthy profits.

It’s like running a successful restaurant – a picture of culinary bliss. But beneath the surface, a silent thief erodes your profits daily: uncontrolled food costs.

This blog helps you to understand the need and take control. We'll explain everything you need to know about calculating food cost percentages, equip you with calculation tools, and show you how to transform your menu from a mystery to a money-making masterpiece.

The magic recipe for a successful restaurant isn't just in the food – it's in the numbers. While creating mouthwatering dishes is essential, understanding your food cost percentage is the key to long-term profitability.

What is the Food Cost Percentage?

Let’s break this down. Every dollar a customer spends on your menu has a job to do. It needs to cover the cost of ingredients (food cost), staff salaries, rent, and utilities and ultimately generate a profit for your business.

Food cost percentage reveals a crucial truth – what portion of your restaurant's revenue goes directly towards the ingredients used to create those delicious dishes.

The formula is simple:

Food Cost Percentage = (Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) / Total Food Sales) x 100

But let’s get into practically calculating food costs for a restaurant after we learn some key terms to understand this. 

Components of Food Cost Calculator - Terms, Formulae & Pro-tips

Here's what we need to know to calculate food costs:

  • Cost of Goods Sold (COGS): This is the total cost of all the ingredients Marco uses to prepare his dishes. Think of it as his grocery bill for the week or month.
  • Total Food Sales: This is the total amount of money customers pay for food at Chez Marco during that same period. Every pizza, pasta, and panini contributes to this number.
  • Menu Pricing: The magic number you display on your menu – the price customers pay for each dish.
  • Ideal Food Cost Percentage: This industry benchmark varies depending on your restaurant type. Typically, this is 28% - 32% of the menu price.
  • Purchases: Every time you restock your kitchen, you incur a purchase cost.
  • Beginning Inventory: Think of this as the value of all the ingredients you have on hand at the start of a specific period (week, month).
  • Ending Inventory: Just like at the beginning of the period, this is the value of your remaining ingredients at the end.

How To Calculate Food Cost Percentage With Example

To understand why you should be on top of your food costs, let’s start with an example. You own "Chez Marco," a bustling Italian joint known for its fresh, seasonal dishes in the San Francisco Bay Area. While you love seeing happy customers, a nagging worry persists—are you actually making money?

You track your total sales, but without knowing your food cost percentage, you have no idea how much of that money goes straight to buying ingredients. Are those mouthwatering "Pappardelle al Funghi Porcini'' secretly draining your profits because you haven't factored in the expensive wild mushrooms?

This is the danger of neglecting food cost. It's the difference between a thriving business and a recipe for disaster.

Once you have these two figures, the magic happens:

Food Cost Percentage = (COGS / Total Food Sales) x 100

For example, let's say Marco's weekly COGS is $5,000, and his total food sales are $10,000. 

Plugging that into the formula:

Food Cost Percentage = ($5,000 / $10,000) x 100 = 50%

Yikes!  A 50% food cost percentage is on the high side. This means that for every dollar Marco makes in food sales, half of it goes towards ingredients, leaving very little room for other expenses like rent, staff salaries, and (of course) profit.

Marco can now identify areas for improvement by calculating his food cost percentage.  Some of the questions he should be asking:

  • Are his portions too generous?  
  • Can he find cheaper suppliers for some ingredients?  
  • Should he reduce the menu offerings?
  • Or should he adjust his vendors and suppliers?

What would you do as a restaurant owner? Food for thought. 

How Knowing Your Food Cost Percentage Can Lead to Profitability?

By knowing his food cost percentage, Marco can now make informed decisions that directly impact his profitability. Here's how:

  1. Identify areas for improvement: Are portions too large? Can cheaper ingredients be substituted while maintaining quality?
  2. Menu pricing strategy: Can menu items be adjusted to reflect their actual cost while remaining competitive?
  3. Negotiate with suppliers: Armed with data, Marco can negotiate better deals with ingredient suppliers.
  4. Inventory management: Minimize waste and optimize stock levels to prevent spoilage and unnecessary spending.

Food cost percentage is a powerful tool that empowers restaurants, like Chez Marco, to move from guesswork to data-driven decision-making. By keeping a close eye on this metric, Marco can ensure his delicious dishes translate to a successful and profitable business.

Let’s Dive Deeper: Food Cost Percentage Formula Calculation by Meal and Dish

We've established that understanding your overall food cost percentage is crucial for restaurant success. But what if you want to delve deeper? This blog explores methods to calculate food cost per meal and per dish, giving you a granular view of your menu's profitability.

Calculating Food Cost Per Meal

This helps you understand the average food cost per customer visit. It's particularly useful for restaurants with set menus or buffets. Here's how:

Food Cost Per Meal = Total COGS for the Period / Number of Meals Served

Let's revisit Chez Marco. 

Imagine he offers a fixed-price lunch buffet for $20 per person. 

His total COGS during a week is $3,000, and he serves 150 lunches.

Food Cost Per Meal = $3,000 / 150 meals = $20

This indicates that on average, the ingredients for each buffet meal cost Marco $20, which conveniently matches his selling price. However, this doesn't account for individual dish profitability.

Food Cost Per Dish: Hidden Gems (or Money Losers)

To truly optimize your menu, you need to analyze the food cost of each dish. Here's the formula:

Food Cost Percentage Per Dish = (Cost of Ingredients Per Serving) / (Selling Price Per Serving) x 100

This allows you to identify dishes with disproportionately high food costs. Here's an example:

  • Dish: Pappardelle al Funghi Porcini (serves 1)
  • Cost of Ingredients: $12 (including expensive wild mushrooms)
  • Selling Price: $22

Food Cost Percentage Per Dish = ($12 / $22) x 100 = 54.5%

While this dish has a good selling price, its high food cost percentage might require adjustments.  Perhaps using a more affordable type of mushroom or offering a smaller portion size could improve profitability.

By calculating food cost per meal and per dish, you gain a deeper understanding of your menu's profitability. This empowers you to:

  • Identify hidden gems (dishes with high-profit margins)
  • Pinpoint money losers (dishes with excessive food costs)
  • Make informed decisions about portion sizes, menu pricing, and recipe adjustments

Remember: Food cost calculations are powerful tools, but they're just the first step. Utilize this knowledge to strategically optimize your menu and unlock your restaurant's full profit potential.

Cracking the Code: How Do You Calculate Food Cost Per Serving?

Imagine your restaurant’s best-selling lasagna recipe yields 6 hearty portions. Let's find out the cost per serving to see how the magic happens:

IngredientQuantity UsedCost per UnitIngredient Cost
Ground Beef1 pound$3.99/lb$3.99
Pasta Sheets1 box$1.49/box$1.49
Ricotta Cheese1 cup$2.29/container (15 oz)$1.53 (1 cup = 8 oz)
Tomato Sauce1 (28 oz) can$1.29/can$1.29
Onions & Garlic1 each$0.50 estimated$0.50 (combined)
Spices (Italian Seasoning, etc.)As per recipe$0.25 estimated$0.25

Total Recipe Cost: Add up all ingredient costs = $8.05

Number of Servings: 6

Cost Per Serving: $8.05 (Total Recipe Cost) / 6 servings = $1.34

How Did We Get Here?

  1. We listed each ingredient needed for the lasagna.
  2. We noted the quantity used in the recipe (e.g., 1 pound of ground beef).
  3. We determined the current cost per unit (e.g., ground beef is $3.99 per pound).
  4. For ingredients like ricotta cheese, where we only use a portion, we performed a mini-calculation: $2.29 / 15 oz * 8 oz = $1.53.
  5. By adding all the ingredient costs, we reached the Total Recipe Cost of $8.05.
  6. Finally, dividing the Total Recipe Cost by the number of servings (6) reveals the Cost Per Serving: $1.34.

This example shows how you can uncover the true cost of each serving in your recipe. With this knowledge, you can effectively price your lasagna on the menu and identify areas for potential cost savings, if needed.

Benefits of Using a Food Cost Calculator

Food Cost Calculator is a trusty sidekick that automates calculations, minimizes errors, and provides real-time data. That's the magic of a food cost calculator. Here's how it benefits your restaurant:

  • Effortless Calculations: Ditch the spreadsheets and manual calculations. The calculator automates the process, saving you valuable time and minimizing the risk of human error.
  • Real-Time Insights: Track food costs on the go. Some calculators integrate with inventory management systems, providing up-to-date data on ingredient usage and cost fluctuations. POS systems with reports and analytics will reduce manual calculations and streamline inventory and sales tracking in one place.
  • Informed Menu Decisions: Price your dishes to make you profit, at the same time not burning your customer’s pocket.
  • Waste Reduction: Identify areas where ingredients are wasted or spoiled, allowing you to implement measures for better inventory management.
  • Supplier Negotiations: With accurate data on ingredient usage and costs, you can negotiate better deals with suppliers.

Additional Strategies to Lower Food Costs For Your Restaurant

While food cost calculators are powerful tools, they're just one piece of the puzzle. Here are additional strategies to keep your food costs in check:

  • Regular Inventory Checks: Maintain accurate stock levels and avoid overstocking and potential spoilage. OneHubPOS offers a real-time inventory management solution.
  • Monitor Waste and Spoilage: Identify areas where ingredients are wasted and implement solutions like recipe standardization or portion control.
  • Negotiate with Suppliers: Research market prices and negotiate better deals with suppliers to secure lower ingredient costs.
  • Menu Pricing Strategies: Develop menu prices after factoring in food costs, desired profit margins, and local market competitiveness. Track the impact of pricing changes on sales to optimize your menu.

Common Pitfalls to Avoid: Maintaining Accuracy

Even with a food cost calculator, accuracy is key. Here are some common mistakes to avoid:

  • Overlooking Hidden Costs: Factor in additional costs like labor associated with prepping ingredients.
  • Inaccurate Inventory Tracking: Maintain a meticulous inventory system to ensure accurate data for food cost calculations.
  • Ignoring Seasonal Variations: Be mindful of seasonal price fluctuations for ingredients and adjust your food cost analysis accordingly.

By combining food cost calculations, the power of technology, and these additional strategies, you'll gain complete control over your food costs. This translates to a more profitable restaurant, allowing you to focus on what truly matters – creating delicious food and happy customers.

Key Takeaways from this Blog on Food Cost Percentage for Restaurants

  • Food cost percentage is a crucial metric that reveals how much of your revenue goes towards ingredients. It directly impacts your profitability.
  • Regularly calculating your food cost percentage allows you to identify areas for improvement in your menu and operations.
  • You can calculate food cost for your entire restaurant, per meal (buffets), and per dish.
  • Analyzing food cost per dish helps you find high-profit dishes and dishes with excessive food costs.
  • By understanding your food cost percentage, you can make informed decisions about:some text
    • Menu pricing: Ensure prices reflect ingredient costs and desired profit margins.
    • Portion control: Analyze if portion sizes can be adjusted without sacrificing customer satisfaction.
    • Recipe adjustments: Explore using more affordable ingredients or optimizing recipes for better profit margins.
    • Supplier negotiations: Armed with data on ingredient usage, negotiate better deals with suppliers.
    • Inventory management: Minimize waste and optimize stock levels to prevent spoilage and unnecessary spending.

OneHubPOS: Optimizing Food Costs For Your Restaurants

We offer a comprehensive solution to streamline your food cost management, and how?

  • Automated calculations: Saves time and minimizes errors in food cost calculations.
  • Real-time inventory tracking: Helps maintain accurate stock levels and avoid overstocking or spoilage.
  • Data-driven insights: Provides valuable information on ingredient usage and cost fluctuations.
  • Streamlined operations: Combines inventory and sales tracking in one place for better decision-making.

By implementing these takeaways and leveraging OneHubPOS, you can gain control of your food costs and ensure the long-term success of your restaurant.

Point of sale

How the Right POS System Can Eliminate Costly Restaurant Manual Errors for Small Businesses

Satheesh Kanchi
July 9, 2024
2 mins

Imagine you're putting together an order on a busy day, only to realize later that you received the wrong info—ouch! And it’s just one of those frustrating, manual errors that can cost your restaurant a lot.

While you might think the good old pen and paper is a pocket-friendly option, the reality is far away from what it seems. This method comes with multiple pitfalls that can absorb your profits. There’s a risk of misplaced orders, miscalculated bills, and stock discrepancies. What’s more, these eros not only waste your time but also sway your customers away over time!

If you’re also looking for solutions to these restaurant manual errors, this is the right place to be! This blog will show how switching to a modern POS system can help you bypass costly manual errors while preserving your revenue!

Common Manual Errors in Restaurant Operations

Manual errors in restaurant operations can stem from simple oversights in your daily tasks. Here are some of the most common slip-ups:

Inventory Mistakes

Manual inventory mistakes usually involve counting errors, misplaced items, and incorrect data entry. They can lead to inaccurate stock levels and operational inefficiencies. There could be different types of inventory mistakes:

Reordering Issues

Not having the right tools to manage inventory leads to overordering or underordering. Overordering can result in excess stock that might go unused before expiring. Underordering can cause popular menu items to run out, leading to lost sales.

Excessive Food Waste

Many restaurants struggle with food waste due to poor inventory tracking. Without proper technology, it's easy to overestimate how much food you need. This could lead to spoilage and unnecessary waste.

Inadequate Data Analysis

Manual inventory management often involves human error in counting and data entry. This process is time-consuming and also lacks real-time updates. Understanding inventory trends and turnover is essential but challenging without a unified system. 

Order Errors

Manual order-taking in restaurants is ripe for mistakes, which can quickly sour a customer's experience. When you keep orders on paper, it's common for things to get lost in translation—misreading handwriting or mishearing over a noisy dining room. 

These slip-ups can lead to wrong dishes, delayed orders, or even missed orders. The fallout? Frustrated customers and potentially lost business. Frequent order errors can tarnish your restaurant's reputation and may lead to negative reviews.

Pricing Discrepancies

Pricing discrepancies in restaurants often occur when you manually enter prices into systems. There is a high chance of mismatches between what should be charged and what is billed. For instance, your staff might forget the new prices during seasonal promotions. They may end up charging old rates. 

The Role of POS Systems in Reducing Errors

Point-of-sale systems use advanced tech to track your sales and ensure that pricing errors or missed charges are a thing of the past. This helps you keep your finances in check and ensures customers get a fair deal every time. 

These systems streamline the process of recording transactions right when they happen. This immediate data capture minimizes common errors like miscounting or misrecording sales, which often occur in manual setups. 

POS systems take the guesswork out of inventory management by automatically updating stock as items sell. They help you avoid overstocking or running out of essentials. Plus, features like barcode scanning and digital receipts cut down on human errors, making everything run smoother.

Use This Ultimate POS System Checklist to Reduce Manual Errors and Streamline Your Restaurant's Operations

      Order Management
  • Handle dine-in, takeout, and delivery orders.
  • Allow for easy customization of orders to meet customer preferences.
    1. Dual Pricing
  • Automate price adjustments for promotions and happy hours.
  • Adjust for customer segments or event-based discounts.
    1. Payments
  • Support multiple payment methods and ensure secure transactions.
  • Integrate with online payment systems for digital orders.
    1. KDS Integration
  • Link POS with kitchen displays for real-time order accuracy.
  • Streamline communication between staff to improve service speed.
    1. Inventory Management
  • Monitor and automate stock levels to avoid shortages.
  • Use data to optimize ordering and reduce waste.
    1. Customer Relationship Management (CRM)
  • Analyze customer data to personalize marketing and promotions.
  • Collect feedback directly through the POS system.
    1. Loyalty Programs
  • Manage rewards and track loyalty points through the POS.
  • Provide real-time loyalty status and personalized offers to customers.
    1. Employee Management
  • Track staff hours and roles, manage payroll, and incentivize performance
  • Control access to sensitive operations based on staff roles.

Benefits of POS Systems

POS systems offer a multitude of benefits for businesses:

Automated Inventory Management

Automating POS system inventory management is a major plus for restaurants. Here's how it works- when new products come in, just scan them and enter the amounts, and boom—they're logged into your system.

This real-time tracking lets you know exactly what you have in stock, ditching the guesswork and slip-ups of counting by hand. And the best part? Every time you make a sale, the system updates your inventory levels. It keeps everything smooth and accurate.

Digital Order Management

Are you managing orders manually? That can lead to mix-ups and missed sales, especially when things get busy. A POS system makes things a lot more easy for you. 

  • You can use a POS system to check on every online or in-store order. Such systems log and update every order in real time to keep you updated. 
  • A POS comes with the option to set up low-stock alerts. Using this feature, you can rest assured about never running low, as the system updates you whenever your stock hits the bottom line.  
  • Such systems optimize your orders. When customers request items out of stock, the POS system can keep track and prompt you to notify customers upon availability.

Accurate Pricing and Billing

A POS system ensures every price tag in your store is spot on. Here's how it works: whenever you need to change prices, whether for a sale or an update, you do it once in the system, and it automatically adjusts everywhere—on every product and in every transaction. 

As a result, you can rest assured that the cashier will charge the correct price every time without any human error. You can let the system handle the total, addition, and taxes and apply discounts automatically.

Improved Employee Efficiency

With features like inventory management and order processing all integrated into one system, your staff can shift their focus from tedious manual tasks to providing top-notch service. Here's how such systems enhance efficiency:

  • Quick access to information: Employees can pull up product details, check stock levels, or process returns with just a few taps. This speed means they can serve more customers more effectively.
  • Streamlined operations: Everything is managed through one system, from handling promotions to updating inventory. This integration means less time figuring out logistics and more time engaging with customers.

Enhanced Reporting and Analytics

With its advanced analytics, a modern POS system gives you the scoop on all your transactions. It shows you why some products fly off the shelves while others linger or why your sales soar some days but not others.

For example, if you spot that a certain item is a hit during the holidays, you can stock up early to meet demand. Or, if something isn't selling as well as you hoped, you might roll out promotions or discounts to boost it. This kind of insight is invaluable for staying on top of your game.

Additionally, the analytics from a POS system give you deeper insights into your customers' buying habits. By examining their past purchases and preferences, you can craft marketing campaigns that resonate with their needs, making your efforts more effective. This tailored approach not only feels more professional but also boosts the impact of your promotions.

Customer Relationship Management

Point-of-sale (POS) systems can enhance how you connect with your customers. By integrating features like loyalty programs and detailed customer profiles, a POS can personalize interactions based on past purchases, making every customer feel special. 

For instance, when a regular visit is made, the system suggests items they might like or offers discounts tailored to their preferences. This personalized service improves the customer experience and boosts retention—86% of restaurants leverage POS data to refine loyalty strategies.

Choosing the Right POS System: 7 Features to Consider in a POS System

Let's guide you through selecting the perfect POS for your restaurant. Here are the top 7 features to consider that can help streamline your processes and improve your customer service:

Easy Menu Management

Your POS should make it easy to update the menu on the fly. This feature will allow you to quickly mark items out of stock or update pricing during busy shifts. It ensures your menu reflects real-time changes without restarting the system.

Inventory Management

Inventory management is a must-have in any POS system. It keeps track of your stock in real time. A sophisticated POS system has real-time tracking tools that help you keep a precise tab on your inventory levels. 

Loyalty Programs and Integrated Gift Cards

Modern POS systems should support digital loyalty programs and gift cards. It enhances customer retention by simplifying how guests use and manage their rewards. POS software with loyalty program functionality can increase ticket size by up to 46%.

Employee Management

Combining essential operational tools into one platform can simplify your administrative tasks. A POS that includes employee management features such as payroll processing, scheduling, and communication can streamline your HR processes and improve staff coordination.

Payments and Processing Fee

Payments and processing fees are what you pay each time a customer purchases. It's important because these fees can add up and affect your bottom line. When choosing a POS system, look for one with clear, low fees. This will help you save money and simplify budgeting.

Hardware Solutions

A POS system with good hardware is essential because it affects how smoothly your operations run. Look for hardware that's reliable, easy to use, and matches your business's size and style. Good hardware can speed up transactions, reduce errors, and improve customer experience for your restaurant.

Integrated Online Ordering Platform

The ability to integrate online ordering directly into your POS system is more important than ever with the growth of digital dining options. This feature allows you to manage orders more effectively. It does so while keeping track of customer preferences and maintaining control over your branding and customer data.

Cost Considerations for a POS System

When estimating the budget for a new POS system, you must remember to include hidden costs and additional expenses, as there could be many.

To start, if you need your POS system to sync up smoothly with other tools you're using—like your accounting software or CRM—you should be aware that there might be additional costs for those integrations.

Then there are the add-ons. Things like loyalty programs or email marketing tools can bump the cost considerably. Even text messaging features could add more to your monthly bill than expected. And remember, if you're planning on having more than one register, you might face additional fees for each—these could range anywhere from about $10 to $40 per register each month.

Also, keep in mind the costs for ongoing support and training. You may occasionally need support from your vendor for upgrades or to fix issues, which can inflate the total cost of owning your POS system.

Conclusion

The challenges with restaurant manual errors can impact your daily operations and threaten the longevity of your business. Understanding these common restaurant problems and adopting a modern POS system can help address potential difficulties. A POS system prevents common mistakes like misentered orders and inventory mishaps and enhances business efficiency. 

Ready to upgrade and improve your restaurant's efficiency? Check out OneHubPOS for a reliable, feature-rich POS solution that fits your business needs. 

Point of sale

10 Creative Coffee Shop Design Ideas That Will Woo Your Customers‍

Diksha Adhikari
July 5, 2024
2 mins

A coffee shop's success comes not from what you sell but how you sell it. The interiors and aesthetics of your cafe can be a game changer and make it the next preferred destination for everyone. Nowadays, people buy feelings, and to sell them, you will have to invest in designs that can turn their visits into an experience to remember.

Many founders use designs as a loud marketing tool to subtly convey their message. An ideal design can enhance customer experience, promote social media sharing, and ultimately bring more business. 

Let us discuss the top ten coffee shop design ideas that will woo your customers and make your cafe a destination they are compelled to visit every time. 

Captivating Coffee Shop Design Ideas To Attract Your Customers

Invest in creative designs to transform your coffee shop into a customer magnet. From subtle themes and exteriors to lighting and amenities, you can make your space unforgettable. 

Decide On Maximalist vs Minimalist

When decoding the design for your cafe, you should first consider whether you want to go all out with colors and prints or prefer something sleek and simple. 

Maximalist coffee shops are lively and full of character. Think about The Coffee Movement in San Francisco

This small coffee shop has an inviting, warm, and approachable environment. Every corner tells a detailed story, making it visually captivating and a favorite for social media lovers.

On the other hand, Blue Bottle Coffee adopts calmness and sophistication. It uses simple shapes, neutral colors, and uncluttered spaces to emphasize simplicity and elegance. 

Apart from creating a warm, welcoming feeling; the minimalism emphasizes the quality of coffee served alone and makes the atmosphere great for relaxation. Aesthetically, this store keeps everything straightforward and modern, catering to those customers who appreciate more relaxed, focused areas.

Whether you choose maximalist or minimalist patterns, each style offers a unique perspective, shaping how people perceive your coffee shops. 

Select Your Theme

The next best thing you can do is to choose a theme. It could be either retro or modern, depending on the clientele you aim to have. 

Whether you go for a retro or modern look, the theme should best suit your clientele, personality, and preferences. 

For example, a retro theme can establish a sense of nostalgia that hits strong like home. You can consider incorporating vintage furniture with neutral yet classic color schemes and top it off with retro songs. 

On the other hand, cafes like Anh Coffee Roastery in Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam, boast about their modern, contemporary, and sleek look. They’ve used monochromatic patterns to create an elegant look. 

Choosing a theme that resonates with your target audience can create an inclusive atmosphere that enhances the overall customer experience.

Choose Exteriors Based On Your Theme

Choosing the exterior design that matches your theme can help create an inviting and cohesive environment. Choosing the right style according to your theme can set the tone for your customers and lead to a more successful customer experience.

If you have decided to create a retro theme for your cafe, your exterior design may be related to a classic diner or include ancient furniture. Exterior colors that are bold, bright, and nostalgic (like reds, yellows, or turquoise) would give an astonishing look. 

If you favor a modern theme, you will need to select modern, sleek, and clean lines for your exterior design. Use sleek materials such as glass, steel, wood, and metal in neutral tones. You can also feature the logo in a contemporary font, with subtle lighting to make it more visible.

Seattle’s Starbucks Reserve Roastery is one such example. They’re attracting customers with their subtle lighting in the logo and contemporary font. These minor changes in your exterior can set the stage and improve the overall visual appeal of your cafe. 

Opt For Classy Interiors

Interior design can create a sense of sophistication and elegance that reflects your brand and catches your customers' eye. As you think about the interior of your coffee shop, think about elements that add a touch of elegance while creating an overall wonderful ambiance.

For example, Case Study Coffee in Portland is known for its sophisticated and inviting interior environments. At their Alberta Arts District location, a chandelier in the shape of a caffeine molecule hangs over the bar, serving as an elegant and unique focal point for the coffee shop. This particular attention to detail compliments the caffeine theme and adds a sense of sophistication to the space.

By incorporating these elements into your interior coffee shop design, you will create an visually appealing environment that will make an impression on your customers. This will not only draw your customers in, but it will create a memorable visit for them. 

Invest In Furniture That Compliments Your Theme

While you’ve set the theme and interiors of your coffee shop, you can upgrade them all by switching to classic furniture that matches your theme. 

Furniture is a timeless asset that can elevate any room. Tatte Bakery in Washington D.C., has incorporated furniture and fixtures from all over the world to elevate its eclectic and cozy atmosphere. 

Imagine Moroccan-style lamps, wooden tables, and vintage chairs that blend seamlessly with your theme. These combined features will create a space that builds lasting memories, making your place stand out from the rest. 

Experiment With Lighting

Lighting is essential in establishing a mood and elevating the overall aesthetic of your coffee shop. It can transform the experience, creating an ambiance that screams comfort.

For example, consider the unique lighting approach used at Devoción Coffee in Brooklyn, New York. There, the coffee shop utilizes a mix of both natural and artificial lighting to create a cozy, welcoming environment for their guests. Large skylights flood the space with natural light in the daytime. Edison bulbs and industrial-style fixtures appeal to the coffee shop's trend-conscious customers and add a vintage appeal to the space.

Whether you choose chic chandeliers, rustic lanterns, or modern style fixtures, all of these elements ultimately contribute to the transformation of your coffee shop into a cozy corner that customers will want to spend time in and come back again. 

Provide Free WiFi To Your Customers

Providing free WiFi is a simple but highly effective way to attract a crowd when everyone is glued to their devices. Offering such necessities for free shows that you care for your customers. 

Moreover, when almost everyone is glued to their phones, looking for cozy places to chill, study, work, and have their favorite coffee becomes imperative. 

People working in Starbucks are a prime example of this. Starbucks has become the designated destination for remote workers, students, and browsers by providing customers with an available, fast, and steady internet connection. 

This benefit increases customers' time in the coffee store and boosts the overall customer experience. It helps foster customer loyalty and repeat visits and is a promotion tool

Collaborate With Local Artists

Local artists are the source of primary entertainment in any given city. You can leverage this for your coffee shop by inviting artists from your community. This will boost your presence and encourage customers to visit and participate more.

Cafe Grumpy in New York City is using this technique to gather crowds from all across the city. They feature local artists' artwork and host live music to create a safe space where coffee meets art.  

Invest In a Self Ordering Kiosk 

Nowadays, everyone is on a run. To serve these on-the-go customers, you can set up a self-ordering kiosk that will help them place their orders quickly and help your staff cater to many customers simultaneously.

These kiosks seamlessly streamline the ordering process to help your baristas focus on making the drinks rather than attending long queues of customers. To solve these problems, OneHubPOS offers an ideal solution with modern self-ordering kiosks. 

The interface is user-friendly, making it a must-have for every coffee shop. The ordering process gets so efficient, plus you don’t have to go over the board with the implementation process, as this kiosk can easily be integrated into your existing POS system. 

Investing in OneHubPOS improves efficiency and elevates the overall customer experience by making the process smooth, just like a cup of cappuccino. 

Create An Insta-Worthy Feature Wall

If you want to create an ordinary wall that turns extraordinary, you should consider making an insta-worthy feature wall. This could include classy mirrors, funky backdrops, or hook-worthy messages. For example, the “But First, Coffee” wall of Alfred Coffee in Los Angeles has become the favorite wall for Instagrammers. 

This simple but memorable mural is now a staple for Instagram photos for both residents and visitors. Through striking murals, bold art, or textures that have an exciting feel, you can create a feature wall that will always be associated with your café.

Common Mistakes to Avoid While Designing Your Coffee Shop

Designing a coffee shop involves careful planning. You should avoid the mistakes below to ensure that your space is functional and loved by customers.

  • Ignoring Your Theme: If you do not select a cohesive theme – retro, modern, etc.–you may create a choppy and unwelcoming space. 
  • Bad Lighting Choices: Poor lighting, whether the space is too dark or too bright, can change the entire ambiance of your space and make a space feel unwelcoming. 
  • Congested Layout: A layout with no space to move can create bottlenecks and slow customer flow, especially during peak hours. 
  • Bad Exterior Design: The first thing a customer sees is the exterior of your coffee shop. If you have a bad exterior, chances are the customer will never walk in.

You can successfully implement the design ideas that can woo your customers by avoiding these common mistakes. These tips can help your coffee shop to be a well-designed, welcoming, and efficient space that will encourage customers to return repeatedly. 

Wrapping Up

Setting your coffee shop apart will take more than a good cup of coffee. It’s about creating a recognizable space that resonates with your customers and adds to the overall experience. You want to think about every detail of your design to ensure your customers always feel at home and remember you long after visiting. 

Ready to make your coffee shop dreams come true? Consider OneHubPOS as your POS partner to streamline business operations. With transparent pricing and the best value in the market, OneHubPOS begins at just $1. Take the plunge and witness the growth with OneHubPOS. 

Point of sale

7 Hidden Gem Food Trucks in Los Angeles

Diksha Adhikari
July 5, 2024
2 mins

Wanting to hit up a food truck in Los Angeles? We mean, why not? There, you get mouth-watering, often chef-driven dishes you won't find in typical restaurants. And that, too, without even breaking the bank! 

In this post, we have gathered seven amazing spots for you to try if you're really into food trucks or want to give one a chance for the first time. Below, you'll find some of the most loved and highly-rated food trucks to try in Los Angeles. 

Mariscos JaliZ

Best for: Authentic Mexican seafood, particularly the famous tacos dorado de camaron. 

Mariscos Jalisco is the spot if your hunt is some authentic L.A street food. This food truck tops our list for a reason- taco lovers from different borders head to this place to enjoy their irresistible seafood without spending too much cash. 

If you plan to visit this food truck, make sure not to miss their shrimp tacos, as they're something people rave about. They are crispy shrimp in a corn tortilla, topped with fresh salsa and creamy avocado. And guess what? You just need to pay less than three bucks! 

Address: 3040 E Olympic Blvd Los Angeles, CA 90023

Get in touch: (323) 528-6701

Leo's Taco Truck

Best for: Al pastor tacos served from a traditional trompo.

Leo's Taco Truck is pretty much a famous spot in East Hollywood. It's where people who love tacos meet up, especially late at night. You'll find it easily at the corner of Western and Sunset, with not just one but two trucks parked there, so everyone gets their taco fix. 

The best part about them is their flexible timings- you can catch them early in the morning till late at night (2 am on weekdays and 3 am on weekends). A few things the spot is famous for are- killer spit-roasted al pastor tacos and juicy pork with a slice of pineapple, all snug in a warm corn tortilla. 

Address: 1515 S La Brea Ave, Los Angeles, CA 90019

Get in touch: +1 323-346-2001

The Fix on Wheels

Best for: Burger fans looking for some signature flavors.

You need to check out The Fix on Wheels for tasty burgers with a twist! Since 2017, they've been dishing out a menu inspired by their Silver Lake spot, but with some food truck exclusives like the Grilled Cheese Jose and spicy treats like the Angry Chicken. 

Not to mention, there are killer Seoul Fries and special items like the Kalbi Asada sandwich. You'll often find it at the Levitt Pavilion during concert nights. Trust us when we say this place is where cravings go to be satisfied, any time from lunch through late at night.

Address: 2633 Lincoln Blvd Ste 704, Santa Monica, CA 90405

Get in touch: +1 323-325-5573

Maravilla Latin Cuisine

Best for: Authentic Latin American cuisine lovers.

Maravilla Latin Cuisine brings you a taste of authentic Latin life! They serve up a feast of flavors in each of their mouth-watering dishes from their hearty, traditional menu. 

Something they're known for is their sudado de pollo, a comforting chicken stew, or the Cuban ropa vieja with its tender, shredded flank steak over garlicky black beans and rice. You must not miss out on their quesadillas and zesty lime tacos, either. They've even thought of vegans with a creamy avocado salad that's simply delicious.

Address: 11395 N Bradley Dr, Los Angeles, CA 91331

Get in touch: +1 310-760-6918

StopBye #1 - Indonesian Fusion

Best for: Adventurous eaters interested in Asian-Indonesian fusion.

Stop by StopBye Café for a taste of Indonesia's Spice Island right on your street corner. Chefs Tom and Justin mix traditional spices like galangal, turmeric, and lemongrass with local ingredients to create mouth-watering dishes that are as authentic as they are delicious.  

Tom, with his knack for hospitality, ensures every customer feels right at home. Hungry for a taste of adventure? You must catch them around LA for a cozy and tasty experience or book them for your next event.

Address: W Slauson Ave, Los Angeles, CA 90043

Get in touch: +1 424-456-5533

Tokyo Style Food Truck and Catering

Best for: Fans of Japanese cuisine with a modern twist.

With a stellar 2021 rating of 4.84/5, it's no wonder Tokyo Style Food Truck is a favorite. From Japanese-style hot dogs and Philly Cheese Steaks to rice bowls paired with unique drinks like Lychee Lemonade and non-dairy boba tea, there's something for everyone. 

Plus, they offer vegan, vegetarian, and gluten-free options! Looking to spice up an event? You must experience their hospitality, and you'll understand why everyone leaves happier than they arrived.

Address: 14101 Panay Way, Marina del Rey, CA, 90292

Get in touch: 310-591-6226

Happy Ice - Traveling Food Truck

Best for: Anyone wanting a refreshing, light dessert option.

Happy Ice, a black-owned vegan ice cream shop, was started in 2017 by Lemeir Mitchell, who was originally from Philadelphia. Inspired by the food truck culture in Los Angeles, he wanted to bring a piece of his Philly roots to LA. Happy Ice quickly became famous for its colorful, vegan-friendly water ice—a unique blend that's as creamy as ice cream and as light as sorbet.

Lemeir's idea was to create a place where people could enjoy a cool treat and have fun together, just like he did back in Philly. Thanks to his dedication and a nearly $1 million investment from Ted Foxman, Happy Ice expanded rapidl

Address: 7324 Melrose Ave, Los Angeles, CA 90046

Get in touch: +1 855-934-2779

Conclusion

Los Angeles never disappoints when it comes to food trucks! Whatever your taste buds are after, LA has a truck for it. Hungry for something different and exciting? Make sure to visit one of these seven hidden gem food trucks. Each one offers incredibly unique and delicious options. So round up your crew, track down these trucks, and treat yourselves to some fantastic food. 

Point of sale

20 Restaurant Analytics Every Restaurants Must Track from Day One

Satheesh Kanchi
July 3, 2024
2 mins

As a restaurant owner, you might already know that a lot of planning and elbow grease goes into making your restaurant a hit. Keeping tabs on those key restaurant metrics simplifies your job and pinpoints what needs tweaking. You must remember that tweaking just one thing won't skyrocket your profits. 

It's about closely monitoring all the restaurant analytics that count. These financial insights really help you manage your eatery wisely and squeeze every bit of profit out of it!

While there's a sea of data—from detailed cost breakdowns to customer behaviors—we've zeroed in on 20 key metrics that matter from the start. 

20 Essential Restaurant Metrics to Track

1. Cost of Goods Sold (CoGS)

Cost of goods sold totals the amount you spend making a dish. It includes all the cash that goes into the ingredients- such as meats, veggies, and spices. It shows you exactly how much you're spending on each dish on your menu. 

Formula

{CoGS}={Beginning Inventory}+{Purchases}−{Ending Inventory}

Glossary

  • Beginning Inventory: Inventory value at the start of the accounting period.
  • Purchases: The total cost of additional ingredients bought during the accounting period.
  • Ending Inventory: Inventory value remaining at the end of the accounting period.

2. Labor Cost Percentage 

Labor cost percentage simply gives you a picture of the portion of your restaurant's revenue you use to compensate your staff. This adds up to the costs you use to pay for things like wages, taxes, and benefits for your staff.

Formula

{Labor Cost Percentage} = {Total Labor Costs}/{Total Sales}*100

Glossary

  • Total Labor Costs: All salaries, taxes, and employee benefits.
  • Total Sales: Your restaurant’s total revenue.

3. Prime Cost

Prime cost is the sum of your COGS and labor costs. It combines the amount you spend on the ingredients and what you pay your team—your biggest expenses. Keeping track of your prime cost informs you about your spending—whether you need to cut down on your spending or it's going well.

Formula

{Prime Cost} = {Total Labor Costs} + {Cost of Goods Sold}

4. Break-Even Point

Break-even analysis is like a benchmark you need to hit with your sales. It helps you ensure you earn enough to cover your restaurant's expenses. These expenses range from everything from the spices in your kitchen to the labor wages. 

Formula

{Break-Even Point (in units)} = {Fixed Costs}/{Selling Price per Unit} - {Variable Cost per Unit}

Glossary

  • Fixed Costs: The expenses that do not change. For example, rent and utilities.
  • Selling Price per Unit: The price at which each dish is sold.
  • Variable Cost per Unit: The cost that varies with the output level. For example, ingredients for each dish.

5. Net Profit Margin

Net profit margin, or just net margin, is like taking the pulse of your company's profitability. It tells you what chunk of your sales is actually turning into profit. Basically, it's how much money you're making from your total sales, shown as a percentage. 

Formula

{Net Profit Margin} = {Net Profit}/{Total Revenue}*100

Glossary

  • Net Profit: The amount of money left after deducting all expenses from total revenue.

6. Menu Item Profitability

Menu item profitability, as you might have already guessed, informs you about the items acting as your best sellers, bringing in the most profit, and dishes that are wasting your investments. It helps you understand how much each dish costs to make and how much it's loved by your customers.

Formula

{Menu Item Profitability} = {Selling Price} - {Cost of Ingredients}

Glossary

  • Selling Price: The price at which each menu item is sold.
  • Cost of Ingredients: The total cost of the ingredients used to make a dish.

7. Inventory Turnover Ratio

An inven͏tory tu͏r͏nove͏r rat͏io tells you the speed at which you're going through your ingredients relative to how much you're stocking up.

A higher ratio highlights that you're using i͏ngredients as fast as you're s͏t͏ocking it. That is great because it means less waste and fresher ingredients on the plate. A low ratio might signal overbuying or menu items not doing so hot.

Formula

{Inventory Turnover Ratio} = {Cost of Goods Sold}/{Average Inventory}]

Glossary

  • Average Inventory: The average value of your inventory over a specific period. 

Formula for Average Inventory

{Beginning Inventory + Ending Inventory} / 2

8. Table Turnover Rate 

The table turnover rate informs you how quickly you can sit, serve, and see off one set of diners before welcoming the next. This pace-setting metric is crucial because the faster you can "turn" tables without rushing your guests, the more diners you can serve in a day.

Formula

Table Turnover Rate = {Total number of tables served}/ {Total number of tables available}

Glossary

  • Total number of Tables Served: The total number of occupied and served tables during a specific period.
  • Total number of Tables Available: The total number of tables available for serving customers in your restaurant.
  1. Total Sales by Server

Total sales by server track how much each waiter sells during their shift. Measuring this metric brags rights and helps identify which servers are up-selling effectively and who might need a bit more training to boost their sales skills. 

Example

Take, for example, Sarah brings in $1000 during her shift while Tom only brings $500. This suggests that Tom might need some training.

10. Customer Acquisition Cost (CAC)

Customer acquisition cost is the money you have to invest in attracting a new customer through your marketing and making them visit your restaurant for the first time. It helps you see what you pay to draw in a new patron. A higher customer acquisition cost suggests your marketing efforts are working in your favor. 

Formula

{Customer Acquisition Cost}= {Total Costs Spent on Acquiring New Customers}/ {Number of New Customers Acquired}

Glossary

  • Total Costs Spent on Acquiring New Customers: The total amount spent on marketing and promotional activities to attract new customers.
  • Number of New Customers Acquired: The total number of new customers attracted during a specific period.

11. Customer Retention Rate

Do you know what the customer retention rate is? It's an indication that highlights how many repeat customers your restaurants have. It measures the percentage of customers who return after every dining experience.

Example

Let's say last month, you had 100 first-time diners. This month, 30 of them came back. That gives you a customer retention rate of 30%.

12. Employee Turnover Rate

The employee turnover rate in your restaurant measures how often staff members leave and are replaced. So, a low rate suggests a pleased, coordinated staff contributing to your restaurant's success. Whereas, a high turnover rate may affect service flow and incur training expenses for your restaurant. 

Formula

{Employee Turnover Rate} = {No. of Employees Departures}/{The Average Number of Employees in That Year}

Glossary

  • Number of Employee Departures: The total number of employees who left during a specific period.
  • Average Number of Employees in That Year: The average number of employees working during the year.

13. Food Cost Percentage

Food cost percentage is the amount of sales spent on ingredients that go inside your menu-making. It helps you assess and find out the right price for your cuisines so that your dish is both profitable and affordable for customers.

Formula

{Food Cost Percentage}={Total Food Costs}/{ Total Food Sales}*100

Glossary

  • Total Food Costs: The total cost of ingredients used.
  • Total Food Sales: The total revenue generated from food sales.

14. Gross Profit Margin

Gross profit margin shows how much you retain from sales after accounting for the cost of ingredients. It's a much-watch metric that educates on whether your menu prices are working in your favor or they need a tweak. 

Formula

{Gross Profit Margin} = {Sales} - {Costs of Ingredients}/{Total Sales}*100

15. Revenue per Available Seat Hour (RevPASH)

RevPASH is a handy metric that measures how much each seat is making for you by the hour. It figures out how well each seat of your restaurant is paying you off during peak times.

Formula

{RevPASH} = {Total Revenue}/{Available Seat Hours}

Glossary

  • Available Seat Hours: The total number of seat hours available for serving customers.

16. Average Customer Headcount

Average customer headcount is simply the average number of customers who visit your restaurant each day. The more the visits, the higher would be your profit.

Formula

{Average Customer Headcount} = {Total Customers}/{Number of Days}

17. Overhead Rate

The overhead rate helps restaurant owners determine how much money they're spending to keep their restaurant earning a living. This rate includes all the costs you spend and get nothing in return, such as rent and utilities. 

Formula

{Overhead Rate} = {Total Overhead Costs}/{ Total Sales}

Glossary

  • Total Overhead Costs: The total costs for overhead expenses, such as rent and utilities.

18. Contribution Margin 

The contribution margin is the profit per dish after the cost of ingredients. Once you know how much each of your dishes is capable of earning for you, you can price your menu items rightly to make a good profit.

Formula

{Contribution Margin}={Selling Price} - {Cost of Ingredients}

19. Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation, and Amortization (EBITDA)

Wondering how much money your restaurant is earning, in a nutshell? EBITDA is the best approach to find out your earnings before expenses. It helps you understand the basic profitability of your restaurant.

Formula

{Net Income} + {Interest} + {Taxes} + {Depreciation} + {Amortization} = {EBITDA} 

Glossary

  • Net Income: The profit remaining after all expenses have been deducted.
  • Interest: The cost of interest payments on any debt.
  • Taxes: The total amount paid in taxes.
  • Depreciation: The reduction in value of assets over time.
  • Amortization: The gradual reduction of debt over a period of time.

20. Strategic Product Placement

Strategic product placement in a restaurant is about putting your star dishes at the front and center of your menu or eye-catching table displays. This tactic catches your guests' attention and persuades them to order high-profit items.

Here's a Simple Approach

List your dishes by profitability and popularity. Prioritize these "star" items in prime menu real estate, like the top of the page or in a special box. Doing this will attract your customers' interest in the dishes that make the most of your profits and work well for your restaurant. 

Conclusion

Each metric this blog covers tells you about your restaurant's financial health. These 20 metrics are your toolkit for smarter decision-making. You must take care of everything- from what dishes to push to managing staff efficiently to keep your restaurant thriving. OneHubPOS makes it easy for small restaurant business owners to manage their operations and track their finances. Interested in how you can streamline your restaurant's success? Try OneHubPOS at $1 today and see the difference it can make.

Top Restaurants US

Dining Delights: 10 Best Restaurants in San Francisco You Can't Miss

Diksha Adhikari
July 2, 2024
2 mins

San Francisco - the very name pulls up the image of the Golden Gate Bridge kissed by fog. And, of course, the cable cars clinging to impossibly steep hills! Oh, and let’s not forget the sourdough bread. While sourdough is legendary, San Francisco’s culinary scene is as vibrant as the iconic neighborhoods!

You can easily call the city a big pot of flavors brewed by the best Michelin-star chefs in the city, serving up the next food trend! From steaming bowls of Dungeness Crab cioppino to delicate dim sum dumplings, San Francisco’s restaurants are no less than a culinary adventure!

This article will walk you through all the favorites and the top 10 best restaurants in San Francisco that you must visit at least once. 

Top 10 Best Restaurants In San Francisco

1. Mister Jiu’s

Chinese American

Directions: 28 Waverly Place, San Francisco

Contact: 415-857-9688

A contemporary Chinese-American restaurant in the heart of  San Francisco’s Chinatown, Mister Jiu’s is one of the top restaurants on this list! This place occupies a historic building with restaurants like Four Seas and Hang Far Low.

Their menu offers a unique twist to traditional Chinese cuisine, blending seasonal Californian ingredients. What’s best is that courtesy of James Beard Award-winning chef Brandon Jew, you can experience a new prix-fixe menu format! You also get an option to add on banquet-style plates like some of San Francisco’s best roast duck served with peanut butter hoisin, along with cider, beer, and cocktails.

2. Aziza

Morroccon, New American

Direction: 5800 Geary Boulevard, San Francisco

Contact: 415-682-4196

Aziza is one of the best fine-dining restaurants in San Francisco. It is owned by Michelin star chef Mourad Lahlou and offers the most profound Moroccon comforts in the town. Their specialty is classic Moroccan dishes dressed in seasonal garb like the hand-rolled couscous with a wreath of green garlic, sunflower seeds, and squidgy hen-of-the-woods mushrooms. 

They also offer comforting dishes like chicken confit basteeya and braised lamb shank. However, Chef Mourad Lahlou’s cooking never shies away from evolving.

3. La Taqueria

Mexican

Directions: 2889 Mission Street, San Francisco;

Contact: 415-285-7117

Located at the center of the vibrant Mission District, this Mexican restaurant takes pride in using fresh ingredients for all its dishes. The best part? Their open kitchen allows you to witness the food preparation first-hand! 

So, if and when you visit La Taqueria, don’t forget to try Famed Carne Asada Super Burrito! It’s their signature dish, a pure Mexican delight packed with fresh and flavorful carne asada (grilled steak) and all the fixings. What makes this place stand out is its dedicated menu for Kids. Name anything Mexican; they’ve got it, which explains impressive reviews and the consistently praised food.

4. Cotogna

Itali

Directions: 490 Pacific Avenue, San Francisco 

Contact: 415-775-8508

Want to be a part of a rustic Italian cuisine celebration? Then Cotogna is the place for you. Located in the historic Jackson Square neighborhood, this place has the most comfortably stylish atmosphere. Their menu features seasonal dishes, with the offerings changing daily. The most appreciated thing about Cotogna is its creative and unique cocktails and wines, which you can pair with your food. 

5. Atelier Crenn

Contemporary French

Directions: 3127 Fillmore St, San Francisco, CA 94123, US

Contact: 415-440-0460

A James Beard Award winner (2018), Dominique Crenn’s restaurant was awarded a coveted third Michelin star. This restaurant doesn't offer your typical a la carte menu. They allow multi-course tasting menus created carefully by Chef Crenn herself. What’s striking is that, besides the rooted French techniques, the menu often showcases the chef’s love for the sea. Therefore, seafood combined with traditional French food sure calls for a top-tier rating and love from the locals! 

6. Beit Rima 

Arabic, Palestinian-Jordanian

Directions: 138 Church Street, San Francisco

Contact: 415-703-0270

Love eating out with friends and family in a pleasant outdoor setting? If yes, Beit Rima (Rima’s House) is your best restaurant. The lively and fresh setting with a flower-lined patio always gives it away. Besides, if you’re a sucker for cozy and warm atmospheres, their indoor setting with a mezze platter and a chilled beer in your hand will definitely woo you. 

7. Liholiho Yacht Club

Pacific

Directions: 871 Sutter St, San Francisco, CA 94109, USA

Contact: aloha@lycsf.com

LihoLiho is back in the game with a refined feel at the Lower Nob Hill Location after a 3-year temporary residence at Mission District. The revamped space radiates a freewheeling vibe, and the menu is better than ever! The locals are very appreciative of the ‘heritage-driven’ cooking style of chef Ravi Kapur. It brings out the rich blend of Hawaiian-Chinese and Indian flavors and culture.

8. Benu

Korean

Directions: 22 Hawthorne Street, San Francisco

Contact: 415-685-4860

Benu is known for being the most ultra-expensive fine dining place on this list in San Francisco. Launched in 2010, this restaurant has bagged 3 Michelin stars, making it a sight of attraction on the Golden Coast. As for the food, Chef Coree Lee always does an excellent job at serving you with the finest fusion of Asian and Californian tastes.

9. Abaca

Filipino

Directions: 2700 Jones Street, San Francisco

Contact: 415-486-0788

Enjoy delicious Filipino cuisine while sunbathing at this aesthetically beautiful restaurant on the ground floor of a Fisherman’s Wharf hotel. The collection of sunflowers and woven baskets from the Southeast Asian archipelago will keep you hooked to the place. Besides their signature Filipino dishes, you may also enjoy the weekend brunch options where you can savor the mouth-watering pastry by both Ang and James Beard Award-nominated pastry chef Vince Bugtong. 

10. San Ho Won

Korean

Directions: 2170 Bryant St, San Francisco, CA 94110

Contact: 415-868-4479

This upscale Korean restaurant is a go-to for the locals when it comes to Korean BBQ! The variety of authentic charcoal-grilled Korean food at San Ho Won makes it one of the best Korean bites in San Francisco. Now, it may not be a communal cooking experience, but that only means that you relax and enjoy food, leaving the grill to the restaurant cooks.

Conclusion

Now that you know the top 10 restaurants in San Francisco, we’re sure you’ll agree that the city's culinary scene is quite versatile and mouth-watering. From fine Asian food to appetizing cuisine from the Middle East, the city’s got it all.    Visit your favorite restaurant from the list, or maybe just explore them all!

Top Restaurants US

Explore the 12 Best Trendy Restaurants in Los Angeles

Sahana Ananth
June 25, 2024
2 mins

It doesn’t matter if you’re a local from LA or simply visiting; finding the best and trendy restaurants can be exhausting.

Considering the hassle, we bring you the best trendy restaurants in Los Angeles. We're talking about venues that get to you more than just a dining experience but a true adventure.

Dishes that are so flavourful, innovative, and creative, not-to-mention Instagram-worthy cuisines that will bring out the foodie photographer from inside you.

12 Best Trendy Restaurants in Los Angeles

1. Morihiro - Authentic Japanese Restaurant

The first one on the list is an authentic Japanese restaurant 'Morihiro' started by Chef Morihiro Onodera. The restaurant aims to deliver the best of Los Angeles and Japanese ingredients, fish, and hand-milled rice through their multi-course Omasake. If you're fortunate, you might also experience Chef Mori's live cooking at the counter. 

Price per person: $100+

Timings: Wednesday - Sunday (6 pm - 9 pm), Monday., Tuesday closed.

View on Map

2. Perch - French-American

This French-inspired rooftop bistro is located in the heart of downtown Los Angeles. Perch serves spectacular and unobstructed views of LA. It offers live music shows on Fridays and Saturdays and serves French small plates and handcrafted cocktails. 

Price per person: $31 to $50

Timings: 4 pm - 2 am, Happy hours: 4pm - 6pm

View on Map

3. Bavel - Middle Eastern

Craving for some Middle Eastern cuisines? Bavel is the venue you need to check out! The establishment uses slow cooking techniques and dressing ingredients to bring out the flavor of aromatic spices, pickles, and herbs. They offer Chef's hand-picked cured Middle Eastern meats, cold and hot small plates with various flatbreads and spreads. 

Price per person: $50–100

Timings: Monday - Sunday (5pm - 11pm)

View on Map 

4. Birdie G’s Santa Monica - American

Next, Birdie G is all about regional American food and passed-on family recipes paired with supper club. This should be your pick if you want fine food and a fun place to hang out. 

Price per person: $50–100

Timings: Sunday - Thursday (5pm - 9pm), Friday - Saturday (5pm - 9.30pm)

View on Map

5. Cabra - Peruvian Cuisine

Top Chef winner Stephanie Izard's Cabra attracts many to the Hoxton Hotel's rooftop. Cabra serves a menu inspired by Peruvian and Californian flavors. Highlights include empanadas, hot chorizo and queso dip, bass ceviche, and crispy pork shank with Sungold tomato salad. Don't miss their excellent pisco sour.

Price per person: $31 to $50

Timings: Dinner - Sunday - Thursday (5pm - 10pm), Friday - Saturday (5pm - 11pm)

Brunch - Saturday - Sunday (10:30am - 3pm)

View on map

6. Found Oyster  

If seafood is your go-to choice, we have found the perfect restaurant in Los Angeles. Found Oyster is highly Inspired by a blue-collar oyster bar in New England. If you plan to visit, check out their – lobster rolls, champagne, Coors, chowder, or oysters. They don’t take reservations, but you can enjoy wine while waiting!

Price per person: Smaller plates $5-$16, larger plates $25-$28

Timings: Monday - Friday (4pm -10 pm), Saturday - Sunday (12pm - 10pm)

View on Map

7. Holbox - Mexican Latin Seafood

You loved Found Oyster, but Mexican seafood’s more of your thing? Then Holbox is a place you need to check out! This place features cuisines from Mexico’s coastal regions. They use local ingredients (southern California and Baja California ingredients) to bring out vibrant flavors and serve with appealing presentations.

Holbox is also featured in the Los Angeles Times 2023 “Restaurant of the Year.” 

Price per person: $20 - $30

Timings: Tuesday - Saturday (11.30 am - 9 pm) 

View on Map 

8. Holy Basil - Thai Cuisines

With a variety of curries, soups, rice, noodles, and other Thai cuisines offered by the restaurant, Holy Basil’s ‘Pad See Ew Noodle’ is one of the most like dishes offered by the restaurant, followed by ‘Gra Pow ‘Pad kee Mao Noddle.’ 

Price per person: $10 - $20

Timings: Monday - Friday (11 am - 3 pm, 5 pm - 8.30 pm)

Saturday - Sunday (12 - 3.30 pm, 5 pm - 8.30 pm)

View on Map

9. Ipoh Kopitiam Alhambra - Malaysian 

An authentic Ipo-style Malaysian restaurant that uses traditional family recipes passed down through multiple generations and imported ingredients from Malaysia to serve authentic Malaysian cuisines right here in LA. If you want to experience the authentic flavor of Malaysia, this restaurant should be on your “must-visit” list.  

Price per person: $10 - $20

Timings: Thursday - Tuesday (9 am - 8:45 pm), Wednesday closed

View on Map

10. Lasita - Filipino rotisserie

Lasita is a lively Filipino rotisserie & natural wine bar that delivers —fun, food, and wine! In addition to their famous Chicken Inasal and Lechon, you can enjoy a whole bunch of cuisine there! We suggest you reserve your table in advance, as they usually allow limited walk-ins!

Price per person: $302 - $50

Timings: Monday - Saturday (5.30 pm - 10 pm), Sunday closed

View on Map

11. Moo’s Craft Barbecue - BBQ Meats & Hearty Burgers

How can this list be complete without Los Angeles's famous barbecue place? Moo's Craft Barbecue is a family-owned restaurant specializing in BBQ meats & hearty burgers, along with craft beers on tap. 

Price per person: $20 - $30

Timings: Thursday - Sunday (12 - 7 pm), Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday closed.

View on Map

12. Pasjoli Santa Monica - French Bistro

Next, we have a French bistro owned by an award-winning chef, Dave Beran. Their authentic french dishes, such as ‘foie de poulet’ ‘caviar’ and  ‘pâté en croûte’ are must-try. Feel free to enjoy Pasjoli's fine dining experience after 5:15 any evening. And hey, don't forget to reserve your table in advance!

Price per person: $100+

Timings: Sunday - Thursday (5.15 pm - 9.30 pm), Friday - Saturday (5.15 pm - 10.30 pm)

View on Map

Wrapping Up

So, there you go, fellow foodie! These are the best trendy restaurants in Los Angeles, venues that must be experienced if you are visiting LA or a local who hasn't been to any of these places yet. Grab your napkins and let us know how your experience was!

Top Restaurants US

10 Best Italian Restaurants in Chicago: Best Picks for 2024

Sahana Ananth
June 21, 2024
2 mins

Chicago, one of the most popular cities in the United States, is well known for its friendly weather and vibrant cuisine. For food lovers, there is an amazing fact about this city: Though you are traveling in America, you can still enjoy authentic Italian cuisine. 

If you are visiting or have plans to visit Chicago, don’t miss out on checking out the Italian restaurants. Imagine forkfuls of creamy, rich pasta with red wine. To end the meal beautifully, order a freshly made tiramisu. Sounds mouthwatering? A true Italian food lover can’t deny it.

You will find everything in this state, from cozy bistro to elegant spots. For your convenience, we have listed the best Italian restaurants in Chicago. In addition to detailed restaurant information, we will share tips, pricing ideas, and a proper Google map to save your time. 

Buon appetito!

10 Best Italian Restaurants in Chicago in 2024

1. Daisies

Daisies is located at Logan Square and is famous for its farm-to-table approach. If you are searching for a romantic dinner or a hangout with your loved ones, this spot is divine. The restaurant atmosphere has a modern interior with a rustic touch to provide you with a delightful experience. 

Whether you want an Onion Dip or a Cubano, everything is available gluten-free. The fresh ingredients and local seafood help the restaurant retain customers. 

Another person who deserves to be mentioned is Thomas Leonard, the Head of Culinary at Daisies. He is a total Italian who loves to cook appetizing Italian food and instructs all the staff properly. 

Visitor's Tip

Never miss their seasonal vegetables and seafood items. They are famous for freshly made pasta with luscious secret sauce. Moreover, Daisies has a fine collection of Wine (from 2008 to 2023) with lots of variation. You should try it at least once. 

Pricing

The overall price range is $7-$90. Within this price range, you will get lunch, dinner, drinks, desserts, and wine. The freshness and high quality of the food won’t disappoint your expected Italian culinary experience.

Address: 2375 N Milwaukee Ave, Chicago, IL 60647

Google Map: Daisies Map

Website: https://www.daisieschicago.com/

2. Monteverde

Are you aware of American Happy Hour? Italian people love to have APERITIVO HOUR. During this time, they like chit-chat and relaxing with friends and family. Monteverde has Aperitivo Hour for you with multiple cocktails that are low in alcohol content. If you want to avoid gluten from your plate, you can check their Gluten-Free meals and ask for any further moderation. 

The dessert section contains a tempting MV Pantry Gift containing Chef Sarah's favorite ingredients in each box. Such as, 

  • Citrus Extra Virgin Olive Oil
  • Mieli Thun Honey
  • DeCarlo
  • Acetaia San Giacomo Agro Di Mosto Balsamico
  • A signed copy of the Listen to Your Vegetable Cookbook
  • A Listen to Your Vegetables Tote Bag

Visitor's Tip

If you plan to visit Monteverde, don’t forget to reserve a table as it’s extremely popular. Their Cacio Whey Pepe is a famous dish; don’t leave without trying it. They also serve freshly made Tiramisu; you shouldn’t miss this divine dish. 

Pricing

The pricing range is $4-$1000. If you taste their Lunch, Dinner, Dessert, or Wine you will understand why the price is justified. 

Address: 1020 W Madison St, Chicago, IL 60607

Google Map: Monteverde Map

Website: https://monteverdechicago.com/

3. Sapori Trattoria

You can find this restaurant at Lincoln Park, with the warmth of traditional Italian kitchens. Sapori Trattoria's fresh pasta is the talk of the town now, and people love its authentic flavors. Their classic dishes are served in generous portions, and you will enjoy them in a very homely atmosphere. 

Moreover, Sapori Trattoria offers Catering services for any kind of Italian or customized food you want for your home party. Plus, you can purchase Gift Cards for your loved ones and surprise them. The most innovative part of this restaurant is that they have a Wine club where you can join as a member. We can’t explore more information as it’s private.

Visitor's Tip

Though you can order online from Sapori Trattoria, you should visit their place. In the evening there could be a rush so try to arrive earlier. Their Calamari Fritti is an amazing appetizer, and if you try Parmigiana Trenta, you will fall in love with it. 

Pricing

The price range is typically $7-$65. Their pricing is quite reasonable for a high-quality and satisfying Italian meal. 

Address: 2550 N Lincoln Ave, Chicago, IL 60614

Google Map: Sapori Trattoria Map

Website: https://www.saporitrattoria.net/

4. Volare

Volare was established in 1997 in Chicago and managed by a family. This restaurant gives the vibe of an old-world Italian establishment, and you can explore traditional Italian cuisine here.

From classic comfort dishes to a new era of Italian cooking, you can have them all in Valore. Their interior reflects the authentic Italian world, and you should plan for a date if you are in Chicago. Moreover, family get-togethers or any surprise party can be held here with their succulent dishes. 

Suppose you don’t want to get out of your pajamas and crave an Italian feast- try their online order instantly.

Visitor's Tip

During peak hours, tables are hard to get, so reserve earlier. Their dessert section is minimal, but you will find uncountable options for wine. Their Ravioli di Ricotta and Lasagna al Forno are highly recommended. 

Pricing

Valore’s price range is from $5-$900. The regular dinner items are priced similarly to other Italian restaurants. You have to pay more if you want to taste their limited-edition Wines. 

Address: 201 E Grand Ave, Chicago, IL 60611 (Grand Ave. & St. Clair)

Google Map: Volare Map

Website: https://www.volarerestaurant.com/

5. Ciccio Mio

For a special celebration or romantic date, Ciccio Mio’s dining experience will blow your guests' minds. The whole interior setup reflects royalty, and every decoration is elegant. After entering the restaurant, you will automatically pronounce Mamma Mia! 

You have heard about Online Ordering; in Ciccio Mio, you can Pre-Order Online. They have some traditional and classic Italian dishes cooked for dedicated customers. 

This restaurant is particularly famous for Northern Italian cuisine; the menu features tempting hearty meat, vegetables, creamy pastas, classic desserts, cocktails, and wines. 

Visitor's Tip

Try their menu of the day, specially created by the chef. It offers the best meals of the restaurant. They have a limited seating area, so you had better reserve before arriving there. Ciccio Mio has some unique dessert items; you can also try them. 

Pricing

The price range is around $7-$2000. For $500, you can get an appetizer, dinner, cocktails, and wine. They serve 1998 wine, which costs around $2888.

Address: 226 W Kinzie St, Chicago, IL 60654

Google Map: Ciccio Mio Map

Website: https://cicciomio.com/

6. Harry Caray's Italian Steakhouse

This Italian restaurant is named after the famous American Sportscaster Harry Caray. It was established in River North in 1987. His family is continuing the legacy by opening seven restaurants and catering services. They also have the Chicago Sports Museum. 

Smoky barbecue, juicy burgers, sizzling steak, and many more are available, all influenced by Italian unique tastes. The huge interior makes holding a big party or cozy family event easy. 

Hold your breath if you see any big politicians, Hollywood actors, or actresses because everyone loves to visit this place for the tremendous food taste. Their Celebrity Gallery says it all. 

Visitor's Tip

Every visitor loves their Chicago classic with an Italian twist. Prime Steaks & Chops is one of their must-try items. They use the finest Midwestern USDA Prime beef for better tenderness and flavor. They also offer kids' menus under $10.95.

Pricing

The price starts from $2 to $350. They offer affordable dessert wines starting from $20. The dining experience and the food quality will force you to visit again and again. 

Address: 33 W Kinzie St, Chicago, IL 60654

Google Map: Harry Caray's Map

Website: https://www.harrycarays.com/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/harrycarays/

7. La Gondola

La Gondola serves the best homemade Italian food and Chicago-style pizza. Established in 1991, it has won awards for its classic Italian food.

They use fresh ingredients, and the pizza dough is always hand-tossed. That’s why their pizza is famous in Chicago. Among Italian cuisine, La Gondola includes homemade creamy pastas and fresh seafood.

This Italian restaurant is also owned by a family who want to indulge you with food from Venice to Chicago. It’s highly recommended for big family events. 

Visitor's Top

La Gondola serves fresh and flavorful seafood pasta, its house specialty. This restaurant is famous among locals, so it's wise to reserve a table before arriving.

Pricing

Food is reasonably priced between $7 and $150. For plating fresh, good-quality, and generous portions of food at an affordable price, people love to hang out there often. Moreover, their wine prices are suitable for your pocket. 

Address: 2914 N Ashland Ave, Chicago, IL 60657

Google Map: La Gondola Map

Website: https://www.lagondolachicago.com/

8. Tortello

Sometimes, sitting inside for dinner can be boring. Tortello has a beautiful outdoor and indoor dining area. Like the restaurant's unique and romantic interior, it has a story behind it. 

Dario Monni was born and raised in Italy. He started learning handmade pasta from his Nonna (grandmother) and the show continues with Tortello. This restaurant is run by Dario and Jill (his future wife, a pure Chicagoan) with a love for Italian cuisine. Every ingredient is fresh and dedicated to creating authentic food every day. 

Their menu is simple yet delectable, highlighting handmade cheese and pasta. From making food for the table to bottled food products, you just named it. Tortello has its own grocery shop where you can find all the items you need to cook Italian cuisine at home. You will find it after scrolling down their menu.

Visitor's Top

Their fresh Fennel, Celery & Orange Salad can be a great appetizer for your table. Start your dinner with Signature Tortelli di Burrata, then finish with their classic Salame al Cioccolato. You will recommend others; we can bet!

Pricing

You can start ordering from $7 to $250. Given their freshness and authenticity, this price is quite surprisingly reasonable. 

Address: 1746 W Division St, Chicago, IL 60622

Google Map: Tortello Map

Website: https://www.tortellopasta.com/

9. Siena Tavern

This is another gem in Chicago with an elegant, vibrant, and royal aura that offers the best Italian food experience. Siena Tavern has an oval-shaped bar at the center that gives a 360-degree view. In the heart of River North, Chicago, you will experience the food love from Italy.

Here, you can host a wedding, corporate event, or big family get-together for 200 people. Most people visit for the scenic night view. 

This classic yet modern restaurant offers many dining options. You can even bring your pets there, as they offer a special pet menu called Puppy Ciao. So, you don’t need to leave them behind at home now.

Visitor's Tip

The Gnocchi and Baked Lasagna are highly recommended for dinner. For dessert, you must try the Chocolate Gianduja Bar. Don’t miss out on their bar section at the end of your meal. Finally, an early reservation can save your day. 

Pricing

Expect to pay between $6 and $800. The most expensive section is actually their Wine section. They have a vast collection to please you. The prices are actually worth every penny. You will agree after having a visit.

Address: 51 W Kinzie St, Chicago, IL 60654

Google Map: Siena Tavern Map

Website: https://www.sienatavern.com/

10. La Scarola

La Scarola is also a family-owned restaurant where you will feel a warm and welcoming atmosphere. You can call it a casual restaurant where Traditional Italian decor and classic food items make it heaven for people who want to have a visit to Italian cuisine. 

Their appetizers, soup, and pasta are popular because they use fresh ingredients. From seafood to authentic spaghetti meatballs, you can have it all. 

This is a crowded place where people are always there for drinks or food. The list of beverage items is not long, but the demand for these drinks is unbelievable. Explore the photo gallery to roam around the place before reserving your table.

Visitor's Tip

The restaurant's setup is perfect for a friend's hangout. But we won't recommend it if you want to go on a serious date. Please note that they don’t have any wine on the list.

Pricing

La Scarola is a locally popular Italian restaurant, and this is only possible because of handy prices, which start from $3, and any food item never exceeds $45. 

Address: 721 West Grand Avenue Chicago, Illinois 60610

Google Map: La Scarola Map

Website: https://lascarola.com/

Final Takeaway on Selecting the Bellissima Restaurant

Chicago is an amazing city because it’s beside the shoreline of Lake Michigan. Getting fresh seafood and other ingredients is super easy in this location, which is why all the best Italian restaurants are in this area. 

We know Italian food is not just about pizza, pasta, or tiramisu; this is an experience that you will remember. After thinking thoughtfully as a food lover, we have listed the best Italian restaurants in Chicago.

Book a table today and enjoy the food with your loved ones. If you have visited any of the listed restaurants, don't hesitate to share your experience. 

Buona Giornata!

Top Restaurants US

Top 10 Must-Visit NYC Restaurants in 2024 & Their Signature Dishes

Diksha Adhikari
June 18, 2024
2 mins

New York City's dining scene never sleeps. It has an endless range of flavors that cater to every palate. In this city, you can find everything from fancy restaurants to cozy spots that locals love, and that too with endless mouth-watering cuisines.

With so many restaurant options, picking where to eat can be overwhelming. That's why we've compiled a list of the top 10 restaurants in NYC. These places are known for their unique dishes and great dining experiences. So, let's take a look at them!

Top 10 Must-Visit Restaurants in NYC

1. Le Bernardin  

Le Bernardin, located in Midtown Manhattan, is a favorite among seafood lovers. It is known for its standout seafood preparation approach, which has secured its consistent Michelin stars. Their highlight dish- the poached halibut with Manila clams, perfectly brings out the natural flavors of the sea with its delicate flavors. 

Visitor's Tip

Thinking about dropping by? It's a fantastic spot for a fancy dinner before hitting a show. Make sure to book your table early because it's pretty popular.

Pricing

There's a three-course prix fixe for $190 per person, with dessert included. You can also try their Chef's Tasting menu, which starts at $290 per person.